UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

þ   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

 

or

 

¨   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from                     to                     .

 

Commission file number 001-34874

 

LOGO

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   27-2197395
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (IRS Employer Identification No.)

 

2500 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

(678) 260-3000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

        Title of each class        


 

        Name of each exchange on         

which registered


Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   þ     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a nonaccelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  þ

  Accelerated filer  ¨

Nonaccelerated filer  ¨

  Smaller reporting company ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

   

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   þ

 

No voting or non-voting common equity of the registrant was held by non-affiliates as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, July 2, 2010, as the registrant was a wholly owned subsidiary of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (“Legacy CCE”) until October 2, 2010. Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (“CCE”) changed its name from International CCE Inc. following the closing of the merger and separation transaction (the “Transaction”) on October 2, 2010. Pursuant to the Transaction, CCE was split off from Legacy CCE and is now an independent, publicly traded company whose stock began trading on October 4, 2010. Following the Transaction, CCE is reporting as a large accelerated filer.

 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of January 28, 2011 was 330,168,748.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held on April 26, 2011 are incorporated by reference in Part III.

 



PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

References in this report to “CCE,” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer to Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise.

 

Introduction

 

Organization

 

On October 2, 2010, Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (Legacy CCE) completed a Merger with The Coca-Cola Company (TCCC) and separated its European operations, Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company, and a related portion of its corporate segment into a new legal entity which was renamed Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. at the time of the Merger. For additional information about the Merger and the Merger Agreement (the Agreement), refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Concurrently with the Merger, two indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of CCE acquired TCCC’s bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement dated March 20, 2010 (the Norway-Sweden SPA), for a purchase price of $822 million plus a working capital adjustment of $55 million (of which $6 million, representing the final working capital settlement, is owed to TCCC as of December 31, 2010 and has been recorded in Amounts payable to TCCC on our Consolidated Balance Sheets). For additional information about the Norway-Sweden SPA, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. at a Glance

 

   

Markets, produces, and distributes nonalcoholic beverages.

 

   

Serves a market of approximately 165 million consumers throughout Belgium, continental France, Great Britain, Luxembourg, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden.

 

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2010 by Legacy CCE, and, following the Merger, we own the European bottling operations of Legacy CCE, as well as the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, and are an independent publicly traded company.

 

We are TCCC’s strategic bottling partner in Western Europe and its third-largest independent bottler globally, by volume. Reflecting our position as TCCC’s strategic bottling partner in Western Europe, we and TCCC have entered into 10-year bottling agreements which extend through October 2, 2020, with each containing the right for us to request a 10-year renewal. We and TCCC have also entered into a five-year incidence-based concentrate pricing agreement that extends through December 31, 2015. Including the contributions of Norway and Sweden during the fourth quarter of 2010, we generated approximately $6.7 billion in revenues and $810 million of operating income in 2010.

 

Including the contributions of Norway and Sweden in the fourth quarter of 2010, we sold approximately 11 billion bottles and cans (or 560 million physical cases) throughout our territories during 2010. Products licensed to us through TCCC and its affiliates represented greater than 90 percent of our volume during 2010.

 

We have bottling rights within our territories for various beverages, including products with the name “Coca-Cola.” For substantially all products, the bottling rights have stated expiration dates. For all bottling rights granted by TCCC with stated expiration dates, we believe our interdependent relationship with TCCC and the substantial cost and disruption to TCCC that would be caused by nonrenewals of these licenses ensure that they will be renewed upon expiration. For additional information about the terms of these licenses, refer to the section of this report entitled “ Product Licensing and Bottling Agreements .”

 

Relationship with The Coca-Cola Company

 

We conduct our business primarily under agreements with TCCC. These agreements generally give us the exclusive right to market, produce, and distribute beverage products of TCCC in authorized containers in specified territories. These agreements provide TCCC with the ability, at its sole discretion, to establish its sales prices, terms of payment, and other terms and conditions for our purchase of concentrates and syrups from TCCC. However, concentrate prices are subject to the terms of the incidence-based concentrate pricing agreement between TCCC and us through December 31, 2015.

 

Page 2 of 100


Other significant transactions and agreements with TCCC include arrangements for cooperative marketing; advertising expenditures; purchases of sweeteners, juices, mineral waters, and finished products; strategic marketing initiatives; cold drink equipment placement; and, from time-to-time, acquisitions of bottling territories.

 

Territories

 

Our bottling territories consist of Belgium, continental France, Great Britain, Luxembourg, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. The aggregate population of these territories was approximately 165 million at December 31, 2010. Including the contributions of Norway and Sweden during the fourth quarter of 2010, we generated approximately $6.7 billion in revenues and $810 million of operating income in 2010.

 

Products and Packaging

 

We derive our net operating revenues from marketing, producing, and distributing nonalcoholic beverages. Our beverage portfolio consists of some of the most recognized brands in the world, including one of the world’s most valuable sparkling beverage brands, Coca-Cola. We manufacture approximately 95 percent of finished product we sell from syrups and concentrates that we buy. The remainder of the products we sell are purchased in finished form. Although in some of our territories we deliver our product directly to retailers, our product is principally distributed to our customers’ central warehouses and through wholesalers who deliver to retailers.

 

During 2010, our top five brands by volume were as follows:

 

   

Coca-Cola

   

Diet Coke/Coca-Cola light

   

Fanta

   

Coca-Cola Zero

   

Capri Sun

 

During 2010 and 2009, certain major brand categories exceeded 10 percent of our total net operating revenues. The following table summarizes the percentage of total net operating revenues contributed by these major brand categories (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     2010

    2009

 

Consolidated:

                

Coca-Cola trademark (A)

     64.0     63.0

Sparkling flavors and energy

     16.0     15.5

(A)  

Coca-Cola trademark beverages (the Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages) are sparkling beverages bearing the trademark “Coca-Cola” or “Coke” brand name.

 

For additional information about our various products and packages, refer to “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report.

 

Seasonality

 

Sales of our products tend to be seasonal, with the second and third calendar quarters accounting for higher unit sales of products than the first and fourth quarters. In a typical year, we earn more than 60 percent of our annual operating income during the second and third quarters of the year.

 

Large Customers

 

No single customer accounted for 10 percent or more of our total net operating revenues in 2010, 2009, or 2008.

 

Page 3 of 100


Raw Materials and Other Supplies

 

We purchase syrups and concentrates from TCCC and other licensors to manufacture products. In addition, we purchase sweeteners, juices, mineral waters, finished product, carbon dioxide, fuel, PET (plastic) preforms, glass, aluminum and plastic bottles, aluminum and steel cans, pouches, closures, post-mix (fountain syrup) packaging, and other packaging materials. We generally purchase our raw materials, other than concentrates, syrups, and mineral waters, from multiple suppliers. The product licensing and bottling agreements with TCCC and agreements with some of our other licensors provide that all authorized containers, closures, cases, cartons and other packages, and labels for their products must be purchased from manufacturers approved by the respective licensor.

 

The principal sweetener we use is sugar derived from sugar beets. Our sugar purchases are made from multiple suppliers. We do not separately purchase low-calorie sweeteners because sweeteners for low-calorie beverage products are contained in the syrups or concentrates that we purchase.

 

We produce most of our plastic bottle requirements using preforms purchased from multiple suppliers. We believe that the self-manufacture of certain packages serves to ensure supply and to reduce or manage our costs.

 

We do not use any materials or supplies that are currently in short supply, although the supply and price of specific materials or supplies are, at times, adversely affected by strikes, weather conditions, speculation, abnormally high demand, governmental controls, national emergencies, price or supply fluctuations of their raw material components, and currency fluctuations.

 

Advertising and Marketing

 

We rely extensively on advertising and sales promotions in marketing our products. TCCC and other licensors that supply concentrates, syrups, and finished products to us make advertising expenditures in all major media to promote sales in the local areas we serve. We also benefit from regional, local, and global advertising programs conducted by TCCC and other licensors. Certain of the advertising expenditures by TCCC and other licensors are made pursuant to annual arrangements.

 

We and TCCC engage in a variety of marketing programs to promote the sale of products of TCCC in territories in which we operate. The amounts to be paid to us by TCCC under the programs are determined annually and are periodically reassessed as the programs progress. Marketing support funding programs entered into with TCCC provide financial support, principally based on our product sales or upon the completion of stated requirements, to offset a portion of our costs of the joint marketing programs. Except in certain limited circumstances, TCCC has no specified contractual obligation to participate in expenditures for advertising, marketing, and other support. The amounts paid by TCCC and the terms of similar programs TCCC may have with other licensees could differ from our arrangements.

 

Global Marketing Fund

 

Legacy CCE and TCCC had a Global Marketing Fund, under which TCCC was obligated to pay Legacy CCE $61.5 million annually through December 31, 2014, as support for marketing activities. Annually, $45 million of this amount was allocated to Legacy CCE’s European businesses. Following the Merger and as part of the five-year agreement with TCCC for an incidence-based concentrate pricing model, we will continue to receive $45 million annually through December 31, 2015, except under certain limited circumstances. The agreement will automatically be extended for successive 10-year periods thereafter unless either party gives written notice to terminate the agreement. We earn annual funding under the agreement if both parties agree on an annual marketing and business plan. TCCC may terminate the agreement for the balance of any year in which we fail to timely complete the marketing plan or are unable to execute the elements of those plans, when such failure is within our reasonable control.

 

Product Licensing and Bottling Agreements

 

Product Licensing and Bottling Agreements with TCCC

 

Our bottlers in Belgium, continental France, Great Britain, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden, as well as our distributor in Luxembourg (our Bottlers), operate in their respective territories under licensing, bottler, and distributor agreements with TCCC and The Coca-Cola Export Corporation, a

 

Page 4 of 100


Delaware subsidiary of TCCC (the product licensing and bottling agreements). We believe that these product licensing and bottling agreements are substantially similar to other agreements between TCCC and other European bottlers of Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages and Allied Beverages. Allied Beverages are beverages of TCCC or its subsidiaries that are sparking beverages, but not Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages or energy drinks.

 

Exclusivity . Subject to the Supplemental Agreement, described below, and with certain minor exceptions, our Bottlers have the exclusive rights granted by TCCC in their territories to sell the beverages covered by their respective product licensing and bottling agreements in containers authorized for use by TCCC (including pre- and post-mix containers). The covered beverages include Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages, Allied Beverages, still beverages, glacéau, and limited other beverages specific to the European market. TCCC has retained the rights, under certain circumstances, to produce and sell, or authorize third parties to produce and sell, the beverages in any manner or form within our territories.

 

Our Bottlers are prohibited from making sales of the beverages outside of their territories, or to anyone intending to resell the beverages outside their territories, without the consent of TCCC, except for sales arising out of an unsolicited order from a customer in another member state of the European Economic Area (EEA) or for export to another such member state. The product licensing and bottling agreements also contemplate that there may be instances in which large or special buyers have operations transcending the boundaries of the territories and, in such instances, our Bottlers agree to collaborate with TCCC to improve sales and distribution to such customers.

 

Pricing . The product licensing and bottling agreements provide that sales by TCCC of concentrate, beverage base, juices, mineral waters, finished goods, and other goods to our Bottlers are at prices which are set from time to time by TCCC at its sole discretion. The parties have entered into a five-year incidence-based concentrate pricing agreement that continues the pricing arrangement existing prior to the Merger in which concentrate price increases generally track our net revenue per case increases from the previous year.

 

Term and Termination . The product licensing and bottling agreements have 10-year terms, extending through October 2, 2020, with each containing the right for us to request a 10-year renewal. While the agreements contain no automatic right of renewal beyond October 2, 2020, we believe that our interdependent relationship with TCCC and the substantial cost and disruption to TCCC that would be caused by nonrenewals ensure that these agreements will continue to be renewed. We have never had a franchise license agreement with TCCC terminated due to nonperformance of the terms of the agreement or due to a decision by TCCC to terminate an agreement at the expiration of a term.

 

TCCC has the right to terminate the product licensing and bottling agreements before the expiration of the stated term upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, nationalization, or similar condition of our Bottlers. The product licensing and bottling agreements may be terminated by either party upon the occurrence of a default that is not remedied within 60 days of the receipt of a written notice of default, or in the event that U.S. currency exchange is unavailable or local laws prevent performance. They also terminate automatically, after a certain lapse of time, if any of our Bottlers refuse to pay a concentrate base price increase.

 

Supplemental Agreement with TCCC

 

In addition to the product licensing and bottling agreements described previously, our Bottlers (excluding the Luxembourg distributor), TCCC, and The Coca-Cola Export Corporation are parties to a supplemental agreement (the Supplemental Agreement) with regard to our Bottlers’ rights. The Supplemental Agreement permits our Bottlers to prepare, package, distribute, and sell the beverages covered by any of our Bottlers’ product licensing and bottling agreements in any other territory of our Bottlers, provided that we and TCCC have reached agreement upon a business plan for such beverages. The Supplemental Agreement may be terminated, either in whole or in part by territory, by TCCC at any time with 90-days’ prior written notice.

 

Product Licensing and Bottling Agreements with Other Licensors

 

The product licensing and bottling agreements between us and other licensors of beverage products and syrups generally give those licensors the unilateral right to change the prices for their products and syrups at any time at their sole discretion. Some of these agreements have limited terms of appointment

 

Page 5 of 100


and some prohibit us from dealing in competing products with similar flavors. These agreements contain restrictions generally similar in effect to those in the product licensing and bottling as to the use of trademarks and trade names, approved bottles, cans and labels, sale of imitations, planning, and causes for termination.

 

In Great Britain, we distribute certain beverages that were formerly in the Cadbury Schweppes portfolio, including Schweppes, Dr Pepper, Oasis, and Schweppes Abbey Well (collectively the Schweppes Products) pursuant to agreements with an affiliate of TCCC (the Schweppes Agreements). These agreements are in respect to the marketing, sale, and distribution of Schweppes Products within our territory. These agreements run through 2020 and will be automatically renewed for one 10-year term unless terminated by either party.

 

In November 2008, the Abbey Well water brand was acquired by an affiliate of TCCC. Our use of the Schweppes name with the brand is pursuant to, and on the terms of, the Schweppes Agreements. Abbey Well is a registered trademark of Waters & Robson Ltd, and we have been granted the right to use the Abbey Well name until February 2022, but only in connection with the sale of Schweppes Abbey Well products.

 

We distribute Capri Sun beverages in France and Great Britain through distribution agreements with subsidiaries or related entities of WILD GmbH & Co. KG (WILD). We also produce Capri Sun beverages in Great Britain through a license agreement with WILD. The terms of the distribution and license agreements are for five years and expire in 2014, but are renewable for an additional five-year term (subject to our meeting certain pre-conditions). Beginning in 2010, we commenced distribution of Capri Sun beverages in Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg on terms materially similar to the distribution agreements for France and Great Britain. These agreements cannot be terminated prior to July 2016. However, thereafter, the agreements can be terminated by either party under certain circumstances.

 

In early 2009, we began distributing Monster beverages in all of our Legacy CCE European territories and, in early 2011, in Sweden, under distribution agreements between us and Hansen Beverage Company. These agreements, for the territories other than Belgium, have terms of 20 years, comprised of four five-year terms, and can be terminated by either party under certain circumstances, subject to a termination penalty in some cases. The agreement for Belgium has a term of 10 years, comprised of two five-year terms, and can be terminated by either party under certain circumstances, subject to a termination penalty in some cases.

 

We commenced distribution of Schweppes, Dr Pepper, and Oasis products in the Netherlands in early 2010 pursuant to agreements with Schweppes International Limited. The agreements to distribute these products will expire on December 31, 2014, but can be renewed for an additional five-year term, subject to mutual agreement by both parties. These agreements impose obligations upon us with respect to achieving certain agreed-upon volume targets for each of the above mentioned products in the Netherlands and grant certain rights and remedies to Schweppes International Limited, including monetary remedies, if these targets are not met.

 

In 2009, we entered into agreements with Ocean Spray International, Inc. for the distribution of Ocean Spray products in France and Great Britain commencing in January and February 2010, respectively. These agreements have an initial term of five years and will be automatically renewed for an additional five years, unless terminated by either party no later than March 31, 2014.

 

Competition

 

The market for nonalcoholic beverages is highly competitive. We face competitors that differ within individual categories in our territories. Moreover, competition exists not only within the nonalcoholic beverage market but also between the nonalcoholic and alcoholic markets.

 

The most important competitive factors impacting our business include advertising and marketing, product offerings that meet consumer preferences and trends, new product and package innovations, pricing, and cost inputs. Other competitive factors include supply chain, distribution and sales methods, merchandising productivity, customer service, trade and community relationships, the management of sales and promotional activities, and access to manufacturing and distribution. Management of cold drink equipment, including vendors and coolers, is also a competitive factor. We believe that our most

 

Page 6 of 100


favorable competitive factor is the consumer and customer goodwill associated with our brand portfolio. We face strong competition by companies that produce and sell competing products to a retail sector that is consolidating and in which buyers are able to choose freely between our products and those of our competitors.

 

Our competitors include the local bottlers and distributors of competing products and manufacturers of private-label products. For example, we compete with bottlers and distributors of products of PepsiCo, Inc., Nestlé S.A., Groupe Danone S.A., and of private-label products, including those of certain of our customers. In certain of our territories, we sell products against which we compete in other territories. However, in all of our territories, our primary business is marketing, producing, and distributing products of TCCC.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2010, we employed approximately 13,500 full-time employees, of which approximately 150 were located in the United States.

 

A majority of our employees in Europe are covered by collectively bargained labor agreements, most of which do not expire. However, wage rates must be renegotiated at various dates through 2012. We believe that we will be able to renegotiate subsequent agreements with satisfactory terms.

 

Governmental Regulation

 

The production, distribution, and sale of many of our products is subject to various laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate that regulate the production, packaging, sale, safety, advertising, labeling, and ingredients of our products, and our operations in many other respects.

 

Packaging

 

The European Commission has issued a packaging and packing waste directive that has been incorporated into the national legislation of the European Union (EU) member states in which we do business. The weight of packages collected and sent for recycling (inside or outside the EU) in the countries in which we operate must meet certain minimum targets depending on the type of packaging. The legislation sets targets for the recovery and recycling of household, commercial, and industrial packaging waste and imposes substantial responsibilities upon bottlers and retailers for implementation. In the Netherlands, we include 25 percent recycled content in our recyclable plastic bottles in accordance with an agreement we have with the government. In compliance with national regulation within the soft drinks industry, we charge our Netherlands customers a deposit on all containers greater than 1/2 liter, which is refunded to them when the containers are returned to us. A container deposit scheme also exists in Sweden and Norway (which is not an EU member state) under which a deposit fee is included in the consumer price which is then paid back to the consumer if and when the container is returned. The Norwegian government further imposes two types of packaging taxes: (1) a base tax and (2) an environmental tax calculated against the amount returned. The Norwegian base tax applies only to one-way packages such as cans and non-returnable PET that may not be used again in their original form.

 

We have taken actions to mitigate the adverse financial effects resulting from legislation concerning deposits and restrictive packaging, which impose additional costs on us. We are unable to quantify the impact on current and future operations which may result from additional legislation if enacted or enforced in the future, but the impact of any such legislation could be significant.

 

Beverages in Schools

 

Throughout our territories, different policy measures exist related to the presence of our products in the educational channel, from a total ban of vending machines in the French educational channel, to a limited choice in Great Britain and self-regulation guidelines in our other European territories. Despite our self-regulatory guidelines, we continue to face pressure for regulatory intervention to further restrict the availability of sugared and sweetened beverages in and beyond the educational channel. During 2010, sales in primary and secondary schools represented less than 1.0 percent of our total sales volume.

 

Page 7 of 100


Environmental Regulations

 

Substantially all of our facilities are subject to laws and regulations dealing with above-ground and underground fuel storage tanks and the discharge of materials into the environment.

 

Our beverage manufacturing operations do not use or generate a significant amount of toxic or hazardous substances. We believe that our current practices and procedures for the control and disposition of such wastes comply with applicable law.

 

We are subject to the provisions of the EU Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE). Under the WEEE Directive, companies that put electrical and electronic equipment (such as our cold-drink equipment) on the EU market are responsible for the costs of collection, treatment, recovery, and disposal of their own products.

 

Trade Regulation

 

As the exclusive manufacturer and distributor of bottled and canned beverage products of TCCC and other manufacturers within specified geographic territories, we are subject to antitrust laws of general applicability.

 

EU rules adopted by the European countries in which we do business preclude restriction of the free movement of goods among the member states. As a result, the product licensing and bottling agreements grant us exclusive bottling territories subject to the exception that other EEA bottlers of Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages and Allied Beverages can, in response to unsolicited orders, sell such products in our European territories (as we can in their territories). For additional information about our bottling agreements, refer to the section “ Product Licensing and Bottling Agreements ” in this report.

 

Excise and Other Taxes

 

There are specific taxes on certain beverage products in some territories in which we do business. Excise taxes on the sale of sparkling and still beverages are in place in Belgium, France, the Netherlands, and Norway. Proposals have been introduced in certain countries that would impose special taxes on certain beverages we sell. At this point, we are unable to predict whether such additional legislation will be adopted.

 

Tax Audits

 

Our tax filings for various periods are subjected to audit by tax authorities in most jurisdictions in which we do business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are subsequently resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. We believe we have adequately provided for any assessments that could result from these audits where it is more likely than not that we will pay some amount.

 

Financial Information on Industry Segments and Geographic Areas

 

For financial information about our industry segment and operations in geographic areas, refer to Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this report.

 

For More Information About Us

 

As a public company, we regularly file reports and proxy statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). These reports are required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and include:

 

   

Annual reports on Form 10-K (such as this report);

 

   

Quarterly reports on Form 10-Q;

 

   

Current reports on Form 8-K;

 

   

Proxy statements on Schedule 14A; and

 

Page 8 of 100


   

Registration statement on Form S-4.

 

Anyone may read and copy any of the materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC, 20549; information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains our reports, proxy and information statements, and our other SEC filings; the address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.

 

We make our SEC filings (including any amendments) available on our own internet site as soon as reasonably practicable after we have filed them with or furnished them to the SEC. Our internet address is http://www.cokecce.com. All of these filings are available on our website free of charge.

 

The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K unless specifically so incorporated by reference herein.

 

Our website contains, under “Corporate Governance,” information about our corporate governance policies, such as:

 

   

Code of Business Conduct;

 

   

Board of Directors Guidelines on Significant Corporate Governance Issues;

 

   

Board Committee Charters;

 

   

Certificate of Incorporation; and

 

   

Bylaws.

 

Any of these items are available in print to any shareowner who requests them. Requests should be sent to the corporate secretary at Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., 2500 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339.

 

Page 9 of 100


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Set forth below are some of the risks and uncertainties that, if they were to occur, could materially and adversely affect our business or that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this report and the other public statements we make.

 

Forward-looking statements involve matters that are not historical facts. Because these statements involve anticipated events or conditions, forward-looking statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “can,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” or similar expressions. These statements are based upon the current reasonable expectations and assessments of our management and are inherently subject to business, economic, and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.

 

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Projections of revenues, income, earnings per common share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure, or other financial measures;

 

   

Descriptions of anticipated plans, goals, or objectives of our management for operations, products, or services;

 

   

Forecasts of performance; and

 

   

Assumptions regarding any of the foregoing.

 

For example, our forward-looking statements include our expectations regarding:

 

   

Diluted earnings per common share;

 

   

Operating income growth;

 

   

Net operating revenue growth;

 

   

Volume growth;

 

   

Net price per case growth;

 

   

Cost of goods per case growth;

 

   

Concentrate cost increases from TCCC;

 

   

Return on invested capital (ROIC);

 

   

Capital expenditures;

 

   

Future repatriation of non-U.S. earnings; and

 

   

Developments in accounting standards.

 

In addition to factors that have been previously disclosed in our reports filed with the SEC and those that are discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

   

the impact of the Merger and the separation from Legacy CCE on our capital resources, cash requirements, profitability, management resources, and liquidity;

 

Page 10 of 100


   

risks and uncertainties relating to our business (including our ability to achieve strategic goals, objectives, and targets over applicable periods), industry performance, and the regulatory environment;

 

   

the effects of adverse financial conditions in the territories in which we operate and a general downturn in the economy;

 

   

delay to realize, or failure to realize, the expected benefits of the Merger and the separation from Legacy CCE;

 

   

risks of customer losses, increases in operating costs, and business disruption, including disruption of supply or shortages of raw materials and other supplies;

 

   

risk of adverse effects on relationships with employees;

 

   

risk of enactment of adverse governmental, legal, or regulatory policies;

 

   

risk that we may not successfully transition to new administrative systems or information technology infrastructures;

 

   

risk that we may experience damage to our reputation; and

 

   

risks that social and political conditions such as war, political unrest and terrorism, pandemics or natural disasters, unfavorable economic conditions, or increased volatility in foreign exchange rates could have unpredictable negative effects on our businesses or results of operations.

 

Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. They represent our expectations about the future and are not guarantees. Forward-looking statements are only as of the date of filing this report, and, except as required by law, might not be updated to reflect changes as they occur after the forward-looking statements are made. We urge you to review our periodic filings with the SEC for any updates to our forward-looking statements.

 

We undertake no obligation, other than as may be required under the federal securities laws, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. We do not assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, any or all of the forward-looking statements contained in this report and in any other public statements that are made may prove to be incorrect. This may occur as a result of inaccurate assumptions as a consequence of known or unknown risks and uncertainties. We caution that the list of factors above may not be exhaustive. We operate in a continually changing business environment, and new risk factors emerge from time to time. We cannot predict these new risk factors, nor can we assess the impact, if any, of the new risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this report might not occur.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

Our business success, including financial results, depends upon our relationship with TCCC.

 

Under the express terms of our product licensing agreements with TCCC:

 

   

We purchase our entire requirement of concentrates and syrups for Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages (sparkling beverages bearing the trademark “Coca-Cola” or the “Coke” brand name) and Allied Beverages (beverages of TCCC or its subsidiaries that are sparkling beverages, but not Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages or energy drinks) from TCCC at prices, terms of payment, and other terms and conditions of supply determined from time to time by TCCC at its sole discretion.

 

   

The terms of our contracts with TCCC contain no express limits on the prices TCCC may charge us for concentrate; however, we have entered into a five-year incidence-based concentrate pricing agreement with TCCC pursuant to which concentrate price increases generally track our net revenue per case increases from the previous year.

 

Page 11 of 100


   

Much of the marketing and promotional support that we receive from TCCC is at the discretion of TCCC. Programs currently in effect or under discussion contain requirements, or are subject to conditions, established by TCCC that we may not achieve or satisfy. The terms of most of the marketing programs contain no express obligation for TCCC to participate in future programs or continue past levels of payments into the future.

 

   

Our product licensing agreements with TCCC state that they are for fixed terms, and most of them are renewable only at the discretion of TCCC at the conclusion of their current terms. A decision by TCCC not to renew a current fixed-term product licensing agreement at the end of its term could substantially and adversely affect our financial results.

 

   

Under our product licensing agreements with TCCC, we must obtain approval from TCCC to acquire any bottler of Coca-Cola or to dispose of one or more of our Coca-Cola bottling territories.

 

   

We are obligated to maintain sound financial capacity to perform our duties as is required and determined by TCCC at its sole discretion. These duties include, but are not limited to, making certain investments in marketing activities to stimulate the demand for products in our territories and infrastructure improvements to ensure our facilities and distribution network are capable of handling the demand for these beverages.

 

Disagreements with TCCC concerning other business issues may lead TCCC to act adversely to our interests with respect to the relationships described above.

 

TCCC does not have any equity ownership interest in us. This could result in a negative financial market perception of our relationship with TCCC and could negatively affect our business dealings with TCCC.

 

We are dependent on TCCC for certain transition services under the Transition Services Agreement relating to certain financial and human resources services. For most services, the Transition Services Agreement will continue until October 2, 2011, provided that we may extend services for a period of up to six additional months thereafter. If TCCC does not satisfactorily provide such services or if we do not succeed in securing replacement services, it may materially adversely affect our ability to succeed.

 

We may not be able to respond successfully to changes in the marketplace.

 

We operate in the highly competitive beverage industry and face strong competition from other general and specialty beverage companies. Our response to continued and increased competitor and customer consolidations and marketplace competition may result in lower than expected net pricing of our products. Our ability to gain or maintain share of sales or gross margins may be limited by the actions of our competitors, who may have lower costs and, thus, advantages in setting their prices.

 

Our sales can be adversely impacted by the health and stability of the general economy.

 

Unfavorable changes in general economic conditions, such as a recession or prolonged economic slowdown in the territories in which we do business, may reduce the demand for certain products and otherwise adversely affect our sales. For example, economic forces may cause consumers to purchase more private-label brands, which are generally sold at prices lower than our products, or to defer or forego purchases of beverage products altogether. Additionally, consumers that do purchase our products may choose to shift away from purchasing higher-margin products and packages sold through immediate consumption and other more profitable channels. Adverse economic conditions could also increase the likelihood of customer delinquencies and bankruptcies, which would increase the risk of uncollectability of certain accounts. Each of these factors could adversely affect our revenue, price realization, gross margins, and/or our overall financial condition and operating results.

 

Concerns about health and wellness could further reduce the demand for some of our products.

 

Health and wellness trends have resulted in an increased desire for more low-calorie soft drinks, water, enhanced water, isotonics, energy drinks, teas, and beverages with natural sweeteners. Our failure to provide any of these types of products could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

Page 12 of 100


If we, TCCC, or other licensors and bottlers of products we distribute are unable to maintain a positive brand image or if product liability claims or product recalls are brought against us, TCCC, or other licensors and bottlers of products we distribute, our business, financial results, and brand image may be negatively affected.

 

Our success depends on our products having a positive brand image with customers and consumers. Product quality issues, real or imagined, or allegations of product contamination, even if false or unfounded, could tarnish the image of the affected brands and cause customers and consumers to choose other products. We may be liable if the consumption of our products causes injury or illness. We may also be required to recall products if they become or are perceived to become contaminated or are damaged or mislabeled. A significant product liability or other product-related legal judgment against us or a widespread recall of our products could negatively impact our business, financial results, and brand image.

 

Additionally, adverse publicity surrounding obesity concerns, water usage, customer disputes, labor relations, product ingredients, and the like could negatively affect our overall reputation and our products’ acceptance by consumers, even when the publicity results from actions occurring outside our territory or control. Similarly, if product quality-related issues arise from products not manufactured by us but imported into our territories, our reputation and consumer goodwill could be damaged.

 

Changes in our relationships with large customers may adversely impact our financial results.

 

A significant amount of our volume is sold through large retail chains, including supermarkets and wholesalers. These chains are becoming more consolidated and, at times, may seek to use their purchasing power to improve their profitability through lower prices, increased emphasis on generic and other private-label brands, and increased promotional programs. These factors, as well as others, could have a negative impact on the availability of our products, as well as our profitability. In addition, at times, a customer may choose to temporarily stop selling certain of our products as a result of a dispute we may be having with that customer. A dispute with a large customer that chooses not to sell certain of our products for a prolonged period of time may adversely affect our sales volume and/or financial results.

 

Our business is vulnerable to products being imported from outside our territories, which adversely affects our sales.

 

Our territories, particularly Great Britain, are susceptible to the import of products manufactured by bottlers from countries outside our territories where prices and costs are lower. During 2010, we estimate that the gross profit of our business was negatively impacted by approximately $15 million to $25 million due to imported products. In the case of such imports from members of the EEA, we are generally prohibited from taking actions to stop such imports.

 

Increases in costs or limitation of supplies of raw materials could hurt our financial results.

 

If there are increases in the costs of raw materials, ingredients, or packaging materials, such as aluminum, steel, sugar, PET (plastic), fuel, or other cost items, and we are unable to pass the increased costs on to our customers in the form of higher prices, our financial results could be adversely affected. We use supplier pricing agreements and, at times, derivative financial instruments to manage the volatility and market risk with respect to certain commodities. Generally, these hedging instruments establish the purchase price for these commodities in advance of the time of delivery. As such, it is possible that these hedging instruments may lock us into prices that are ultimately greater than the actual market price at the time of delivery.

 

Certain of our suppliers could restrict our ability to hedge prices through supplier agreements. As a result, at times, we enter into non-designated commodity hedging programs, which could expose us to additional earnings volatility with respect to the purchase of these commodities.

 

If suppliers of raw materials, ingredients, packaging materials, or other cost items are affected by strikes, weather conditions, abnormally high demand, governmental controls, national emergencies, natural disasters, insolvency, or other events, and we are unable to obtain the materials from an alternate source, our cost of sales, revenues, and ability to manufacture and distribute product could be adversely affected.

 

Page 13 of 100


Miscalculation of our need for infrastructure investment could impact our financial results.

 

Actual requirements of our infrastructure investments, including cold drink equipment, technology, and production equipment may differ from projected levels if our volume growth is not as anticipated. Our infrastructure investments are generally long-term in nature and, therefore, it is possible that investments made today may not generate the expected return due to future changes in the marketplace. Significant changes from our expected need for and/or returns on these infrastructure investments or necessary investments to integrate the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden could adversely affect our financial results.

 

Our financial results could be significantly impacted by currency exchange rates and currency devaluations could impair our competitiveness.

 

We are exposed to significant exchange rate risk since all of our revenues and substantially all of our expenses are derived from operations conducted outside the U.S. in local currency and, for purposes of financial reporting, the local currency results are translated into U.S. dollars based on currency exchange rates prevailing during the reporting period. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported net revenues and operating income is reduced because the local currency will translate into fewer U.S. dollars. During periods of local economic crises, non-U.S. currencies may be devalued significantly against the U.S. dollar, thereby reducing our margins. Actions to recover margins may result in lower volume and a weaker competitive position.

 

Changes in interest rates or our debt rating could harm our financial results and financial position.

 

We are subject to increases in interest rates and changes in our debt rating that could have a material adverse effect on interest costs and financing sources. Our debt rating can be materially influenced by a number of factors including, but not limited to, acquisitions, investment decisions, and capital management activities of TCCC and/or changes in the debt rating of TCCC.

 

Legislative or regulatory changes that affect our products, distribution, or packaging could reduce demand for our products or increase our costs.

 

Our business model depends on the availability of our various products and packages in multiple channels and locations to satisfy the needs of our customers and consumers. Laws that restrict our ability to distribute products in certain channels and locations, as well as laws that require deposits for certain types of packages or those that limit our ability to design new packages or market certain packages, could negatively impact our financial results. In addition, taxes or other charges imposed on the sale of certain of our products could cause consumers to shift away from purchasing our products.

 

Additional taxes levied on us could harm our financial results.

 

Our tax filings for various periods are subjected to audit by tax authorities in most jurisdictions in which we do business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are subsequently resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. We believe we have adequately provided for any assessments that could result from these audits where it is more likely than not that we will pay some amount.

 

Changes in tax laws, regulations, related interpretations, and tax accounting standards in the U.S. and other countries in which we operate may adversely affect our financial results. For example, there have been legislative proposals to reform U.S. taxation of non-U.S. earnings which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results by subjecting a significant portion of our earnings to incremental U.S. taxation and/or by delaying or permanently deferring certain deductions otherwise allowed in calculating our U.S. tax liabilities.

 

If we are unable to renew labor bargaining agreements on satisfactory terms, if we experience employee strikes or work stoppages, or if changes are made to employment laws or regulations, our business and financial results could be negatively impacted.

 

The majority of our employees are covered by collectively bargained labor agreements, most of which do not expire. However, wage rates must be renegotiated at various dates through 2012. The inability to renegotiate subsequent agreements on satisfactory terms could result in work interruptions or stoppages, which could adversely affect our financial results. The terms and conditions of existing or renegotiated agreements could also increase our cost or otherwise affect our ability to fully implement operational changes. We currently believe, however, that we will be able to renegotiate subsequent agreements upon satisfactory terms.

 

Page 14 of 100


Our operations can be negatively impacted by employee strikes and work stoppages. For example, during the second quarter of 2008, we experienced a two-week labor disruption at two of our production facilities in France that interrupted production and customer deliveries across our continental European territories and caused our volume and operating income during the second quarter of 2008 to be negatively impacted (approximately a $15 million impact on operating income).

 

Technology failures could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our business.

 

We rely extensively on information technology systems to process, transmit, store, and protect electronic information. For example, our production and distribution facilities and our inventory management process utilize information technology to maximize efficiencies and minimize costs. Furthermore, a significant portion of the communications between our personnel, customers, and suppliers depends on information technology. Our information technology systems, some of which have been outsourced to a third party provider, may be vulnerable to a variety of interruptions due to events that may be beyond the control of us or our third party provider including, but not limited to, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hackers, additional security issues, and other technology failures. Our technology and information security processes and disaster recovery plans in place may not be adequate or implemented properly to ensure that our operations are not disrupted. In addition, a miscalculation of the level of investment needed to ensure our technology solutions are current and up-to-date as technology advances and evolves could result in disruptions in our business should the software, hardware, or maintenance of such items become out-of-date or obsolete. Furthermore, when we implement new systems and/or upgrade existing system modules (e.g. SAP modules), there is a risk that our business may be temporarily disrupted during the period of implementation.

 

We may not fully realize the expected cost savings and/or operating efficiencies from our restructuring and outsourcing programs.

 

We have implemented, and plan to continue to implement, restructuring programs to support the implementation of key strategic initiatives designed to maintain long-term sustainable growth. These programs are intended to maximize our operating effectiveness and efficiency and to reduce our costs. We cannot guarantee that we will achieve or sustain the targeted benefits under these programs, which could result in further restructuring efforts. In addition, we cannot guarantee that the benefits, even if achieved, will be adequate to meet our long-term growth expectations. The implementation of key elements of these programs, such as employee job reductions, may have an adverse impact on our business, particularly in the near-term.

 

In addition, we have outsourced certain financial transaction processing and business information services to third-party providers, including TCCC. In the future, we may outsource other functions to achieve further efficiencies and cost savings. If the third-party providers do not supply the level of service expected with our outsourcing initiatives, we may incur additional costs to correct the errors and may not achieve the level of cost savings originally expected. Disruptions in transaction processing due to the ineffectiveness of our third-party providers could result in inefficiencies within other business processes.

 

Adverse weather conditions could limit the demand for our products.

 

Our sales are significantly influenced by weather conditions in the markets in which we operate. In particular, cold or wet weather during the summer months may have a negative impact on the demand for our products and contribute to lower sales, which could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

 

Global or regional catastrophic events could impact our business and financial results.

 

Our business can be affected by large-scale terrorist acts, especially those directed against our territories or other major industrialized countries, the outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities, major natural disasters, or widespread outbreaks of infectious disease. Such events in the geographic regions in which we do business could have a material impact on our sales volume, cost of sales, earnings, and financial condition.

 

Page 15 of 100


Unexpected resolutions of contingencies could impact our financial results.

 

Changes from expectations for the resolution of contingencies, including outstanding legal claims and assessments, could have a material impact on our financial results. Additionally, our failure to abide by laws, orders, or other legal commitments could subject us to fines, penalties, or other damages.

 

We may be affected by global climate change or by legal, regulatory, or market responses to such change.

 

Changing weather patterns, along with the increased frequency or duration of extreme weather conditions, could impact the availability or increase the cost of key raw materials that we use to produce our products. Additionally, the sale of our products can be impacted by weather conditions.

 

Concern over climate change, including global warming, has led to legislative and regulatory initiatives directed at limiting greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The territories in which we operate have in place a variety of GHG emissions reporting requirements and some have voluntary emissions reduction covenants in which the company participates. Further laws that directly or indirectly affect our production, distribution, packaging, cost of raw materials, fuel, ingredients, and water could all impact our business and financial results.

 

As part of our commitment to Corporate Responsibility and Sustainability (CRS), we have calculated the carbon footprint of our operations in each country where we do business, developed a GHG emissions inventory management plan, and set a public goal to reduce our carbon footprint by 15 percent by the year 2020, as compared to a 2007 baseline. This commitment and the expectations of our stakeholders and regulatory bodies necessitates our investment in technologies that improve the energy efficiency of our facilities, our cooling and vending equipment, and reduce the carbon emissions of our vehicle fleet. In general, the cost of these types of investments is greater than investments in less energy efficient technologies, and the period of return is often longer. Although we believe these investments will provide long-term financial and reputational benefits, there is a risk that we may not achieve our desired returns.

 

Our historical financial information may not be representative of our results as a separate company and, therefore, may not be reliable as an indicator of future results.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a “carve-out” basis from Legacy CCE’s Consolidated Financial Statements using the historical results of operations, assets, and liabilities attributable to the legal entities that comprised CCE as of the effective date of the Merger. These legal entities include all that were previously part of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment, as well as Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company. Accordingly, our historical financial information included in this report does not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows would have been had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements also included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. These expenses included the cost of executive oversight, information technology, legal, treasury, risk management, human resources, accounting and reporting, investor relations, public relations, internal audit, and certain global restructuring projects. The cost of these services was allocated to us based on specific identification when possible or, when the expenses were determined to be global in nature, based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the applicable periods. We believe these allocations are a reasonable representation of the cost incurred for the services provided; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the actual expenses that we would have incurred had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger.

 

Our stock price may be volatile and could drop precipitously and unexpectedly.

 

The prices of publicly traded stocks often fluctuate. The price of our common stock may rise or fall dramatically without any change in our business performance.

 

Page 16 of 100


An investment in our stock could be affected by a wide variety of factors that relate to our businesses and industry, many of which are outside of our control. For example, the price of our stock could be affected by:

 

   

risks and uncertainties relating to our business (including our ability to achieve strategic goals, objectives, and targets over applicable periods), industry performance, and the regulatory environment;

 

   

business uncertainty and contractual restrictions following our separation from Legacy CCE;

 

   

risks and uncertainties relating to our business relationship with TCCC;

 

   

the effects of adverse financial conditions in the territories in which we operate and a general downturn in the economy;

 

   

increased volatility in foreign exchange rates affecting our businesses or results of operations;

 

   

customer losses, increases in operating costs, and business disruption, including disruption of supply or shortages of raw materials and other supplies;

 

   

adverse effects on relationships with employees;

 

   

adverse effects of governmental, legal, or regulatory policies that may be enacted;

 

   

our inability to successfully create the administrative systems or information technology infrastructures necessary to operate as a stand-alone public company; and

 

   

social and political conditions such as war, political unrest and terrorism, pandemics or natural disasters, unfavorable economic conditions, or increased volatility in foreign exchange rates.

 

In addition, if our revenues or financial results in any period fail to meet the investment community’s expectations, there could be an immediate adverse impact on our stock price.

 

Our focus on European business may limit investor interest in our common stock.

 

Because our company is smaller than Legacy CCE and is focused geographically on Western Europe, our stock may not be followed as closely by market analysts in the U.S. or the investment community in the U.S. as in the past. If there is only a limited following by market analysts in the U.S. or the investment community in the U.S., the amount of market activity in our common stock may be reduced, making it more difficult to sell our shares. Additionally, some shareowners, including index funds, who received our common stock in the Merger may decide that they do not want to maintain an investment in CCE. If these shareowners decide to sell all or some of their shares, or the market perceives that those sales could occur, the trading value of our shares may decline.

 

Increases in the cost of employee benefits, including pension retirement benefits, could impact our financial results and cash flow.

 

Unfavorable changes in the cost of our employee medical benefits and pension retirement benefits could materially impact our financial results and cash flow. We sponsor a number of defined benefit pension plans. Estimates of the amount and timing of our future funding obligations for defined benefit pension plans are based upon various assumptions, including discount rates and long-term asset returns. In addition, the amount and timing of pension funding can be influenced by funding requirements, negotiations with the Pension Trustee Boards, or action of other governing bodies.

 

Provisions in our product licensing and bottling agreements with TCCC and in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change in control of CCE, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

Provisions in our product licensing and bottling agreements with TCCC which require us to obtain TCCC’s consent to transfer the business to another person could delay or prevent an unsolicited change in control of CCE. These provisions may also have the effect of making it more difficult for third parties to replace our current management without the consent of our Board of Directors.

 

Page 17 of 100


In addition, the provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could delay or prevent an unsolicited change in control of CCE. These provisions include:

 

   

the availability of authorized shares of preferred stock for issuance from time to time and the determination of rights, powers, and preferences of the preferred stock at the discretion of the CCE Board without the approval of our shareowners;

 

   

the requirement of a meeting of shareowners to approve all action to be taken by the shareowners;

 

   

requirements for advance notice for raising business or making nominations at shareowners meetings; and

 

   

limitations on the minimum and maximum number of directors that constitute the CCE Board.

 

Delaware law also imposes restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock.

 

We may be subject to liabilities or indemnification obligations under the Agreement with TCCC and related agreements that are greater than anticipated.

 

Under the Agreement, we have assumed certain European business liabilities and have agreed to indemnify TCCC for certain liabilities, including but not limited to, those resulting from the breach of certain representations, warranties, or covenants of CCE set forth in the Agreement. In accordance with the Agreement, if losses relating to breaches of such representations and warranties exceed $200 million, then we must pay up to $250 million, in excess of the first $200 million (other than breaches of certain fundamental representations and warranties, in respect of which we are liable for all losses, and losses relating to tax matters, which are governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of February 25, 2010 by and among us, Legacy CCE, and TCCC (herein referred to as the Tax Sharing Agreement)). In addition, under the Tax Sharing Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify TCCC and its affiliates from and against certain taxes, the responsibility for which the parties have specifically agreed to allocate to us, as well as any taxes and losses by reason of or arising from certain breaches by us of representations, covenants or obligations under the Agreement or the Tax Sharing Agreement and, in certain situations, we will pay to TCCC (1) an amount equal to a portion of the transfer taxes incurred in connection with the separation from Legacy CCE, (2) an amount equal to any detriment to TCCC caused by certain actions (or failures to act) by us in connection with the conduct of our business or outside the ordinary course of business or that are otherwise inconsistent with past practice, and (3) the difference (if any) between the amount of certain tax benefits intended to be available to Legacy CCE following the separation from Legacy CCE and the amount of such benefits actually available to Legacy CCE as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

The liabilities assumed by us, other liabilities relating to the Merger and separation from Legacy CCE that we may have, and our indemnification obligations may be greater than anticipated and may be greater than the amount of cash available to us, together with amounts received from TCCC pursuant to the Agreement. If such liabilities or indemnification obligations are larger than anticipated, or if such amounts received from TCCC are not sufficient, our financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the separation from Legacy CCE, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock or other securities.

 

Our success following our separation from Legacy CCE will ultimately depend, in part, on our ability to successfully realize the anticipated benefits from our focus on European operations and our ability to create the infrastructure and systems necessary to support our position as an independent public company. While we believe, as of the date of this report, that our objectives are achievable, it is possible that we will be unable to achieve these objectives within the anticipated time frame, or at all. If we are unable to achieve our objectives or create the necessary systems or infrastructure, the anticipated benefits may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected, and the value of our common stock or other securities may be adversely affected.

 

Specifically, issues that must be addressed as a result of us becoming an independent public company and integrating our operations and the Norway and Sweden bottlers include, among other things:

 

   

creating the necessary administrative support activities and information technology systems including those that are currently covered by the Transition Services Agreement with TCCC;

 

Page 18 of 100


   

integrating our manufacturing, distribution, sales and administrative support activities, and information technology systems and the Norway and Sweden bottlers;

 

   

creating standards, controls, and procedures necessary to operate as an independent public company and conforming standards, controls, procedures and policies, business cultures, and compensation structures among our existing European operations and the Norway and Sweden bottlers;

 

   

consolidating sales and marketing operations of our existing European operations and the Norway and Sweden bottlers;

 

   

retaining existing customers and attracting new customers;

 

   

identifying and eliminating redundant and underperforming operations and assets; and

 

   

managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating our operations and the Norway and Sweden bottlers.

 

Delays encountered in the process of developing new systems and practices and integrating our businesses and the Norway and Sweden bottlers could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, expenses, operating results, and financial condition.

 

If the Merger or certain structuring steps Legacy CCE took prior to the Merger are determined to be taxable, CCE and Legacy CCE shareowners could be subject to a material amount of taxes and we may have indemnification obligations to TCCC.

 

The exchange of the consideration in the Merger for our stock is generally intended to qualify under Section 355 of the Code as a tax-free transaction to us and, except to the extent of the cash received, to participating holders of our stock. In addition, the distribution of the stock of Enterprises KOC Acquisition Company (referred to herein as Canadian Holdco) to Bottling Holdings (International) Inc. (referred to herein as the Internal Spin-Off) is intended to qualify under Section 355 as a tax-free transaction. There can be no absolute assurance, however, that these transactions will qualify for tax-free treatment. If either transaction does not qualify for tax-free treatment, our resulting tax liability may be substantial.

 

The Merger was conditioned on the continued validity of the private letter ruling received by Legacy CCE from the IRS, and Legacy CCE and TCCC each received opinions from their counsel, regarding, among other things, the satisfaction of certain requirements for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code on which the IRS will not rule. The ruling and the opinions of counsel were based, in part, on assumptions and representations as to factual matters made by, among others, Legacy CCE and TCCC, as requested by the IRS or counsel, which, if incorrect, could jeopardize the conclusions reached by the IRS and counsel. The ruling does not address certain material legal issues that could affect the conclusions of the ruling, and the IRS may raise such issues upon a subsequent examination. Opinions of counsel are not binding upon the IRS or the courts, the conclusions in the opinions of counsel could be challenged by the IRS, and a court could sustain such a challenge. In such event, the transactions may not qualify for tax-free treatment.

 

If the Merger does not qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, Legacy CCE would recognize taxable gain in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of our stock held by it immediately before the Merger over Legacy CCE’s tax basis in the stock. If the Internal Spin-Off does not qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, Legacy CCE would have taxable income in an amount up to the fair market value of the stock of Canadian Holdco.

 

In addition, if the Merger does not qualify for tax-free treatment, the exchange by the holders of Legacy CCE stock in the Merger would be a taxable exchange, and each holder of our stock that participates in the Merger would recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the fair market value of the shares of our stock and cash received and (2) the holder’s tax basis in Legacy CCE stock surrendered in the exchange.

 

Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, we would be generally required to indemnify TCCC and its affiliates for any taxes and losses resulting from the failure of the transactions to qualify for tax-free treatment described under Section 355 of the Code, except for (1) any taxes and losses due to the inaccuracy of certain representations or failure to comply with certain covenants by TCCC (applicable to actions or failures to act by Legacy CCE and its subsidiaries following the completion of the Merger) and (2) 50 percent of certain taxes and losses not due to the failure to comply with any obligation by any party to the Tax Sharing Agreement. We would not be required to indemnify any individual shareowner for any taxes that may be incurred by a shareowner in connection with the Merger.

 

Page 19 of 100


The Merger and the Internal Spin-Off may be taxable to Legacy CCE if there is an acquisition of 50 percent or more of the outstanding common stock of us or Legacy CCE and may result in indemnification obligations from us to TCCC.

 

Even if the Merger and the Internal Spin-Off otherwise qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, they would result in a significant U.S. federal income tax liability to Legacy CCE (but not holders of Legacy CCE stock) under Section 355(e) of the Code if one or more persons acquire a 50 percent or greater interest (measured by vote or value) in the stock of us or Legacy CCE as part of a plan or series of related transactions that includes the Merger. Current tax law generally creates a presumption that any acquisition of the stock of us or Legacy CCE within two years before or after the Merger is part of a plan that includes the Merger, although the parties may be able to rebut that presumption. The process for determining whether an acquisition is part of a plan under these rules is complex, inherently factual, and subject to interpretation of the facts and circumstances of a particular case. Notwithstanding the opinions of counsel or the rulings that have been obtained in connection with the private letter ruling, Legacy CCE, CCE, TCCC or their shareowners might cause or permit a prohibited change in the ownership of us or Legacy CCE to occur, resulting in tax liability to Legacy CCE, which could have a material adverse effect on us and, as a result, the value of our shares.

 

If the Merger is determined to be taxable under Section 355(e) of the Code, Legacy CCE would recognize a gain equal to the excess of the fair market value of our stock held by it immediately before the Merger over Legacy CCE’s tax basis therein. If these circumstances occurred, we could be required under the Tax Sharing Agreement to indemnify TCCC and its affiliates for resulting taxes.

 

The tax-free distribution by Legacy CCE could result in potentially significant limitations on our ability to pursue strategic transactions, equity or available debt financing, or other transactions that might otherwise maximize the value of our business and could potentially result in significant tax-related liabilities to us.

 

In the Tax Sharing Agreement, we agreed (1) to effect the Merger and separation from Legacy CCE in a manner consistent with the private letter ruling, tax opinions, and related representations and covenants, (2) to comply with the representations made in connection with the private letter ruling and tax opinions, and (3) not to take any action, or fail to take any action, which action or failure would be inconsistent with the private letter ruling, opinions, or related representations and covenants. In addition, except in the circumstances set forth in the next sentence, we have agreed that, for a period of two years after the Merger we will not take certain actions, including:

 

   

the redemption, recapitalization, repurchase, or acquisition by CCE of our stock (but not including planned open market purchases aggregating less than 20 percent of our outstanding stock);

 

   

the issuance by us of stock, warrants, or convertible debt that would, combined with other changes in ownership, result in a 40 percent or greater change in our ownership;

 

   

the liquidation of CCE;

 

   

a merger or consolidation involving us that would, combined with other changes of ownership, result in a 40 percent or greater change in our ownership; or

 

   

the disposition of assets except in the ordinary course of business.

 

However, an action generally will not be restricted if (1) TCCC consents to the action, (2) we obtain a ruling from the IRS to the effect that the action will not affect the private letter ruling, or (3) we obtain an unqualified opinion of counsel to the effect that the action will not affect the private letter ruling or opinions of counsel.

 

We will generally be required to indemnify TCCC, Legacy CCE, and their affiliates for any losses resulting from a failure to comply with our obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement. As a result, we may be limited in our ability to pursue strategic transactions, equity or available debt financing, or other transactions that might otherwise maximize the value of our business. Also, our potential indemnity obligation under the Tax Sharing Agreement may discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control transaction for some period of time following the Merger.

 

Page 20 of 100


ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

Our principal properties include our corporate offices, European business unit headquarters offices, our production facilities, and our sales and distribution centers.

 

The following summarizes our facilities as of December 31, 2010:

 

   

17 beverage production facilities, all of which were combination production and distribution facilities (15 owned, the others leased)

 

   

49 principal distribution facilities (11 owned, the others leased).

 

Our principal properties cover approximately 8 million square feet in the aggregate. We believe that our facilities are adequately utilized and sufficient to meet our present operating needs.

 

At December 31, 2010, we operated approximately 5,500 vehicles of all types, a majority of which are leased. We owned approximately 600,000 coolers, beverage dispensers, and vending machines at the end of 2010.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In connection with the Agreement, three putative class action lawsuits were filed in the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, and five putative class action lawsuits were filed in Delaware Chancery Court. The lawsuits are similar and assert claims on behalf of Legacy CCE’s shareholders for various breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the Agreement. The lawsuits name Legacy CCE, the Legacy CCE Board of Directors, and TCCC as defendants. Plaintiffs in each case sought to enjoin the transaction, to declare the deal void and rescind the transaction, to require disgorgement of all profits the defendants receive from the transaction, and to recover damages, attorneys’ fees, and litigation expenses. The Georgia cases were consolidated by orders entered March 25, 2010 and April 9, 2010, and the Delaware cases were consolidated on March 16, 2010. On September 3, 2010, the parties to the consolidated Georgia action executed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) containing the terms for the parties’ agreement in principle to resolve the Delaware and Georgia actions. The MOU called for certain amendments to the transaction agreements as well as certain revisions to the disclosures relating to the transaction. The MOU also contemplates that plaintiffs will seek an award of attorneys’ fees in an amount not to exceed $7.5 million. Pursuant to the Agreement, the liability for these attorney fees would be shared equally between us and TCCC. In accordance with the MOU, the parties have requested approval of the settlement from the Georgia court. If approved, the Georgia action will be dismissed with prejudice, and plaintiffs will thereafter dismiss the Delaware consolidated action with prejudice. For additional information about the Merger, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

Not applicable.

 

Page 21 of 100


ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Listed and Traded (Principal): New York Stock Exchange

 

Common shareowners of record as of January 28, 2011: 14,399

 

STOCK PRICES

 

 

2010    High      Low  

Fourth Quarter (A)

   $ 26.12       $ 21.66   

Third Quarter

     n/a         n/a   

Second Quarter

     n/a         n/a   

First Quarter

     n/a         n/a   
                   
2009    High      Low  

Fourth Quarter

     n/a         n/a   

Third Quarter

     n/a         n/a   

Second Quarter

     n/a         n/a   

First Quarter

     n/a         n/a   

(A)  

Immediately following the Merger, 339,064,025 shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, were issued and outstanding. Our stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) on October 4, 2010 and is listed under the symbol “CCE.”

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Our dividends are declared at the discretion of our Board of Directors. A dividend of 12 cents per share on outstanding shares was declared and paid during the fourth quarter of 2010. We expect our annualized dividend rate in 2011 to be 50 cents per share, subject to the approval of our Board of Directors.

 

SHARE REPURCHASES

 

The following table summarizes information with respect to our repurchases of common stock of the Company made during the fourth quarter of 2010:

 

Period


   Total Number of
Shares (or  Units)
Purchased (A)


     Average
Price Paid
per Share
(or Unit)


     Total Number of
Shares (or
Units) Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs (B)


     Maximum Number or
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares (or
Units) That May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs (B)


 

October 2, 2010 through
October 29, 2010

     40,157       $ 22.24         0       $ 1,000,000,000   

October 30, 2010 through
November 26, 2010

     3,778,599         24.69         3,778,000       $ 906,679,971   

November 27, 2010 through
December 31, 2010

     4,264,441         25.19         4,231,631       $ 800,000,000   
    


           


        

Total

     8,083,197       $ 24.94         8,009,631            
    


           


        

(A)  

During the fourth quarter of 2010, 73,566 of the total number of shares repurchased are attributable to shares surrendered to CCE by employees in payment of tax obligations related to the vesting of restricted shares (units) or distributions from our deferred compensation plan. The remainder of the shares repurchased are attributable to shares purchased under our publicly announced share repurchase program and were purchased in open-market transactions.

 

(B)  

Our Board of Directors approved a resolution to authorize the repurchase of up to 65 million shares, for an aggregate purchase price of not more than $1 billion, as part of a publicly announced program. Unless terminated by resolution of our Board, this program expires when we have repurchased all shares authorized.

 

Page 22 of 100


SHARE PERFORMANCE

 

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return

 

LOGO

 

Date


 

Coca-Cola
Enterprises


 

Peer Group


 

S&P 500
Comp-LTD


10/4/2010 (A)

  100.00   100.00   100.00

12/31/2010

  116.99   105.88   108.18

(A)  

Immediately following the Merger, 339,064,025 shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, were issued and outstanding. Our stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) on October 4, 2010 and is listed under the symbol “CCE.”

 

The graph shows the cumulative total return to our shareowners beginning as of October 4, 2010, the day our shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange, and for the quarter ended December 31, 2010, in comparison to the cumulative returns of the S&P Composite 500 Index and to an index of peer group companies we selected. The peer group consists of TCCC, PepsiCo, Inc., Coca-Cola Hellenic, Dr Pepper Snapple Group, and Britvic plc. The graph assumes $100 invested on October 4, 2010 in our common stock and in each index, with the subsequent reinvestment of dividends on a quarterly basis.

 

Page 23 of 100


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes contained in “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this report.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a “carve-out” basis from Legacy CCE’s Consolidated Financial Statements using the historical results of operations, assets, and liabilities attributable to the legal entities that comprised CCE as of the effective date of the Merger. These legal entities include all that were previously part of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment, as well as Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company. Accordingly, our historical financial information included in this report does not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows would have been had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements also included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. These expenses included the cost of executive oversight, information technology, legal, treasury, risk management, human resources, accounting and reporting, investor relations, public relations, internal audit, and certain global restructuring projects. The cost of these services was allocated to us based on specific identification when possible or, when the expenses were determined to be global in nature, based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the applicable periods. We believe these allocations are a reasonable representation of the cost incurred for the services provided; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the actual expenses that we would have incurred had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 

(in millions, except per share data)


   2010 (A)

    2009 (B)

     2008 (C)

    2007 (D)

     2006 (E)

 

OPERATIONS SUMMARY

                                          

Net operating revenues

   $ 6,714      $ 6,517       $ 6,619      $ 6,246       $ 5,583   

Cost of sales

     4,234        4,113         4,269        3,987         3,560   
    


 


  


 


  


Gross profit

     2,480        2,404         2,350        2,259         2,023   

Selling, delivery, and administrative expenses

     1,670        1,599         1,598        1,545         1,429   
    


 


  


 


  


Operating income

     810        805         752        714         594   

Interest expense, net

     63        83         119        147         136   

Other nonoperating (expense) income, net

     (1     5         (4     1         0   
    


 


  


 


  


Income before income taxes

     746        727         629        568         458   

Income tax expense

     122        151         115        44         87   
    


 


  


 


  


Net income

   $ 624      $ 576       $ 514      $ 524       $ 371   
    


 


  


 


  


WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

                                          

Basic (F)

     339        339         339        339         339   

Diluted (G)

     340        n/a         n/a        n/a         n/a   

PER SHARE DATA

                                          

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.84      $ 1.70       $ 1.52      $ 1.55       $ 1.09   

Diluted earnings per common share

     1.83        n/a         n/a        n/a         n/a   

Dividends declared per common share

     0.12        n/a         n/a        n/a         n/a   

Closing stock price

     25.03        n/a         n/a        n/a         n/a   

YEAR-END FINANCIAL POSITION

                                          

Property, plant, and equipment, net

   $ 2,220      $ 1,883       $ 1,785      $ 2,083       $ 1,935   

Franchise license intangible assets, net

     3,828        3,487         3,230        4,075         3,922   

Total assets

     8,596        7,972         7,071        8,312         7,674   

Total debt

     2,286        1,870         2,078        2,756         2,987   

Total equity

     3,143        3,179         2,426        2,547         1,912   

 

The bottling operations in Norway and Sweden were acquired from TCCC on October 2, 2010. This acquisition was included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010. Additionally, the following items included in our reported results affected the comparability of our year-over-year financial results (amounts prior to the Merger only include items related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment).

 

 

 

Page 24 of 101


(A)  

Our 2010 net income included the following items of significance: (1) charges totaling $14 million related to restructuring activities; (2) net mark-to-market losses totaling $8 million related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that will occur in a future period; (3) transaction related costs totaling $8 million; and (4) a deferred tax benefit of $25 million due to the enactment of a United Kingdom tax rate change that will reduce the corporate income tax rate by 1 percent effective April 1, 2011.

 

(B)  

Our 2009 net income included the following items of significance: (1) charges totaling $29 million related to restructuring activities; (2) net mark-to-market gains totaling $10 million related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that occurred in a later period; and (3) a net tax expense totaling $9 million primarily due to a tax law change in France.

 

(C)  

Our 2008 net income included charges totaling $28 million related to restructuring activities.

 

(D)  

Our 2007 net income included the following items of significance: (1) charges totaling $15 million related to restructuring activities; and (2) a deferred tax benefit of $67 million due to the enactment of a United Kingdom tax rate change that reduced the tax rate by 2 percent effective April 1, 2008.

 

(E)  

Our 2006 net income included charges totaling $40 million related to restructuring activities.

 

(F)  

For periods prior to the Merger, we used 339,064,025, the number of our common shares outstanding immediately following the Merger, as our number of shares outstanding for purposes of our basic earnings per share calculations.

 

( G )  

For periods prior to the Merger, we did not reflect the effect of dilutive shares because there were not any potentially dilutive securities of CCE outstanding (as we did not have any outstanding equity awards prior to the Merger, and estimating dilution using the treasury stock method is not practical or meaningful).

 

Page 25 of 100


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes contained in “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this report.

 

Overview

 

Organization

 

On October 2, 2010, Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (Legacy CCE) completed a Merger with The Coca-Cola Company (TCCC) and separated its European operations, Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company, and a related portion of its corporate segment into a new legal entity which was renamed Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (“CCE,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) at the time of the Merger. For additional information about the Merger and the Merger Agreement (the Agreement), refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Concurrently with the Merger, two indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of CCE acquired TCCC’s bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement dated March 20, 2010 (the Norway-Sweden SPA), for a purchase price of $822 million plus a working capital adjustment of $55 million (of which $6 million, representing the final working capital settlement, is owed to TCCC as of December 31, 2010 and has been recorded in Amounts payable to TCCC on our Consolidated Balance Sheets). For additional information about the Norway-Sweden SPA, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a “carve-out” basis from Legacy CCE’s Consolidated Financial Statements using the historical results of operations, assets, and liabilities attributable to the legal entities that comprised CCE as of the effective date of the Merger. These legal entities include all that were previously part of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment, as well as Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company. Accordingly, our historical financial information included in this report does not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows would have been had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements also included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. These expenses included the cost of executive oversight, information technology, legal, treasury, risk management, human resources, accounting and reporting, investor relations, public relations, internal audit, and certain global restructuring projects. The cost of these services was allocated to us based on specific identification when possible or, when the expenses were determined to be global in nature, based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the applicable periods. We believe these allocations are a reasonable representation of the cost incurred for the services provided; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the actual expenses that we would have incurred had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger (refer to Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

Following the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements include all entities that we control by ownership of a majority voting interest, including the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden beginning with the fourth quarter of 2010. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

 

Business

 

We are a marketer, producer, and distributor of nonalcoholic beverages. We market, produce, and distribute our products to customers and consumers through licensed territory agreements in Belgium, continental France, Great Britain, Luxembourg, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. We operate in the highly competitive beverage industry and face strong competition from other general and specialty beverage companies. Our financial results, like those of other beverage companies, are affected by a number of factors including, but not limited to, cost to manufacture and distribute products, general economic conditions, consumer preferences, local and national laws and regulations, availability of raw materials, fuel prices, and weather patterns.

 

Page 26 of 100


Sales of our products tend to be seasonal, with the second and third quarters accounting for higher unit sales of our products than the first and fourth quarters. In a typical year, we earn more than 60 percent of our annual operating income during the second and third quarters of the year.

 

Relationship with TCCC

 

We are a marketer, producer, and distributor principally of products of TCCC with greater than 90 percent of our sales volume consisting of sales of TCCC products. Our license arrangements with TCCC are governed by product licensing agreements. From time to time, the terms and conditions of programs with TCCC are modified. Our financial results are greatly impacted by our relationship with TCCC. Our collaborative efforts with TCCC are necessary to (1) create and develop new brands and packages; (2) market our products in the most effective manner possible; and (3) find ways to maximize efficiency. For additional information about our transactions with TCCC, refer to Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Strategic Priorities

 

Our focus is to create value for our customers while also creating long-term shareowner value. Our goals, over the long term, are to generate 4 percent to 6 percent revenue growth, 6 percent to 8 percent operating income growth, and high single-digit earnings per share growth, all on a comparable basis. To achieve these goals, we must have balanced volume and pricing growth, disciplined operational efficiencies, and cost containment. Achieving these performance levels requires strong operating plans and performance as we work through the impact of economic and consumer uncertainty and a marketplace that reflects increased competitive activity and a customer environment that continues to evolve.

 

Our operating plans are built around three key elements: (1) growing our brands and brand portfolio, with a focus on our core trademark brands and high margin categories; (2) improving our service and forging closer relationships with our customers; and (3) continuing to manage costs and expenses.

 

As we look at our brand efforts, we will build on the success of our core sparkling Red, Black, and Silver Coca-Cola trademark brands (Coca-Cola, Coca-Cola Zero, and Diet Coke/Coca-Cola light), our solid position in sparkling flavors, our progress in the energy category, and the successful expansion of our still portfolio with both Ocean Spray and Capri Sun. For example, our core Coca-Cola trademark brands, which will be a significant contributor to our overall growth next year, will benefit from a solid 2011 marketing calendar, built with promotions for the 125 th anniversary for the Coca-Cola brand, the upcoming 2012 London Olympics, and Coke with Food. Coke with Food is an ongoing effort which helps expand the overall footprint of these brands. In addition, the on-line “Coke Zone” effort will be a key element of our marketing efforts, and we will introduce large bottle PET contour packaging in France. We will also focus on increased activation for our zero calorie brands, Diet Coke/Coca-Cola light, and Coke Zero.

 

Beyond our core sparkling brands, we will continue to build on the solid presence of our Fanta portfolio, our second largest trademark brand. In addition, we will further develop our presence in the growing energy category, where our portfolio of brands includes Burn, Monster, Nalu, and Relentless. This portfolio is creating growth in a high margin category. We will support this category with new packaging, strong local marketing efforts, and flavor and brand expansion.

 

In still beverages, we will work to build on the success we achieved in 2010 with the expansion of both Capri Sun and Ocean Spray, and will continue the development of our glacéau vitaminwater portfolio throughout Europe. Overall, we have a more balanced still portfolio than we did a few years ago, including an improved presence in waters with Schweppes Abbey Well and Chaudfontaine.

 

Central to enhancing our brands is continuously improving our category leading customer service. Our goal is to provide higher levels of support and to ultimately create sustainable growth in category value for our customers. We will accomplish this with a combination of customer-centered efforts, such as focused Olympic and local community programs, continuous improvement of our go-to-market methods, and improving our on-line presence through category-leading e-commerce capability and service.

 

Page 27 of 100


While we will always strive to improve our service, we have already made substantial progress. Based on a recent Advantage Group survey, we are the number one fast moving consumer goods supplier in Great Britain, Belgium, and the Netherlands, and number two in France. We are encouraged by this recognition, which reflects the quality of our work in Europe and the skill and dedication of our people. A key element of this success, and an important key to our future, is our approach to our supply chain. We have worked to seize Europe-wide opportunities for scale and efficiency. This work is proving successful, and we believe significant opportunities remain, particularly as we integrate our new territories, Norway and Sweden.

 

Our work to build our brands and operate more effectively ultimately leads to our most important goal: creating enhanced value for our shareowners. We believe we are on track to achieve this goal and have stated our commitment to dividend growth and share repurchase. We are on track to repurchase approximately $1 billion of our shares by the end of the first quarter of 2012.

 

Today, we are a relatively new company, yet we are built on a foundation of sustained growth, and we believe in our ability to continue moving our Company forward.

 

Commitment 2020

 

A fundamental part of reaching our long-term objectives is our commitment to corporate responsibility and sustainability (CRS). We have embedded CRS in our business strategy as a key pillar of our operating framework, and we continue to invest across our territories to establish our CRS objectives and principles in every function of our business. As a company whose operations are solely in Europe, we face new and increasing expectations from our customers, our consumers, and the communities where we operate.

 

We take this responsibility seriously, and our goal is to be the CRS leader within our industry. We want to meet and exceed stakeholders expectations, and, as a result, we are reviewing the previous commitments we made for our business to achieve by the year 2020. We expect to publish a revised set of detailed CRS commitments later this year and will measure our progress against those targets.

 

Financial Results

 

Our net income in 2010 was $624 million or $1.83 per diluted common share, compared to net income of $576 million or $1.70 per common share in 2009. In addition to the items noted previously regarding the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements prior to the Merger, the following items included in our reported results affected the comparability of our year-over-year financial results (amounts prior to the Merger only include items related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment):

 

2010

 

   

Charges totaling $14 million related to restructuring activities;

 

   

Net mark-to-market losses totaling $8 million related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that will occur in a future period;

 

   

Transaction related costs totaling $8 million; and

 

   

A deferred tax benefit of $25 million due to the enactment of a United Kingdom corporate income tax rate reduction of 1 percentage point effective April 1, 2011.

 

2009

 

   

Charges totaling $29 million related to restructuring activities;

 

   

Net mark-to-market gains totaling $10 million related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that occurred in a later period; and

 

   

A net tax expense totaling $9 million primarily due to a tax law change in France.

 

Page 28 of 100


Financial Summary

 

Our financial performance during 2010 was impacted by the following significant factors:

 

   

Solid operating results driven by strong volume growth, marketplace execution, and moderate commodity cost increases;

 

   

Strong performance for our Coca-Cola trademark beverages, and the benefit of recent product additions including Capri Sun products in Belgium and the Netherlands and Ocean Spray products in France;

 

   

The benefits of ongoing operating expense control efforts through our Ownership Cost Management (OCM) practices;

 

   

Increased year-over-year corporate expenses due to the inclusion of actual corporate expenses on a stand-alone basis beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010 versus an allocation of corporate expenses from Legacy CCE prior to the Merger; and

 

   

Unfavorable currency exchange rate changes that reduced operating income by approximately 6.0 percent.

 

Revenue

 

During 2010, we delivered strong volume growth of 4.0 percent (on a constant territory basis), which was driven by solid marketplace execution and the continued success of our “Red, Black, and Silver” Coca-Cola trademark brand initiative. Our volume also benefited from the recent addition of several products, including Capri Sun products in Belgium and the Netherlands and Ocean Spray products in France. Our price per case grew 1.0 percent (on a constant territory basis) during 2010 reflecting the impact of package mix shifts into lower priced cans and planned promotional activity, particularly in Great Britain and France.

 

During 2011, we will continue to focus on execution and product development as we work through evolving marketplace conditions. We expect our volume in 2011 to benefit from our Red, Black, and Silver Coca-Cola trademark brands and solid growth within our energy and water portfolios. We will also continue to improve our price-package architecture to ensure we are targeting specific customer and consumer needs.

 

Cost of Sales

 

Our 2010 bottle and can ingredient and packaging costs per case increased 0.5 percent (on a constant territory basis), which was consistent with increases we have experienced in recent years. During 2011, we expect a low single-digit increase in bottle and can costs.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Our operating expenses increased 4.5 percent from 2009 to 2010. This increase was primarily driven by (1) incremental expenses related to the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden acquired during the fourth quarter of 2010 and (2) increased year-over-year corporate expenses due to the inclusion of actual corporate expenses on a stand-alone basis beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010 versus an allocation of corporate expenses from Legacy CCE prior to the Merger. These increases were partially offset by currency exchange rate changes and the ongoing benefit of operating expense control initiatives.

 

Overall, during 2010, we remained focused on reducing controllable operating expenses through initiatives such as OCM and improved effectiveness and efficiency. We will continue to build on the principles of OCM, and expect these and other initiatives to allow us to continue to limit the growth of our underlying operating expenses during 2011.

 

Page 29 of 100


Operations Review

 

The following table summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Operations as a percentage of net operating revenues for the periods presented:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Net operating revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of sales

     63.1        63.1        64.5   
    


 


 


Gross profit

     36.9        36.9        35.5   

Selling, delivery, and administrative expenses

     24.9        24.5        24.1   
    


 


 


Operating income

     12.0        12.4        11.4   

Interest expense, net—third party

     0.4        0.4        1.1   

Interest expense, net—Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     0.5        0.9        0.7   

Other nonoperating income (expense), net

     0.0        0.1        (0.1
    


 


 


Income before income taxes

     11.1        11.2        9.5   

Income tax expense

     1.8        2.3        1.7   
    


 


 


Net income

     9.3     8.9     7.8
    


 


 


 

The following table summarizes our operating income by segment for the periods presented (in millions; percentages rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 
     Amount

    Percent
of Total


    Amount

    Percent
of Total


    Amount

    Percent
of Total


 

Europe

   $ 1,039        128.5   $ 963        119.5   $ 891        118.5

Corporate

     (229     (28.5     (158     (19.5     (139     (18.5
    


 


 


 


 


 


Combined

   $ 810        100.0   $ 805        100.0   $ 752        100.0
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

2010 Versus 2009

 

During 2010, our operating income increased $5 million or 0.5 percent to $810 million from $805 million in 2009. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2010 operating income (in millions; percentages rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Amount

    Change
Percent
of Total


 

Changes in operating income:

                

Impact of bottle and can price and mix on gross profit

   $ 42        5.0

Impact of bottle and can cost and mix on gross profit

     (18     (2.0

Impact of bottle and can volume on gross profit

     94        11.5   

Impact of post mix, non-trade, and other on gross profit

     (3     (0.5

Impact of acquired bottlers in Norway and Sweden

     6        0.5   

Other selling, delivery, and administrative expenses

     (52     (6.5

Net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE

     8        1.0   

Net mark-to-market gains related to non-designated commodity hedges

     (18     (2.0

Net impact of restructuring charges (A)

     2        0.5   

Transaction related costs

     (8     (1.0

Currency exchange rate changes

     (49     (6.0

Other changes

     1        0.0   
    


 


Change in operating income

   $ 5        0.5
    


 



(A)  

Amounts prior to the Merger include only items related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment. Amounts do not include costs recorded by Legacy CCE’s corporate segment that were specifically incurred on behalf of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment or allocated to CCE. Those amounts are included in the “net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE” line in the table above. For additional information about our restructuring activities, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Page 30 of 100


2009 Versus 2008

 

During 2009, our operating income increased $53 million or 7.0 percent to $805 million. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2009 operating income (in millions; percentages rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Amount

    Change
Percent
of Total


 

Changes in operating income:

                

Impact of bottle and can price and mix on gross profit

   $ 254        34.0

Impact of bottle and can cost and mix on gross profit

     (71     (9.5

Impact of bottle and can selling day shift on gross profit

     130        17.5   

Impact of bottle and can volume on gross profit

     (13     (1.5

Impact of post mix, non-trade, and other on gross profit

     5        0.5   

Other selling, delivery, and administrative expenses

     (124     (16.5

Net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE

     (29     (4.0

Net mark-to-market gains related to non-designated commodity hedges

     10        1.0   

Net impact of restructuring charges (A)

     9        1.0   

Currency exchange rate changes

     (118     (15.5
    


 


Change in operating income

   $ 53        7.0
    


 



(A)  

Amounts include only items related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment. Amounts do not include costs recorded by Legacy CCE’s corporate segment that were specifically incurred on behalf of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment or allocated to CCE. Those amounts are included in the “net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE” line in the table above. For additional information about our restructuring activities, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Net Operating Revenues

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

Net operating revenues increased 3.0 percent in 2010 to $6.7 billion from $6.5 billion in 2009. This change includes a 3.5 percent increase due to incremental revenues from the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden acquired during the fourth quarter of 2010, offset by a 4.5 percent reduction due to currency exchange rate changes. Our revenues reflect the benefit of strong volume growth of 4.0 percent and pricing per case growth of 1.0 percent (both on a constant territory basis). Solid marketplace execution and the continued success of our “Red, Black, and Silver” Coca-Cola trademark brand initiative were the primary drivers of our 2010 volume performance. Our volume also benefited from the recent addition of several products, including Capri Sun products in Belgium and the Netherlands and Ocean Spray products in France.

 

Net operating revenues per case decreased 3.0 percent in 2010 versus 2009. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2010 net operating revenues per case (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent and based on wholesale physical case volume):

 

Changes in net operating revenues per case:

        

Bottle and can net price per case

     1.0

Impact of acquired bottlers in Norway and Sweden

     1.5   

Bottle and can currency exchange rate changes

     (4.0

Post mix, non-trade, and other

     (1.5
    


Change in net operating revenues per case

     (3.0 )% 
    


 

Our bottle and can sales accounted for 94 percent of total net operating revenues during 2010. Bottle and can net price per case is based on the invoice price charged to customers reduced by promotional allowances and is impacted by the price charged per package or brand, the volume generated in each package or brand, and the channels in which those packages or brands are sold. To the extent we are able to increase volume in higher-margin packages or brands that are sold through higher-margin channels, our bottle and can net pricing per case will increase without an actual increase in wholesale pricing. During 2010, our bottle and can net price per case growth was impacted by package mix shifts into lower priced cans and planned promotional activity, particularly in Great Britain and France.

 

We participate in various programs and arrangements with customers designed to increase the sale of our products by these customers. The costs of all these various programs, included as a reduction in net operating revenues, totaled $0.9 billion and $0.8 billion in 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts included net customer marketing accrual reductions related to estimates for prior year programs of $1 million and $12 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Page 31 of 100


2009 Versus 2008

 

Net operating revenues decreased 1.5 percent in 2009 to $6.5 billion from $6.6 billion in 2008. This change includes currency exchange rate reductions of approximately 10.5 percent. Our revenues reflect the benefit of balanced volume and pricing per case growth, which increased 5.5 percent and 4.0 percent, respectively. Solid marketplace execution and the continued success of our “Red, Black, and Silver” Coca-Cola trademark brand initiative were the primary drivers of our 2009 volume performance. Our volume also benefited from the addition of several products, including Monster Energy drinks across all of our Legacy CCE European territories and Schweppes Abbey Well mineral water in Great Britain.

 

Net operating revenues per case decreased 6.0 percent in 2009 versus 2008. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2009 net operating revenues per case (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent and based on wholesale physical case volume):

 

Changes in net operating revenues per case:

        

Bottle and can net price per case

     4.0

Bottle and can currency exchange rate changes

     (10.0
    


Change in net operating revenues per case

     (6.0 )% 
    


 

The costs of various customer programs and arrangements designed to increase the sale of our products by these customers totaled $0.8 billion and $1.2 billion in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The reduction in the cost of these programs during 2009 was principally due to a law change in France that resulted in the cost of these programs being provided as an on-invoice reduction. These amounts included net customer marketing accrual reductions related to estimates for prior year programs of $12 million and $33 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Volume

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

The following table summarizes the change in our 2010 bottle and can volume versus 2009 (on a constant territory basis; selling days were the same in 2010 and 2009; rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

Change in volume

     6.0

Impact of acquired bottlers in Norway and Sweden

     (2.0
    


Change in volume, excluding acquisition

     4.0
    


 

Brands

 

The following table summarizes our 2010 bottle and can volume by major brand category (on a constant territory basis; rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Change

    2010
Percent
of Total


    2009
Percent
of Total


 

Coca-Cola trademark

     3.0     69.0     69.5

Sparkling flavors and energy

     3.0        17.5        18.0   

Juices, isotonics, and other

     14.0        10.5        9.5   

Water

     0.0        3.0        3.0   
            


 


Total

     4.0     100.0     100.0
            


 


 

Page 32 of 100


On a constant territory basis, we achieved volume growth of 4.0 percent during 2010. Our volume performance reflects growth in both sparkling beverages and still beverages, which grew 3.0 percent and 10.5 percent, respectively. Solid marketplace execution and the continued success of our “Red, Black, and Silver” Coca-Cola trademark brand initiative were the primary drivers of our 2010 volume performance. Our volume also benefited from the expanded distribution of Capri Sun products in Belgium and the Netherlands and Ocean Spray products in France. In 2011, we will continue to focus on our Red, Black, and Silver Coca-Cola trademark brands, with promotions built around the 2012 London Olympics and Coke with Food, an ongoing effort that helps expand the overall footprint of our trademark brands. We will also continue our package innovation with the roll-out of large bottle PET (plastic) contour packaging in France. In addition, we plan to increase support of our Minute Maid products, both in immediate and future consumption, and we will continue the development of glacéau’s vitaminwater portfolio throughout Europe.

 

Our Coca-Cola trademark products volume increased 3.0 percent during 2010. This increase was driven by volume gains for each of our Red, Black, and Silver Coca-Cola trademark brands, Coca-Cola, Coca-Cola Zero, and Diet Coke/Coca-Cola light. Our sparkling flavors and energy volume increased 3.0 percent during 2010, reflecting higher sales of Sprite, Dr Pepper, Fanta, and Schweppes products. Our energy drink category benefited from the first full year of our distribution of Monster Energy drinks across all of our Legacy CCE European territories. Juices, isotonics, and other volume increased 14.0 percent. This performance reflects a significant increase in sales of Capri Sun products, which were introduced in Belgium and the Netherlands in early 2010. The increase was also driven by significant volume gains for glacéau vitaminwater, POWERade, and Nestea products, offset partially by a decline in sales of Fanta, Minute Maid, and Oasis products. Sales volume of our water brands remained flat in 2010, reflecting increased sales of Chaudfontaine mineral water, offset by lower sales of Schweppes Abbey Well water versus strong introductory volume in 2009.

 

Both continental Europe and Great Britain experienced growth during 2010, with sales volume increasing 6.0 percent and 1.5 percent, respectively. Continental Europe’s performance reflects a 4.0 percent increase in sales volume for Coca-Cola trademark products, and a 34.0 percent increase in the sale of juices, isotonics, and other products. This increase was driven by increased sales of glacéau vitaminwater, POWERade, and Nestea products and the introduction of Capri Sun products in Belgium and the Netherlands in early 2010. In Great Britain, our volume performance was driven by a 1.5 percent increase in the sale of Coca-Cola trademark products. Great Britain’s growth also reflects a 2.0 percent increase in the sale of both sparkling flavors and energy products, and a 2.0 percent increase in the sale of juices, isotonics, and other products.

 

Page 33 of 100


Consumption

 

The following table summarizes the 2010 change in volume by consumption type (on a constant territory basis; rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Change

    2010
Percent
of Total


    2009
Percent
of Total


 

Multi-serve (A)

     6.5     60.0     59.0

Single-serve (B)

     0.5        40.0        41.0   
            


 


Total

     4.0     100.0     100.0
            


 



(A)  

Multi-serve packages include containers that are typically greater than one liter, purchased by consumers in multi-packs in take-home channels at ambient temperatures, and are consumed in the future.

(B)  

Single-serve packages include containers that are typically one liter or less, purchased by consumers as a single bottle or can in cold drink channels at chilled temperatures, and consumed shortly after purchase.

 

Packages

 

Our products are available in a variety of different package types and sizes (single-serve, multi-serve, and multi-pack) including, but not limited to, aluminum and steel cans, glass, aluminum and PET (plastic) bottles, pouches, and bag-in-box for fountain use. The following table summarizes our volume results by major package category during 2010 (on a constant territory basis; rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Change

    2010
Percent
of Total


    2009
Percent
of Total


 

Cans

     6.0     40.0     39.5

PET (plastic)

     1.0        44.0        45.0   

Glass and other

     9.0        16.0        15.5   
            


 


Total

     4.0     100.0     100.0
            


 


 

2009 Versus 2008

 

The following table summarizes the change in our 2009 bottle and can volume, as adjusted to reflect the impact of one less selling day in 2009 versus 2008 (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

Change in volume

     5.0

Impact of selling day shift (A)

     0.5   
    


Change in volume, adjusted for selling day shift

     5.5
    



(A)  

Represents the impact of changes in selling days between periods (based upon a standard five-day selling week).

 

Brands

 

The following table summarizes our 2009 bottle and can volume by major brand category, as adjusted to reflect the impact of one less selling day in 2009 versus 2008 (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Change

    2009
Percent
of Total


    2008
Percent
of Total


 

Coca-Cola trademark

     7.0     69.5     68.5

Sparkling flavors and energy

     3.0        18.0        18.0   

Juices, isotonics, and other

     (3.5     9.5        10.5   

Water

     17.5        3.0        3.0   
            


 


Total

     5.5     100.0     100.0
            


 


 

 

Page 34 of 100


We achieved volume growth of 5.5 percent during 2009. Our volume performance reflected growth in both sparkling beverages and still beverages, which grew 6.0 percent and 1.0 percent, respectively. Solid marketplace execution and the continued success of our “Red, Black, and Silver” Coca-Cola trademark brand initiative were the primary drivers of our 2009 volume performance. Our volume also benefited from the addition of several products during 2009, including Monster Energy drinks across all of our Legacy CCE European territories and Schweppes Abbey Well mineral water in Great Britain.

 

The volume of our Coca-Cola trademark products increased 7.0 percent during 2009, driven by volume gains for Coca-Cola, Coca-Cola Zero, and Diet Coke/Coca-Cola light. Sparkling flavors and energy volume increased 3.0 percent during 2009, reflecting higher sales of Sprite and Dr Pepper products, offset partially by declining sales of Schweppes products. Our energy drink category benefited from the introduction of Monster Energy drinks across all of our Legacy CCE European territories during 2009. Juices, isotonics, and other volume declined 3.5 percent during 2009, reflecting lower sales of our juice products, offset partially by increased sales of isotonics. Sales volume of our water brands increased 17.5 percent during 2009, reflecting the addition of Schweppes Abbey Well water in Great Britain and a 6.0 percent increase in sales of Chaudfontaine mineral water.

 

Both continental Europe and Great Britain experienced strong growth during 2009, with sales volume increasing 5.0 percent and 6.0 percent, respectively. Continental Europe’s performance reflected a 5.0 percent increase in sales volume for Coca-Cola trademark products. Additionally, continental Europe’s sparkling flavors and energy volume increased 6.0 percent, reflecting increased sales of Sprite products and the introduction of Monster Energy drinks. In Great Britain, our performance reflected a 10.0 percent increase in the sale of Coca-Cola trademark products and increased water brand sales due to the addition of Schweppes Abbey Well water.

 

Consumption

 

The following table summarizes the 2009 change in volume by consumption type, as adjusted to reflect the impact of one less selling day in 2009 versus 2008 (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Change

    2009
Percent
of Total


    2008
Percent
of Total


 

Multi-serve (A)

     6.5     59.0     58.5

Single-serve (B)

     4.5        41.0        41.5   
            


 


Total

     5.5     100.0     100.0
            


 



(A)  

Multi-serve packages include containers that are typically greater than one liter, purchased by consumers in multi-packs in take-home channels at ambient temperatures, and are consumed in the future.

 

(B)  

Single-serve packages include containers that are typically one liter or less, purchased by consumers as a single bottle or can in cold drink channels at chilled temperatures, and consumed shortly after purchase.

 

Packages

 

The following table summarizes our volume results by major package category during 2009, as adjusted to reflect the impact of one less selling day in 2009 versus 2008 (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Change

    2009
Percent
of Total


    2008
Percent
of Total


 

Cans

     8.5     39.5     38.0

PET (plastic)

     4.0        45.0        46.0   

Glass and other

     2.0        15.5        16.0   
            


 


Total

     5.5     100.0     100.0
            


 


 

Page 35 of 100


Cost of Sales

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

Cost of sales increased 3.0 percent in 2010 to $4.2 billion. This change includes a 3.5 percent increase due to incremental costs from the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden acquired during the fourth quarter of 2010, offset by a 4.5 percent reduction due to currency exchange rate changes. Cost of sales per case decreased 3.5 percent in 2010 versus 2009. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2010 cost of sales per case (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent and based on wholesale physical case volume):

 

Changes in cost of sales per case:

        

Bottle and can ingredient and packaging costs

     0.5

Impact of acquired bottlers in Norway and Sweden

     1.5   

Bottle and can currency exchange rate changes

     (4.5

Costs related to post mix, non-trade, and other

     (1.0
    


Change in cost of sales per case

     (3.5 )% 
    


 

2009 Versus 2008

 

Cost of sales decreased 3.5 percent in 2009 to $4.1 billion. This change included a currency exchange rate reduction of approximately 10.0 percent in 2009. Cost of sales per case decreased 8.0 percent in 2009 versus 2008. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2009 cost of sales per case (rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent and based on wholesale physical case volume):

 

Changes in cost of sales per case:

        

Bottle and can ingredient and packaging costs

     1.5

Bottle and can currency exchange rate changes

     (9.5
    


Change in cost of sales per case

     (8.0 )% 
    


 

During 2009, our cost of sales were impacted by net mark-to-market gains totaling $10 million related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that occured in a later period. For additional information about our non-designated commodity hedging programs, refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Page 36 of 100


Selling, Delivery, and Administrative Expenses

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

Selling, delivery, and administrative (SD&A) expenses increased 4.5 percent to $1.7 billion in 2010 from $1.6 billion in 2009. This change includes a 4.5 percent increase due to incremental expenses from the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden acquired during the fourth quarter of 2010, offset by a 3.5 percent reduction due to currency exchange rate changes. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2010 SD&A expenses (in millions; percentages rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Amount

    Change
Percent
of Total


 

Changes in SD&A expenses:

                

General and administrative expenses

   $ 48        3.0

Delivery and merchandise expenses

     11        1.0   

Warehousing expenses

     6        0.5   

Selling and marketing expenses

     (7     (0.5

Depreciation and amortization

     (8     (0.5

Impact of acquired bottlers in Norway and Sweden

     75        4.5   

Net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE

     (8     (0.5

Net impact of restructuring charges (A)

     (2     (0.0

Transaction related costs

     8        0.5   

Currency exchange rate changes

     (54     (3.5

Other expenses

     2        0.0   
    


 


Change in SD&A expenses

   $ 71        4.5
    


 



(A)  

Amounts prior to the Merger include only items related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment. Amounts do not include costs recorded by Legacy CCE’s corporate segment that were specifically incurred on behalf of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment or allocated to CCE. Those amounts are included in the “net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE” line in the table above. For additional information about our restructuring activities, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

SD&A expenses as a percentage of net operating revenues were 24.9 percent and 24.5 percent in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our SD&A expenses in 2010 reflect the impact of (1) additional expenses totaling $75 million related to the acquired bottlers in Norway and Sweden during the fourth quarter of 2010 and (2) a net year-over-year increase in corporate expenses due to the inclusion of our actual corporate expenses on a stand-alone basis beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010 versus an allocation of corporate expenses from Legacy CCE prior to the Merger. These increases were offset by currency exchange rate changes and the ongoing benefit of operating expense control initiatives, which resulted in our underlying operating expenses remaining flat year-over-year.

 

Page 37 of 100


2009 Versus 2008

 

SD&A expenses totaled $1.6 billion in 2009 and were flat versus 2008. This change included a currency exchange rate reduction of approximately 9.0 percent in 2009. The following table summarizes the significant components of the change in our 2009 SD&A expenses (in millions; percentages rounded to the nearest 0.5 percent):

 

     Amount

    Change
Percent
of Total


 

Changes in SD&A expenses:

                

General and administrative expenses

   $ 65        4.0

Warehousing expenses

     20        1.0   

Selling and marketing expenses

     34        2.0   

Depreciation and amortization

     5        0.5   

Net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE

     29        2.0   

Net impact of restructuring charges (A)

     (9     (0.5

Currency exchange rate changes

     (143     (9.0
    


 


Change in SD&A expenses

   $ 1        0.0
    


 



(A)  

Amounts include only items related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment. Amounts do not include costs recorded by Legacy CCE’s corporate segment that were specifically incurred on behalf of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment or allocated to CCE. Those amounts are included in the “net impact of allocated expenses from Legacy CCE” line in the table above. For additional information about our restructuring activities, refer to Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

SD&A expenses as a percentage of net operating revenues were 24.5 percent and 24.1 percent in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our SD&A expenses in 2009 were impacted by an increase in general and administrative expenses, which reflected higher year-over-year performance-related compensation expense under our annual incentive plans and increased pension expense, offset by currency exchange rate changes and the ongoing benefit of expense control initiatives including a continued focus on OCM practices.

 

Interest Expense, Net

 

Interest expense, net—third party totaled $30 million, $24 million, and $74 million in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Interest expense, net—Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. totaled $33 million, $59 million, and $45 million in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The following tables summarize the primary items that impacted our interest expense in 2010, 2009, and 2008 ($ in millions):

 

Third party debt

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Average outstanding debt balance

   $ 1,187      $ 866      $ 1,814   

Weighted average cost of debt

     2.3     2.4     3.8

Fixed-rate debt (% of portfolio)

     94     28     20

Floating-rate debt (% of portfolio)

     6     72     80

 

Amounts due to Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

 

     2010 (A)

    2009

    2008

 

Average outstanding debt balance

   $ 749      $ 1,283      $ 990   

Weighted average cost of debt

     5.5     5.3     6.1

Fixed-rate debt (% of portfolio)

     N/A        100     100

(A )  

To facilitate the Merger, all of these loans were settled during the third quarter of 2010.

 

Other Nonoperating (Expense) Income, Net

 

Other nonoperating expense, net totaled $1 million and $4 million in 2010 and 2008, respectively. Other nonoperating income, net totaled $5 million in 2009. Our other nonoperating (expense) income, net principally includes non-U.S. currency transaction gains and losses.

 

Page 38 of 100


Income Tax Expense

 

In 2010, our effective tax rate was 16.0 percent. This rate includes a deferred tax benefit of $25 million (4 percentage point decrease in the effective tax rate) due to the enactment of a United Kingdom corporate income tax rate reduction of 1 percent effective April 1, 2011. We expect our effective tax rate to be approximately 26 percent to 28 percent in 2011. Our 2011 effective tax rate is expected to be higher than 2010 due to the U.S. tax impact associated with repatriating to the U.S. a portion of our 2011 non-U.S. earnings in 2011. Our historical earnings will remain permanently reinvested. We currently expect to repatriate to the U.S. a portion of each current year’s non-U.S. earnings for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, interest on U.S.-issued debt, salaries for U.S. based employees, and other corporate-level operations in the U.S.

 

In 2009, our effective tax rate was 21.0 percent. This rate included a $9 million (1 percentage point increase in the effective tax rate) income tax expense primarily due to a tax law change in France.

 

In 2008, our effective tax rate was 18.0 percent.

 

Cash Flow and Liquidity Review

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our sources of capital include, but are not limited to, cash flows from operations, public and private issuances of debt and equity securities, and bank borrowings. We believe that our operating cash flow, cash on hand, and available short-term and long-term capital resources are sufficient to fund our working capital requirements, scheduled debt payments, interest payments, capital expenditures, benefit plan contributions, income tax obligations, dividends to our shareowners, any contemplated acquisitions, and share repurchases for the foreseeable future.

 

We have amounts available to us for borrowing under a credit facility. This facility serves as a backstop to our commercial paper programs and supports our working capital needs. This facility matures in 2014 and is a $1 billion multi-currency credit facility with a syndicate of eight banks. At December 31, 2010, our availability under this credit facility was $1 billion. Based on information currently available to us, we have no indication that the financial institutions syndicated under this facility would be unable to fulfill their commitments to us as of the date of the filing of this report.

 

We satisfy seasonal working capital needs and other financing requirements with operating cash flow, cash on hand, short-term borrowings under our commercial paper program, bank borrowings, and various lines of credit. At December 31, 2010, we had $162 million in debt maturities in the next 12 months, including $145 million in commercial paper. We plan to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under our commercial paper programs and other short-term obligations with operating cash flow and cash on hand. We intend to refinance the remaining maturities of current obligations with either commercial paper or with long-term debt.

 

During 2010, we contributed $116 million to our pension plans, which helped improve the funded status of these plans. We also initiated a share repurchase program during the fourth quarter of 2010, under which we repurchased $200 million of our common stock. We currently expect to repurchase additional shares totaling approximately $800 million by the end of the first quarter of 2012. Our share repurchase plan may be adjusted depending on economic, operating, or other factors, including acquisition opportunities. In addition, we expect our cash tax payments to increase in the near-term, driven primarily by the future timing and amount of repatriating to the U.S. our future current year non-U.S. earnings.

 

Credit Ratings and Covenants

 

Our credit ratings are periodically reviewed by rating agencies. Currently, our long-term ratings from Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s (S&P), and Fitch are A3, BBB+, and BBB+, respectively. Our ratings outlook from Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch are stable. Changes in our operating results, cash flows, or financial position could impact the ratings assigned by the various rating agencies. Our debt rating can be materially influenced by a number of factors including, but not limited to, acquisitions, investment decisions, and capital management activities of TCCC and/or changes in the debt rating of TCCC. Should our credit ratings be adjusted downward, we may incur higher costs to borrow, which could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

Page 39 of 100


Our credit facility and outstanding notes and debentures contain various provisions that, among other things, require us to limit the incurrence of certain liens or encumbrances in excess of defined amounts. Additionally, our credit facility requires that our net debt to total capital ratio does not exceed a defined amount. We were in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2010. These requirements currently are not, and it is not anticipated they will become, restrictive to our liquidity or capital resources.

 

Summary of Cash Activities

 

2010

 

During 2010, our primary sources of cash included (1) proceeds of $1.9 billion from the issuance of third party debt; (2) net cash derived from operating activities of $825 million; and (3) the repayment of outstanding loans from Legacy CCE of $351 million. Our primary uses of cash were (1) the payment of outstanding loans to Legacy CCE of $1 billion; (2) payments to TCCC of $799 million, net of cash acquired, to fund the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden; (3) repayment of outstanding third party debt of $459 million; (4) capital asset investments totaling $291 million; (5) net cash contributions to Legacy CCE of $291 million in connection with activities necessary to facilitate the Merger; (6) pension benefit plan contributions of $116 million; and (7) share repurchases totaling $200 million.

 

2009

 

Our primary sources of cash included (1) net cash derived from operating activities of $827 million and (2) proceeds of $172 million from the issuance of third party debt. Our primary uses of cash were (1) net payments of $307 million on amounts due to Legacy CCE; (2) capital asset investments of $250 million; (3) payments on third party debt of $122 million; (4) pension benefit plan contributions of $87 million; and (5) net payments on commercial paper of $79 million.

 

2008

 

Our primary sources of cash included (1) net cash derived from operating activities of $693 million; (2) net proceeds of $488 million on loans from Legacy CCE; (3) proceeds of $40 million from the issuance of third party debt; and (4) net proceeds on commercial paper of $35 million. Our primary uses of cash were (1) payments on third party debt of $847 million; (2) capital asset investments of $297 million; and (3) pension benefit plan contributions of $65 million.

 

Operating Activities

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

Our net cash derived from operating activities decreased $2 million in 2010 to $825 million. This change reflects improved operating performance during 2010 offset by increased pension contributions. For additional information about other changes in our assets and liabilities, refer to our Financial Position discussion below.

 

2009 Versus 2008

 

Our net cash derived from operating activities increased $134 million in 2009 to $827 million. This increase was primarily driven by our operating performance during 2009. For additional information about other changes in our assets and liabilities, refer to our Financial Position discussion.

 

Page 40 of 100


Investing Activities

 

Capital asset investments represent a principal use of cash for our investing activities. The following table summarizes our capital asset investments for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     2010 (A)

     2009 (A)

     2008 (A)

 

Supply chain infrastructure

   $ 158       $ 133       $ 154   

Cold drink equipment

     92         100         143   

Fleet

     19         17         0   

Other

     22         0         0  
    


  


  


Total capital asset investments

   $ 291       $ 250       $ 297   
    


  


  



(A)  

Prior to the Merger, our capital asset investments only included those related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment.

 

During 2011, we expect our capital expenditures to approximate $400 million and to be invested in similar asset categories as those listed in the previous table. Our 2011 estimate is greater than prior years due to the inclusion of Norway and Sweden, as well as Corporate, for the full year.

 

During 2010, we paid TCCC $799 million, net of cash acquired, to fund the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden (amount includes the preliminary working capital adjustment of $49 million).

 

Page 41 of 100


Financing Activities

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

Our net cash used in financing activities totaled $144 million in 2010, versus $336 million in 2009. The following table summarizes our financing activities related to the issuance of and payment on debt for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

Issuances of debt


   Maturity Date

     Rate

    Amount

 

$475 million notes

     September 2015         2.125   $ 475  

$525 million notes

     September 2020         3.50     525   

350 million notes

     September 2017         3.125     471   

$400 million notes

     November 2013         1.125     400   
                     


Total issuances of third party debt, excluding commercial paper

                      1,871   

Net issuances of third party commercial paper

                      4   
                     


Total issuances of third party debt

                    $ 1,875   
                     


Payments on debt


   Maturity Date

     Rate

    Amount

 

25 million notes

     May 2010         —   (A)     $ (33

300 million notes

     November 2010         4.75%        (421

Other payments, net

             —          (5
                     


Total payments on third party debt

                      (459

Net payments on amounts due to Legacy CCE

                      (1,048
                     


Total payments on debt

                    $ (1,507
                     



(A)  

These notes carried a variable interest rate at three-month EURIBOR plus 42 basis points.

 

During 2010, we made net cash contributions to Legacy CCE of $291 million in connection with activities necessary to facilitate the Merger. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2010, we repurchased approximately $200 million of our common stock. For additional information about our share repurchase program, refer to Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Dividends are declared at the discretion of our Board of Directors. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we made dividend payments on our common stock totaling $40 million. We expect our annualized dividend rate in 2011 to be 50 cents per share, subject to the approval of our Board of Directors.

 

2009 Versus 2008

 

Our net cash used in financing activities increased $52 million in 2009 to $336 million. The following table summarizes our financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 (in millions):

 

Issuances of Debt


   Maturity Date

     Rate

    Amount

 

200 million Swiss Franc notes (A)

     March 2013         3.00   $ 172   
                     


Total issuances of third party debt

                    $ 172   
                     


Payments on Debt


   Maturity Date

     Rate

    Amount

 

CAD 150 million notes

     March 2009         5.85   $ (118

Other payments, net

             —          (4
                     


Total payments on third party debt, excluding commercial paper

                      (122

Net payments on third party commercial paper

                      (79
                     


Total payments on third party debt

                      (201

Net payments on amounts due to CCE

                      (307
                     


Total payments on debt

                    $ (508
                     



(A)  

In connection with issuance of these notes, we entered into fixed rate cross-currency swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges with maturities corresponding to the underlying debt. For additional information about these swap agreements, refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Page 42 of 100


Financial Position

 

Assets

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

Trade accounts receivable, net increased $20 million, or 1.5 percent, to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily driven by the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, as well as a year-over-year increase in December sales and days sales outstanding, offset partially by currency exchange rates.

 

Inventories increased $79 million, or 27.5 percent, to $367 million at December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, as well as an increase in higher-cost goods purchased as finished products, offset partially by currency exchange rate changes.

 

Franchise license intangible assets, net and goodwill increased $472 million, or 13.5 percent, to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2010. This increase was due to the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, offset partially by currency exchange rate changes. For additional information about our franchise license intangible assets and goodwill, refer to Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Other noncurrent assets increased $134 million to $187 million at December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in noncurrent benefit plan assets due to the improved funding status of our pension plans as well as an increase in other intangibles, representing the unamortized balance of our customer relationships intangible asset obtained in the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden.

 

Liabilities and Equity

 

2010 Versus 2009

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses increased $226 million, or 15.5 percent, to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily driven by (1) the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden; (2) higher year-over-year accrued compensation and benefits due to the addition of accruals for our Corporate employees that were not included in our December 31, 2009 balance sheet since they were employees of Legacy CCE at that time; and (3) increased trade accounts payable and marketing costs.

 

Our total long-term debt (third party and amounts due to CCE) increased $874 million to $2.1 billion at December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily the result of third party debt issuances of $1.9 billion, offset by the payment of outstanding loans to Legacy CCE of $1 billion.

 

Page 43 of 100


Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

     Payments Due by Period

 

Contractual Obligations


   Total

     Less
Than
1
Year


     1 to 3
Years


     3 to 5
Years


     More
Than 5
Years


 

Debt, excluding capital leases (A)

   $ 2,220       $ 145       $ 613       $ 473       $ 989  

Interest obligations (B)

     359         57         106         83         113  

Purchase agreements (C)

     404         249         142         13         0  

Operating leases (D)

     311         68         118         96         29   

Other purchase obligations (E)

     383         383         0         0         0  

Capital leases (F)

     75         19         32         16         8  
    


  


  


  


  


Total contractual obligations

   $ 3,752       $ 921       $ 1,011       $ 681       $ 1,139   
    


  


  


  


  



(A)  

These amounts represent our scheduled maturities, excluding capital leases. For additional information about our debt, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(B)  

These amounts represent estimated interest payments related to our long-term debt obligations, excluding capital leases. For fixed-rate debt, we have calculated interest based on the applicable rates and payment dates for each individual debt instrument. For variable-rate debt, we have estimated interest using the forward interest rate curve. At December 31, 2010, approximately 94 percent of our third party debt portfolio was comprised of fixed-rate debt, and 6 percent was floating-rate debt.

 

(C)  

These amounts represent noncancelable purchase agreements with various suppliers that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify a fixed or minimum quantity that we must purchase. All purchases made under these agreements are subject to standard quality and performance criteria. We have excluded amounts related to supply agreements with requirements to purchase a certain percentage of our future raw material needs from a specific supplier, since such agreements do not specify a fixed or minimum quantity requirement.

 

(D)  

These amounts represent our minimum operating lease payments due under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2010. Income associated with sublease arrangements is not significant. For additional information about our operating leases, refer to Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(E)  

These amounts represent outstanding purchase obligations primarily related to commodity purchases and capital expenditures.

 

(F)  

These amounts represent our minimum capital lease payments (including amounts representing interest). For additional information about our capital leases, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Benefit Plan Contributions

 

The following table summarizes the contributions made to our pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as well as our projected contributions for the year ending December 31, 2011 (in millions):

 

     Actual (A)

     Projected (A)

 
     2010

     2009

     2011

 

Total pension contributions

   $  116       $  87       $  58   
    


  


  



(A)  

These amounts represent only Company-paid contributions.

 

We fund our pension plans at a level to maintain, within established guidelines, the appropriate funded status for each country.

 

For additional information about our pension plans, refer to Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We make judgments and estimates with underlying assumptions when applying accounting principles to prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain critical accounting policies requiring significant judgments, estimates, and assumptions are detailed in this section. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if (1) it requires assumptions to be made that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made and (2) changes to the estimate or different estimates that could have reasonably been used would have materially changed our Consolidated Financial Statements. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

 

Page 44 of 100


We believe the current assumptions and other considerations used to estimate amounts reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements are appropriate. However, should our actual experience differ from these assumptions and other considerations used in estimating these amounts, the impact of these differences could have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Allocation of Legacy CCE Corporate Expenses

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. These expenses included the cost of executive oversight, information technology, legal, treasury, risk management, human resources, accounting and reporting, investor relations, public relations, internal audit, and certain global restructuring projects. The cost of these services was allocated to us based on specific identification when possible or, when the expenses were determined to be global in nature, based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the applicable periods. We believe these allocations are a reasonable representation of the cost incurred for the services provided; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the actual expenses that we would have incurred had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger. During the first nine months of 2010, our allocated expenses from Legacy CCE’s corporate segment totaled $160 million. During 2009 and 2008, our allocated expenses from Legacy CCE’s corporate segment totaled $168 million and $139 million, respectively.

 

We determined that volume was the most appropriate measure to allocate Legacy CCE corporate expenses that were global in nature and not specifically identified as being associated with Legacy CCE’s North America or Europe operating segments due to a number of factors including, but not limited to, the following: (1) volume represented Legacy CCE’s most important non-financial metric and (2) volume is a key driver of the cost of doing business. The following table summarizes the estimated amount of expense that would have been allocated to us based on various metrics that were considered (in millions):

 

Allocation Metric


   2010 (A)

     2009

     2008

 

Volume

   $ 160       $ 168       $ 139   

Revenue

     168         175         147   

Gross profit

     166         173         145   

Property, plant, and equipment

     166         175         143   

Employee headcount

     138         142         124   

(A)  

Amounts are through the effective date of the Merger.

 

Pension Plan Valuations

 

We sponsor a number of defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of our employees. Several critical assumptions are made in determining our pension plan liabilities and related pension expense. We believe the most critical of these assumptions are the discount rate, salary rate of inflation, and expected long-term return on assets (EROA). Other assumptions we make are related to employee demographic factors such as mortality rates, retirement patterns, and turnover rates.

 

We determine the discount rate primarily by reference to rates of high-quality, long-term corporate bonds that mature in a pattern similar to the expected payments to be made under the plans. Decreasing our discount rate (5.6 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 5.5 percent as of December 31, 2010) by 0.5 percent would have increased our 2010 pension expense by approximately $10 million and the projected benefit obligation (PBO) by approximately $90 million.

 

We determine the salary rate of inflation by considering the following factors: (1) expected long-term price inflation; (2) allowance for merit and promotion increases; (3) prior years’ actual experience; and (4) any known short-term actions. Increasing our salary rate of inflation (4.0 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 3.9 percent as of December 31, 2010) by 0.5 percent would have increased our 2010 pension expense by approximately $5 million and the PBO by approximately $25 million.

 

Page 45 of 100


The EROA is based on long-term expectations given current investment objectives and historical results. We utilize a combination of active and passive fund management of pension plan assets in order to maximize plan asset returns within established risk parameters. We periodically revise asset allocations, where appropriate, to improve returns and manage risk. Decreasing the EROA (7.0 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010) by 0.5 percent would have increased our pension expense in 2010 by approximately $5 million.

 

We utilize the five-year asset smoothing technique to recognize market gains and losses for pension plans representing 83 percent of our pension plan assets. During 2008, we experienced a significant decline in the market value of our pension plan assets and, in 2009 and 2010, we experienced significant increases in the market value of our pension assets. As a result of the asset smoothing technique we utilize, gains and losses do not fully impact our pension expense immediately.

 

For additional information about our pension plans, refer to Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Customer Marketing Programs and Sales Incentives

 

We participate in various programs and arrangements with customers designed to increase the sale of our products by these customers. Among the programs are arrangements under which allowances can be earned by customers for attaining agreed-upon sales levels or for participating in specific marketing programs. Coupon programs are also developed on a customer and territory specific basis with the intent of increasing sales by all customers. We believe our participation in these programs is essential to ensuring volume and revenue growth in the competitive marketplace. The costs of all these various programs, included as a reduction in net operating revenues, totaled $0.9 billion, $0.8 billion, and $1.2 billion in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The reduction in the cost of these programs during 2009 was principally due to a law change in France that resulted in the cost of these programs being provided as an on-invoice reduction.

 

Under customer programs and arrangements that require sales incentives to be paid in advance, we amortize the amount paid over the period of benefit or contractual sales volume. When incentives are paid in arrears, we accrue the estimated amount to be paid based on the program’s contractual terms, expected customer performance, and/or estimated sales volume. These estimates are determined using historical customer experience and other factors, which sometimes require significant judgment. In part due to the length of time necessary to obtain relevant data from our customers, actual amounts paid can differ from these estimates. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, we recorded net customer marketing accrual reductions related to estimates for prior year programs of $1 million, $12 million, and $33 million, respectively.

 

Contingencies

 

For information about our contingencies, including outstanding legal cases, refer to Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Workforce

 

For information about our workforce, refer to Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Not applicable.

 

Page 46 of 100


Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Current Trends and Uncertainties

 

Interest Rate, Currency, and Commodity Price Risk Management

 

Interest Rates

 

Interest rate risk is present with both fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. Interest rate swap agreements and other risk management instruments are used, at times, to manage our fixed/floating debt portfolio. At December 31, 2010, approximately 94 percent of our debt portfolio was comprised of fixed-rate debt and 6 percent was floating-rate debt. We estimate that a 1 percent change in market interest rates as of December 31, 2010 would change the fair value of our fixed-rate debt outstanding as of December 31, 2010 by approximately $125 million.

 

We also estimate that a 1 percent change in the interest costs of floating-rate debt outstanding as of December 31, 2010 would change interest expense on an annual basis by approximately $2 million. This amount is determined by calculating the effect of a hypothetical interest rate change on our floating-rate debt after giving consideration to our interest rate swap agreements and other risk management instruments. This estimate does not include the effects of other actions to mitigate this risk or changes in our financial structure.

 

Currency Exchange Rates

 

Our entire operations are in Western Europe. As such, we are exposed to translation risk because our operations are in local currency and must be translated into U.S. dollars. As currency exchange rates fluctuate, translation of our Statements of Operations into U.S. dollars affects the comparability of revenues, expenses, operating income, and diluted earnings per share between years. We estimate that a 10 percent unidirectional change in currency exchange rates would have changed our operating income for the year ended December 31, 2010 by approximately $100 million.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

The competitive marketplace in which we operate may limit our ability to recover increased costs through higher prices. As such, we are subject to market risk with respect to commodity price fluctuations principally related to our purchases of aluminum, steel, PET (plastic), sugar, and vehicle fuel. When possible, we manage our exposure to this risk primarily through the use of supplier pricing agreements, which enable us to establish the purchase prices for certain commodities. We also, at times, use derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to this risk. Including the effect of pricing agreements and other hedging instruments entered into to date, we estimate that a 10 percent increase in the market price of these commodities over the current market prices would cumulatively increase our cost of sales during the next 12 months by approximately $15 million.

 

Certain of our suppliers could restrict our ability to hedge prices through supplier agreements. As a result, at times, we enter into non-designated commodity hedging programs. Based on the fair value of our non-designated commodity hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2010, we estimate that a 10 percent change in market prices would change the fair value of our non-designated commodity hedges by approximately $3 million. For additional information about our derivative financial instruments, refer to Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Relationship with The Coca-Cola Company

 

We are a marketer, producer, and distributor principally of products of TCCC with greater than 90 percent of our sales volume consisting of sales of TCCC products. Our license arrangements with TCCC are governed by product licensing agreements. Our financial results are greatly impacted by our relationship with TCCC. For additional information about our transactions with TCCC, refer to Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Page 47 of 100


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Report of Management

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements included in this annual report. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgments and estimates concerning effects of events and transactions that are accounted for or disclosed.

 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management recognizes that there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of internal control. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

 

In order to ensure that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective, management regularly assesses such controls and did so most recently as of December 31, 2010. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.

 

Audit Committee’s Responsibility

 

The Board of Directors, acting through its Audit Committee, is responsible for the oversight of the Company’s accounting policies, financial reporting, and internal control. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised entirely of outside directors who are independent of management. The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment and compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm and approves decisions regarding the appointment or removal of our Vice President of Internal Audit. It meets periodically with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and the internal auditors to ensure that they are carrying out their responsibilities. The Audit Committee is also responsible for performing an oversight role by reviewing and monitoring the financial, accounting, and auditing procedures of the Company in addition to reviewing the Company’s financial reports. Our independent registered public accounting firm and our internal auditors have full and unlimited access to the Audit Committee, with or without management, to discuss the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, and any other matters which they believe should be brought to the attention of the Audit Committee.

 

/ S /    J OHN F. B ROCK          

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Page 48 of 100


 
/ S /    W ILLIAM W. D OUGLAS III        
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 
/ S /    S UZANNE D. P ATTERSON        
Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer

 

Atlanta, Georgia

February 11, 2011

 

Page 49 of 100


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements

 

The Board of Directors and Shareowners of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (formerly known as International CCE Inc.) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareowners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (formerly known as International CCE Inc.) at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 11, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon .

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia

February 11, 2011

 

Page 50 of 100


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

The Board of Directors and Shareowners of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

 

We have audited Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the Internal Control over Financial Reporting section of the accompanying Report of Management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria .

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (formerly known as International CCE Inc.) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareowners’ equity, and cash flows of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (formerly known as International CCE Inc.) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated February 11, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia

February 11, 2011

 

Page 51 of 100


Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 

(in millions, except per share data)


   2010

    2009

    2008

 

Net operating revenues

   $ 6,714      $ 6,517      $ 6,619   

Cost of sales

     4,234        4,113        4,269   
    


 


 


Gross profit

     2,480        2,404        2,350   

Selling, delivery, and administrative expenses

     1,670        1,599        1,598   
    


 


 


Operating income

     810        805        752   

Interest expense, net – third party

     30        24        74   

Interest expense, net – Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     33        59        45   

Other nonoperating (expense) income, net

     (1     5        (4
    


 


 


Income before income taxes

     746        727        629   

Income tax expense

     122        151        115   
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 624      $ 576      $ 514   
    


 


 


Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.84      $ 1.70      $ 1.52   
    


 


 


Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.83        n/a        n/a   
    


 


 


Dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.12        n/a        n/a   
    


 


 


Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

     339        339        339   
    


 


 


Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     340        n/a        n/a   
    


 


 


Income (expense) from transactions with
The Coca-Cola Company – Note 3:

                        

Net operating revenues

   $ 19      $ 21      $ 20   

Cost of sales

     (1,867     (1,829     (1,869

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

Page 52 of 100


Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,

 

(in millions)


   2010

    2009

 

ASSETS

                

Current:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 321      $ 404   

Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of $16 and $13, respectively

     1,329        1,309   

Amounts receivable from The Coca-Cola Company

     86        78   

Amounts due from Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     0        153   

Inventories

     367        288   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     127        124   
    


 


Total current assets

     2,230        2,356   

Amounts due from Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     0        193   

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     2,220        1,883   

Franchise license intangible assets, net

     3,828        3,487   

Goodwill

     131        0   

Other noncurrent assets, net

     187        53   
    


 


Total assets

   $ 8,596      $ 7,972   
    


 


LIABILITIES

                

Current:

                

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,668      $ 1,442   

Amounts payable to The Coca-Cola Company

     112        130   

Current portion of third party debt

     162        620   
    


 


Total current liabilities

     1,942        2,192   

Amounts due to Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     0        1,015   

Third party debt, less current portion

     2,124        235   

Other noncurrent liabilities, net

     149        179   

Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities

     1,238        1,172   
    


 


Total liabilities

     5,453        4,793   

SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY

                

Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. net investment

     0        3,367   

Common stock, $0.01 par value – Authorized – 1,100,000,000 shares;
Issued – 340,561,761 and 0 shares, respectively

     3        0   

Additional paid-in capital

     3,628        0   

Reinvested earnings

     57        0   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (345     (188

Common stock in treasury, at cost – 7,999,085 and 0 shares, respectively

     (200     0   
    


 


Total shareowners’ equity

     3,143        3,179   
    


 


Total liabilities and shareowners’ equity

   $ 8,596      $ 7,972   
    


 


 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

Page 53 of 100


Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 

(in millions)


   2010

    2009

    2008

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 624      $ 576      $ 514   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash derived from operating activities:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     264        280        294   

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (6     20        40   

Pension expense less than contributions

     (78     (53     (32

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisition amounts:

                        

Trade accounts receivables

     (14     (163     (120

Inventories

     (46     (21     (18

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (6     7        (25

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     102        140        40   

Other changes, net

     (15     41        0  
    


 


 


Net cash derived from operating activities

     825        827        693   
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                        

Capital asset investments

     (291     (250     (297

Acquisition of bottling operations, net of cash acquired

     (799     0        0   

Net change in amounts due from Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     351        (21     0   

Other investing activities, net

     0        2        (2
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (739     (269     (299
    


 


 


Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                        

Change in commercial paper, net

     4        (79     35   

Issuances of third party debt

     1,871        172        40   

Payments on third party debt

     (459     (122     (847

Share repurchase

     (200     0        0   

Net change in amounts due to Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     (1,048     (307     488   

Dividend payments on common stock

     (40     0        0   

Exercise of employee share options

     13        0        0   

Contributions to Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     (291     0        0   

Other financing activities, net

     6        0        0   
    


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     (144     (336     (284
    


 


 


Net effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (25     8        (16
    


 


 


Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (83     230        94   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

     404        174        80   
    


 


 


Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

   $ 321      $ 404      $ 174   
    


 


 


Supplemental Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:

                        

Capital lease additions

   $ 37      $ 6      $ 7   
    


 


 


Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Paid for:

                        

Income taxes, net

   $ 185      $ 116      $ 101   

Interest, net of amounts capitalized—third party

     28        25        78   

Interest, net of amounts capitalized—Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     55        73        66   

 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

Page 54 of 100


Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareowners’ Equity

 

     Common Stock
Issued


                                            

(in millions)


   Shares

    Amount

     Additional
Paid-In
Capital


    Reinvested
Earnings


    Coca-Cola
Enterprises
Inc. Net
Investment


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


    Treasury
Stock


    Total
Shareowners’
Equity


    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)


 

Balance as of January 1, 2008

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a      $ 2,202      $ 345        n/a      $ 2,547      $ 0   

Net Income

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        514        0        n/a        514        514   

Other investment changes, net

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        27        0        n/a        27        0   

Pension liability adjustments, net of tax

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        0        (103     n/a        (103     (103

Cash flow hedges, net of tax

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        0        18        n/a        18        18   

Impact of adopting new accounting standards

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        0        (11     n/a        (11     0   

Currency translations

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        0        (566     n/a        (566     (566
    


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance as of December 31, 2008

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        2,743        (317     n/a        2,426        (137
                                                                     


Net Income

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        576        0        n/a        576        576   

Other investment changes, net

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        48        0        n/a        48        0   

Pension liability adjustments, net of tax

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        0        (39     n/a        (39     (39

Cash flow hedges, net of tax

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        0        (16     n/a        (16     (16

Currency translations

     n/a        n/a         n/a        n/a        0        184        n/a        184        184   
    


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance as of December 31, 2009

     0      $ 0       $ 0      $ 0        3,367        (188   $ 0        3,179        705   
                                                                     


Net Income

     0        0         0        97        527        0        0        624        624   

Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. net investment changes

     0        0         0        0        (335     0        0        (335     0   

Elimination of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. net investment

     0        0         3,559        0        (3,559     0        0        0        0   

Other adjustments, net

     0        0         46        0        0        0        0        46        0   

Issuance of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. common stock

     339        3         (3     0        0        0        0        0        0   

Exercise of employee share options

     2        0         14        0        0        0        0        14        0   

Deferred compensation plans

     0        0         (1     0        0        0        2        1        0   

Share-based compensation expense

     0        0         10        0        0        0        0        10        0   

Tax benefit from share-based compensation awards

     0        0         3        0        0        0        0        3        0   

Dividends declared on common stock

     0        0         0        (40     0        0        0        (40     0   

Shares repurchased under our publicly announced share repurchase program

     (8     0         0        0        0        0        (200     (200     0   

Shares withheld for taxes on share-based payment awards

     0        0         0        0        0        0        (2     (2     0   

Pension liability adjustments, net of tax

     0        0         0        0        0        30        0        30        30   

Cash flow hedges, net of tax

     0        0         0        0        0        (9     0        (9     (9

Currency translations

     0        0         0        0        0        (178     0        (178     (178
    


 


  


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance as of December 31, 2010

     333      $ 3       $ 3,628      $ 57      $ 0      $ (345   $ (200   $ 3,143      $ 467   
                                                                     


 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

Page 55 of 100


Note 1

BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Organization

 

On October 2, 2010, The Coca-Cola Company (TCCC) acquired Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (Legacy CCE) through a merger (the Merger) of a newly created TCCC subsidiary with and into Legacy CCE, with Legacy CCE continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of TCCC. Immediately prior to the Merger, Legacy CCE separated its European operations and transferred those businesses, along with Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company and a related portion of its corporate segment, to a new legal entity, International CCE Inc., which was renamed Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (“CCE,” “we,” “our,” or “us”). Thus, at the time of the Merger, Legacy CCE consisted of its businesses of marketing, producing, and distributing nonalcoholic beverages in the United States, Canada, the British Virgin Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Cayman Islands and a substantial majority of its corporate segment (Legacy CCE’s North American Business). Following the Merger, Legacy CCE, as a subsidiary of TCCC, owns and is liable for a substantial majority of the assets and liabilities of Legacy CCE’s North American Business, including Legacy CCE’s accumulated benefit obligations relating to Legacy CCE’s North American Business. The Merger Agreement (the Agreement) was dated February 25, 2010, and contains provisions for post-closing adjustment payments between the parties as described below.

 

Concurrently with the Merger, two indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of CCE acquired TCCC’s bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement dated March 20, 2010 (the Norway-Sweden SPA), for a purchase price of $822 million plus a working capital adjustment of $55 million (of which $6 million, representing the final working capital settlement, is owed to TCCC as of December 31, 2010 and has been recorded in Amounts payable to TCCC on our Consolidated Balance Sheets). The Norway-Sweden SPA also contains a provision for adjustment payments between the parties based upon the adjusted EBITDA (as defined) of the Norway and Sweden business for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. This EBITDA adjustment is still being determined, and we expect it to be concluded in the first six months of 2011.

 

Several provisions in the Agreement and in the Norway-Sweden SPA require adjustment payments between us and TCCC based on the final determination of (1) working capital of Legacy CCE’s North American Business as of the effective date of the Merger; (2) working capital of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden as of the effective date of the Merger; and (3) the difference between the Gross Indebtedness of Legacy CCE’s North American Business immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger and the $8.88 billion target Gross Indebtedness. The working capital adjustments related to the North American Business and the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden resulted in amounts owed to TCCC of approximately $2 million and $6 million, respectively. The adjustment related to Legacy CCE’s Gross Indebtedness resulted in a receivable from TCCC of approximately $22 million. The amounts due to TCCC have been recorded in Amounts payable to TCCC on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the amount due from TCCC has been recorded in Amounts receivable from TCCC on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The settlement of Legacy CCE’s cash balances as of the effective date of the Merger was not resolved as of December 31, 2010.

 

The Agreement also includes customary covenants, a non-compete covenant with respect to CCE, and a right for us to acquire TCCC’s interest in TCCC’s German bottling operations for a mutually agreed upon fair value between 18 and 39 months after the date of the Agreement, on terms to be agreed.

 

Under the Agreement, we agreed to indemnify TCCC for liabilities, including but not limited to, those resulting from the breach of representations, warranties, or covenants of Legacy CCE or CCE, and liabilities of CCE, as defined, set forth in the Agreement and certain ancillary agreements prior to the effective date of the Merger. In accordance with the Agreement, if losses relating to breaches of Legacy CCE’s representations and warranties exceed $200 million, then we must pay up to $250 million of losses in excess of the $200 million (other than breaches of certain fundamental representations or warranties, as defined, in respect of which we are liable for all losses, and losses relating to tax matters, which are governed by the Tax Sharing Agreement). If we cannot pay the amount we are required to pay to indemnify TCCC, TCCC can pursue claims against us as an unsecured general creditor of CCE. We may also have to pay special damages of up to $200 million under certain circumstances. If we intentionally and recklessly disregard our obligations under the Agreement or fail to cure any breach of a covenant, then TCCC may seek special damages which are not capped against us which could include exemplary, punitive, consequential, incidental, indirect, or special damages or lost profits.

 

Page 56 of 100


In addition, under the Tax Sharing Agreement among us, Legacy CCE, and TCCC, we have agreed to indemnify TCCC and its affiliates from and against certain taxes the responsibility for which the parties have specifically agreed to allocate to us, generally for taxes related to periods prior to October 2, 2010, as well as any taxes and losses by reason of or arising from certain breaches by CCE of representations, covenants, or obligations under the Agreement or the Tax Sharing Agreement and, in certain situations, we will pay to TCCC (1) an amount equal to a portion of the transfer taxes incurred in connection with the separation; (2) an amount equal to any detriment to TCCC caused by certain actions (or failures to act) by CCE in connection with the conduct of our business or outside the ordinary course of business or that are otherwise inconsistent with past practice; (3) the difference (if any) between the amount of certain tax benefits intended to be available to Legacy CCE following the Merger and the amount of such benefits actually available to Legacy CCE as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. There is no cap on these indemnifications. For additional information about this indemnification, refer to Note 10.

 

As part of the Merger, on October 2, 2010, (1) each outstanding share of common stock of Legacy CCE, excluding shares held by TCCC, were converted into the right to receive one share of our common stock and cash consideration of $10.00, and (2) TCCC, which owned approximately 34 percent of the outstanding shares of Legacy CCE prior to the Merger, became the owner of all of the shares of Legacy CCE common stock.

 

Immediately following the Merger, 339,064,025 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of CCE were issued and outstanding. Our stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CCE.” In connection with the issuance of our stock, we filed a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-167067) with the Securities and Exchange Commission that was declared effective on August 25, 2010 (the Registration Statement).

 

We and Legacy CCE’s North American Business incurred transaction related expenses totaling $105 million prior to the Merger. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we incurred additional transaction related expenses totaling $8 million, principally related to the termination of Legacy CCE’s executive pension plan.

 

Legacy CCE was named in a number of lawsuits relating to the transaction that we assumed upon consummation of the Merger. For additional information about these lawsuits, refer to Note 8.

 

The following transactions occurred during the third and fourth quarters of 2010 in connection with the Merger and the creation of CCE. These transactions are reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

   

To finance the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden and the $10.00 per share cash consideration in the Merger, we issued the following unsecured debt (1) $475 million aggregate principal amount of 2.125 percent fixed rate notes due September 2015; (2) $525 million aggregate principal amount of 3.5 percent fixed rate notes due September 2020; (3)  350 million aggregate principal amount of 3.125 percent fixed rate notes due September 2017; and (4) $225 million of commercial paper (refer to Note 6).

 

   

We entered into a $1 billion senior unsecured four-year committed revolving credit facility with a syndicate of eight banks. This credit facility serves as a backstop to our commercial paper program and supports our working capital needs. Now that the Merger has closed, we no longer benefit from any financing arrangements with, or cash advances from, Legacy CCE.

 

   

We made payments to TCCC in the amount of approximately $871 million to fund the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden (amount includes a preliminary working capital adjustment of $49 million). The amount paid, net of cash acquired, is reflected as a cash outflow in the investing activities section of our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

In connection with the Merger, we (1) signed license agreements with TCCC for each of our territories with terms of 10 years each, with each containing the right for us to request a 10-year renewal, and (2) signed a five-year agreement with TCCC for an incidence-based concentrate pricing model across all of our territories.

 

Business

 

We are a marketer, producer, and distributor of nonalcoholic beverages. We market, produce, and distribute our products to customers and consumers through licensed territory agreements in Belgium, continental France, Great Britain, Luxembourg, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. We operate in the highly competitive beverage industry and face strong competition from other general and specialty beverage companies. Our financial results, like those of other beverage companies, are affected by a number of factors including, but not limited to, cost to manufacture and distribute products, general economic conditions, consumer preferences, local and national laws and regulations, availability of raw materials, fuel prices, and weather patterns.

 

Page 57 of 100


Sales of our products tend to be seasonal, with the second and third quarters accounting for higher unit sales of our products than the first and fourth quarters. In a typical year, we earn more than 60 percent of our annual operating income during the second and third quarters of the year.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a “carve-out” basis from Legacy CCE’s Consolidated Financial Statements using the historical results of operations, assets, and liabilities attributable to the legal entities that comprised CCE as of the effective date of the Merger. These legal entities include all that were previously part of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment, as well as Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements also included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. These expenses included the cost of executive oversight, information technology, legal, treasury, risk management, human resources, accounting and reporting, investor relations, public relations, internal audit, and certain global restructuring projects. The cost of these services was allocated to us based on specific identification when possible or, when the expenses were determined to be global in nature, based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the applicable periods. We believe these allocations are a reasonable representation of the cost incurred for the services provided; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the actual expenses that we would have incurred had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger (refer to Note 3).

 

Total interest expense represents interest incurred on third party debt, as well as amounts due to Legacy CCE prior to the Merger. No interest expense incurred by Legacy CCE was allocated to us as Legacy CCE’s third party debt was not specifically related to our operations.

 

Prior to the Merger, total equity represented Legacy CCE’s interest in our recorded net assets, as well as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) attributable to CCE. The Legacy CCE net investment balance represented the cumulative net investment by Legacy CCE in us, including any prior net income and certain transactions between CCE and Legacy CCE, such as allocated expenses. In addition, prior to the Merger, we made several cash contributions to Legacy CCE in connection with activities necessary to facilitate the Merger. Subsequent to the Merger, Legacy CCE’s net investment balance was eliminated and recorded to additional paid-in capital (APIC) on our Consolidated Balance Sheets to reflect the issuance of our common shares.

 

Following the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements include all entities that we control by ownership of a majority voting interest, including the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden beginning with the fourth quarter of 2010. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Our fiscal year ends on December 31. For interim quarterly reporting convenience, we report on the Friday closest to the end of the quarterly calendar period. There were the same number of selling days in 2010 versus 2009 and there was one less selling day in 2009 versus 2008 (based upon a standard five-day selling week).

 

Use of Estimates

 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include estimates and assumptions by management that affect reported amounts. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Net Operating Revenue

 

We recognize net operating revenues when all of the following conditions are met: (1) evidence of a binding arrangement exists (generally, purchase orders); (2) products have been delivered and there is no future performance required; and (3) amounts are collectible under normal payment terms. For product sales, these conditions typically occur when the products are delivered to or picked up by our customers and, in the case of full-service vending, when cash is collected from vending machines. Revenue is stated net of sales discounts and marketing and promotional incentives paid to customers.

 

We record the majority of taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis (i.e. excluded from net operating revenues). Certain excise and packaging taxes, which totaled approximately $210 million during 2010 and $185 million during each of the years of 2009 and 2008, were recorded on a gross basis (i.e. included in net operating revenues). The increase in taxes recorded on a gross basis in 2010 is primarily attributable to our acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway, which have a high percentage of excise taxes recorded on a gross basis relative to net operating revenues.

 

Page 58 of 100


Customer Marketing Programs and Sales Incentives

 

We participate in various programs and arrangements with customers designed to increase the sale of our products by these customers. Among the programs are arrangements under which allowances can be earned by customers for attaining agreed-upon sales levels or for participating in specific marketing programs. Coupon programs are also developed on a customer and territory specific basis with the intent of increasing sales by all customers. We believe our participation in these programs is essential to ensuring volume and revenue growth in a competitive marketplace. The costs of all these various programs, included as a reduction in net operating revenues, totaled $0.9 billion, $0.8 billion, and $1.2 billion in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The reduction in the cost of these programs during 2009 was principally due to a law change in France that resulted in the cost of these programs being provided as an on-invoice reduction.

 

Under customer programs and arrangements that require sales incentives to be paid in advance, we amortize the amount paid over the period of benefit or contractual sales volume. When incentives are paid in arrears, we accrue the estimated amount to be paid based on the program’s contractual terms, expected customer performance, and/or estimated sales volume.

 

Licensor Support Arrangements

 

We participate in various funding programs supported by TCCC or other licensors whereby we receive funds from the licensors to support customer marketing programs or other arrangements that promote the sale of the licensors’ products. Under these programs, certain costs incurred by us are reimbursed by the applicable licensor. Payments from TCCC and other licensors for marketing programs and other similar arrangements to promote the sale of products are classified as a reduction in cost of sales, unless we can overcome the presumption that the payment is a reduction in the price of the licensor’s products. Payments for marketing programs are recognized as product is sold.

 

For additional information about our transactions with TCCC, refer to Note 3.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

Shipping and handling costs related to the movement of finished goods from manufacturing locations to our sales distribution centers are included in cost of sales on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Shipping and handling costs incurred to move finished goods from our sales distribution centers to customer locations are included in selling, delivery, and administrative (SD&A) expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Operations and totaled approximately $261 million, $247 million, and $272 million in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Our customers do not pay us separately for shipping and handling costs.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Certain of our employees participated in share-based compensation plans sponsored by Legacy CCE. These plans provided the employees with non-qualified share options to purchase Legacy CCE stock or restricted shares (units) of Legacy CCE stock. Some of the awards contained performance or market conditions that were based on the stock price or performance of Legacy CCE. Prior to the Merger, compensation expense related to these share-based payment awards was included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations based on specific identification for Legacy CCE’s European employees, and for Legacy CCE’s corporate employees based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the periods presented.

 

On the effective date of the Merger, our employees had their Legacy CCE share-based awards converted into share-based payment awards of our common stock. Such awards were converted in a manner that provided the employee with the same intrinsic value in our shares as the employee had in Legacy CCE shares immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger. Service vesting requirements of converted share-based awards still need to be satisfied for the awards to vest.

 

For awards granted subsequent to the Merger and for the portion of converted awards unvested as of the date of the Merger, compensation expense equal to the grant-date fair value is recognized for all share-based payment awards that are expected to vest. This expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the entire award, unless the awards are subject to performance conditions, in which case we recognize compensation expense over the requisite service period of each separate vesting tranche. We recognize compensation expense for our performance share units when it becomes probable that the performance criteria specified in the plan will be achieved. All compensation expense related to our share-based payment awards is recorded in SD&A expenses. We determine the grant-date fair value of our share-based payment awards using a Black-Scholes model. Refer to Note 11.

 

Page 59 of 100


Earnings Per Share

 

We calculate our basic earnings per share by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. Our diluted earnings per share are calculated in a similar manner, but include the effect of dilutive securities. To the extent these securities are antidilutive, they are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Prior to the Merger, we used 339,064,025 as our number of basic shares outstanding, which represents the number of Legacy CCE shares converted into our shares on the effective date of the Merger. In addition, prior to the Merger, we did not reflect the effect of dilutive shares because there were not any potentially dilutive securities of CCE outstanding (as we did not have any outstanding equity awards prior to the Merger, and estimating dilution using the treasury stock method is not practical or meaningful). Subsequent to the Merger, share-based payment awards that are contingently issuable upon the achievement of a specified market or performance condition are included in our diluted earnings per share calculation in the period in which the condition is satisfied. Refer to Note 12.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with maturity dates of less than three months when purchased.

 

Trade Accounts Receivable

 

We sell our products to retailers, wholesalers, and other customers and extend credit, generally without requiring collateral, based on our evaluation of the customer’s financial condition. While we have a concentration of credit risk in the retail sector, we believe this risk is mitigated due to the diverse nature of the customers we serve, including, but not limited to, their type, geographic location, size, and beverage channel. Potential losses on our receivables are dependent on each individual customer’s financial condition and sales adjustments granted after the balance sheet date. We carry our trade accounts receivable at net realizable value. Typically, accounts receivable are collected on average within 60 to 70 days and do not bear interest. We monitor our exposure to losses on receivables and maintain allowances for potential losses or adjustments. We determine these allowances by (1) evaluating the aging of our receivables; (2) analyzing our history of sales adjustments; and (3) reviewing our high-risk customers. Past due receivable balances are written-off when our efforts have been unsuccessful in collecting the amount due. We also carry credit insurance on a portion of our accounts receivable balance.

 

The following table summarizes the change in our allowance for losses on trade accounts receivable for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Accounts
Receivable
Allowance


 

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 18   

Provision

     2   

Write-offs

     (5
    


Balance at December 31, 2008

     15   

Provision

     2   

Write-offs

     (4
    


Balance at December 31, 2009

     13   

Provision

     7   

Write-offs

     (4
    


Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 16   
    


 

Page 60 of 100


Inventories

 

We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The following table summarizes our inventories as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

 

Finished goods

   $ 230      $ 193   

Raw materials and supplies

     137        95   
    


 


Total inventories

   $ 367      $ 288   
    


 


 

Property, Plant, and Equipment

 

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost. Major property additions, replacements, and betterments are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of an asset or add new functionality are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the respective estimated useful lives of our assets. Our cold drink equipment and containers, such as reusable crates, shells, and bottles, are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each group of equipment, as determined using the group-life method. Under this method, we do not recognize gains or losses on the disposal of individual units of equipment when the disposal occurs in the normal course of business. We capitalize the costs of refurbishing our cold drink equipment and depreciate those costs over the estimated period until the next scheduled refurbishment or until the equipment is retired. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvement. The following table summarizes the classification of depreciation and amortization expense in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods presented:

 

Statements of Operations Location


   2010

     2009

     2008

 

Selling, delivery, and administrative expenses

   $ 169       $ 177       $ 192   

Cost of sales

     95         103         102   
    


  


  


Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 264       $ 280       $ 294   
    


  


  


 

Our interests in assets acquired under capital leases are included in property, plant, and equipment and primarily relate to buildings and fleet assets. Amortization of capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense. Our interests in assets acquired under capital leases totaled $62 million as of December 31, 2010, net of accumulated amortization of $100 million. The net present value of amounts due under capital leases, including residual value guarantees, are recorded as liabilities and are included in total debt. Refer to Note 6.

 

We assess the recoverability of the carrying amount of our property, plant, and equipment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. If we determine that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable based upon the expected undiscounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group, we record an impairment loss equal to the excess of the carrying amount over the estimated fair value of the asset or asset group.

 

We capitalize certain development costs associated with internal use software, including external direct costs of materials and services and payroll costs for employees devoting time to a software project. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, as well as costs for maintenance and training, are expensed as incurred.

 

Page 61 of 100


The following table summarizes our property, plant, and equipment as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

 

     2010

     2009

     Useful Life

 

Land

   $ 157       $ 125         n/a   

Building and improvements

     887         773         20 to 40 years   

Machinery, equipment, and containers

     1,455         1,328         3 to 20 years   

Cold drink equipment

     1,369         1,403         5 to 13 years   

Vehicle fleet

     109         100         5 to 20 years   

Furniture, office equipment, and software

     291         243         3 to 10 years   
    


  


        

Property, plant, and equipment

     4,268         3,972            

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     2,172         2,188            
    


  


        
       2,096         1,784            

Construction in process

     124         99            
    


  


        

Property, plant, and equipment, net

   $ 2,220       $ 1,883            
    


  


        

 

Income Taxes

 

We compute and report income taxes on a separate return basis and recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of our assets and liabilities. We establish valuation allowances if we believe that it is more likely than not that some or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. We do not recognize a tax benefit unless we conclude that it is more likely than not that the benefit will be sustained on audit by the taxing authority based solely on the technical merits of the associated tax position. If the recognition threshold is met, we recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of the tax benefit that, in our judgment, is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized. We record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions in interest expense, net and other nonoperating income (expense), net, respectively, on our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 10.

 

The historical earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are considered to be permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been made in our Consolidated Financial Statements. A distribution to the U.S. of these non-U.S. earnings in the form of dividends, or otherwise, would subject us to U.S. income taxes, as adjusted for foreign tax credits and withholding taxes payable to the various non-U.S. countries. Determination of the amount of any unrecognized deferred income tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we began repatriating to the U.S. a portion of our current year non-U.S. earnings for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, interest on U.S.-issued debt, salaries for U.S.-based employees, and other corporate-level operations in the U.S. As current year earnings are repatriated to the U.S., we record U.S. income taxes, as adjusted for foreign tax credits and withholding taxes payable to the various non-U.S. countries. Our historical earnings will continue to remain permanently reinvested, and if we do not generate sufficient current year non-U.S. earnings to repatriate to the U.S. in any given year, we expect to have adequate access to capital in the U.S. to allow us to satisfy our U.S.-based cash flow needs in that year. Therefore, historical non-U.S. earnings and future non-U.S. earnings that are not repatriated to the U.S. will remain permanently reinvested and will be used to service our non-U.S. operations, non-U.S. debt, and to fund future acquisitions. For additional information about our income taxes, refer to Note 10.

 

Currency Translation

 

The assets and liabilities of our operations are translated from local currencies into our reporting currency, U.S. dollars, at currency exchange rates in effect at the end of a reporting period. Gains and losses from the translation of our entities are included in AOCI on our Consolidated Balance Sheets (refer to Note 13). Revenues and expenses are translated at average monthly currency exchange rates. Transaction gains and losses arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the local functional currency are included in other nonoperating income (expense), net on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The fair values of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts due to their short-term nature. The fair values of our debt instruments are calculated based on debt with similar maturities and credit quality and current market interest rates (refer to Note 6). The estimated fair values of our derivative instruments are calculated based on market rates to settle the instruments (refer to Note 5). These values represent the estimated amounts we would receive upon sale or pay upon transfer, taking into consideration current market rates and creditworthiness.

 

 

 

Page 62 of 100


The following tables summarize our non-pension financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2010

     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)


     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)


     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)


 

Derivative assets ( A )

   $ 29       $ 0      $ 29       $ 0  
    


  


  


  


Derivative liabilities ( A )

   $ 25       $ 0      $ 25       $ 0  
    


  


  


  


 

     December 31, 2009

     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)


     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)


     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)


 

Money market funds ( B )

   $ 143       $ 0      $ 143       $ 0  

Derivative assets ( A )

     32         0        32         0  
    


  


  


  


Total assets

   $ 175       $ 0      $ 175       $ 0  
    


  


  


  


Derivative liabilities ( A )

   $ 16       $ 0      $ 16       $ 0  
    


  


  


  



( A )  

We calculate derivative asset and liability amounts using a variety of valuation techniques, depending on the specific characteristics of the hedging instrument, taking into account credit risk. Refer to Note 5.

( B )  

We had investments in certain money market funds that hold government securities. We classified these investments as cash equivalents due to their short-term nature and the ability for them to be readily converted into known amounts of cash. The carrying value of these investments approximated fair value because of their short maturities. These investments were not publicly traded, so their fair value was determined based on the values of the underlying investments in the money market funds.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we acquired the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden from TCCC. All acquired assets and liabilities assumed were recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition, with the difference between the consideration paid and the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities recorded as goodwill. For additional information about the acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, refer to Note 17.

 

As part of the Merger, we entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with TCCC. We have estimated the fair value of our indemnification obligation under this agreement to be approximately $38 million, of which $10 million relates to items we have determined were probable as of the date of the Merger. For additional information about this indemnification liability, refer to Note 10.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

We utilize derivative financial instruments to mitigate our exposure to certain market risks associated with ongoing operations. The primary risks that we seek to manage through the use of derivative financial instruments include interest rate risk, currency exchange risk, and commodity price risk. All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. While certain of our derivative instruments are designated as hedging instruments, we also enter into derivative instruments that are designed to hedge a risk, but are not designated as hedging instruments (referred to as an “economic hedge” or “non-designated hedges”). Changes in the fair value of these non-designated hedging instruments are recognized in the expense line item on our Consolidated Statements of Operations that is consistent with the nature of the hedged risk. We are exposed to counterparty credit risk on all of our derivative financial instruments. We have established and maintain strict counterparty credit guidelines and enter into hedges only with financial institutions that are investment grade or better. We continuously monitor counterparty credit risk, and utilize numerous counterparties to minimize our exposure to potential defaults. We do not require collateral under these agreements. Refer to Note 5.

 

Page 63 of 100


Note 2

FRANCHISE LICENSE INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

The following table summarizes the changes in our net franchise license intangible assets and goodwill for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Franchise
License
Intangible
Assets


    Goodwill

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 4,075      $ 0   

Currency translation adjustments

     (845     0   
    


 


Balance at December 31, 2008

     3,230        0   

Currency translation adjustments

     257        0   
    


 


Balance at December 31, 2009

     3,487        0   

Acquisition of the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden

     496        131   

Currency translation adjustments

     (155     0   
    


 


Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 3,828      $ 131   
    


 


 

Our franchise license agreements contain performance requirements and convey to us the rights to distribute and sell products of the licensor within specified territories. Our license agreements with TCCC for each of our territories have terms of 10 years each and expire on October 2, 2020, with each containing the right for us to request a 10-year renewal. While these agreements contain no automatic right of renewal beyond that date, we believe that our interdependent relationship with TCCC and the substantial cost and disruption to TCCC that would be caused by nonrenewals ensure that these agreements will continue to be renewed and, therefore, are essentially perpetual. We have never had a franchise license agreement with TCCC terminated due to nonperformance of the terms of the agreement or due to a decision by TCCC to terminate an agreement at the expiration of a term. After evaluating the contractual provisions of our franchise license agreements, our mutually beneficial relationship with TCCC, and our history of renewals, we have assigned indefinite lives to all of our franchise license intangible assets.

 

We do not amortize our franchise license intangible assets and goodwill. Instead, we test these assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if facts or circumstances indicate they may be impaired. The annual testing date for impairment purposes is the last reporting day of October, which was established upon discontinuing the amortization of our franchise license intangible assets and goodwill in 2002. The impairment tests for our franchise license intangible assets involves comparing the estimated fair value of franchise license intangible assets for a reporting unit to its carrying amount to determine if a write down to fair value is required. If the carrying amount of the franchise license intangible assets exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying amount. The impairment test for our goodwill involves comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill, and after adjusting for any franchise license impairment charges (net of tax). If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is required to measure the goodwill impairment loss. This step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carrying amount. Any subsequent recoveries in the estimated fair values of our franchise license intangible assets or goodwill are not recorded. The fair values calculated in these impairment tests are determined using discounted cash flow models involving assumptions that are based upon what we believe a hypothetical marketplace participant would use in estimating fair value on the measurement date. In developing these assumptions, we compare the resulting estimated enterprise value to our observable market enterprise value.

 

2010 Impairment Analysis

 

Based on our review of the facts and circumstances and updated assumptions, we did not perform a full annual impairment analysis of our franchise license intangible assets or goodwill during 2010 since we concluded it was remote that changes in the facts and circumstances would have caused the fair value of these assets to fall below their carrying amounts. This conclusion was based on the following factors: (1) the fair value of our franchise license intangible assets exceeded its carrying amount by a substantial margin in the most recent annual impairment analysis performed; (2) our business performance during 2010 exceeded the forecast used to estimate fair value in the most recent impairment analysis performed; (3) our outlook for 2011 and beyond is greater than the forecast used to estimate fair value in the most recent impairment analysis performed; (4) other significant assumptions used in estimating fair value, such as our weighted average cost of capital, have improved since the most recent impairment analysis performed; and (5) we have experienced significant appreciation in our market capitalization.

 

 

 

Page 64 of 100


2009 and 2008 Impairment Analyses

 

During 2009 and 2008, our franchise license intangible assets were included as part of Legacy CCE’s impairment testing. Legacy CCE performed its impairment tests at its operating segment level, which were Legacy CCE’s reporting units. The results of the impairment tests performed by Legacy CCE during these periods indicated that the fair value of our franchise license intangible assets (Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment) exceeded their carrying amounts by a substantial margin.

 

Note 3

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions with TCCC

 

We are a marketer, producer, and distributor principally of products of TCCC with greater than 90 percent of our sales volume consisting of sales of TCCC products. Our license arrangements with TCCC are governed by product licensing agreements. From time to time, the terms and conditions of programs with TCCC are modified.

 

In connection with the Merger, we (1) signed license agreements with TCCC for each of our territories with terms of 10 years each, with each containing the right for us to request a 10-year renewal, and (2) signed a five-year agreement with TCCC for an incidence-based concentrate pricing model across all of our territories.

 

The following table summarizes the transactions with TCCC that directly affected our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Amounts affecting net operating revenues:

                        

Fountain syrup and packaged product sales

   $ 19      $ 21      $ 20   
    


 


 


Amounts affecting cost of sales:

                        

Purchases of concentrate, mineral water, and juice

   $ (2,017   $ (1,971   $ (2,034

Purchases of finished products

     (28     (26     (21

Marketing support funding earned

     178        168        186   
    


 


 


Total

   $ (1,867   $ (1,829   $ (1,869
    


 


 


 

Fountain Syrup and Packaged Product Sales

 

We act as a billing and delivery agent for TCCC in certain territories for certain fountain customers on behalf of TCCC and receive distribution fees from TCCC for those sales. We invoice and collect amounts receivable for these fountain syrup sales on behalf of TCCC. We also sell bottle and can products to TCCC at prices that are generally similar to the prices charged by us to our major customers.

 

Purchases of Concentrate, Mineral Water, Juice, and Finished Products

 

We purchase concentrate, mineral water, and juice from TCCC to produce, package, distribute, and sell TCCC’s products under product licensing agreements. We also purchase finished products from TCCC for sale within certain territories. The product licensing agreements give TCCC complete discretion to set prices of concentrate and finished products. Pricing of mineral water is also based on contractual arrangements with TCCC.

 

Marketing Support Funding Earned and Other Arrangements

 

We and TCCC engage in a variety of marketing programs to promote the sale of products of TCCC in territories in which we operate. The amounts to be paid to us by TCCC under the programs are generally determined annually and are periodically reassessed as the programs progress. Under the licensing agreements, TCCC is under no obligation to participate in the programs or continue past levels of funding in the future. The amounts paid and terms of similar programs with other licensees may differ. Marketing support funding programs granted to us, intended to offset a portion of the costs of the programs, provide financial support principally based on product sales or upon the completion of stated requirements.

 

Legacy CCE and TCCC had a Global Marketing Fund, under which TCCC was obligated to pay Legacy CCE $61.5 million annually through December 31, 2014, as support for marketing activities. Following the Merger, and as part of the five-year agreement with TCCC for an incidence-based concentrate pricing model, we will continue to receive $45 million annually through December 31, 2015, except under certain limited circumstances. The agreement will automatically be extended for successive 10-year periods thereafter unless either party gives written

 

Page 65 of 100


notice to terminate the agreement. We earn annual funding under the agreement if both parties agree on an annual marketing and business plan. TCCC may terminate the agreement for the balance of any year in which we fail to timely complete the marketing plan or are unable to execute the elements of those plans, when such failure is within our reasonable control.

 

Other Transactions

 

As part of the Agreement, TCCC agreed to provide us with certain transition services under a Transition Services Agreement relating to certain financial and human resources services. The Transition Services Agreement will continue until October 2, 2011, provided that we may extend services for a period of up to six additional months.

 

Other transactions with TCCC include management fees, office space leases, and purchases of point-of-sale and other advertising items, all of which were not material to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Cold Drink Equipment Placement Programs

 

We and TCCC are parties to the Cold Drink Equipment Purchase Partnership Programs (Jumpstart Programs). The Jumpstart Programs were designed to promote the purchase and placement of cold drink equipment. By the end of 2007, we had met our obligations to purchase and place cold drink equipment (principally vending machines and coolers). Under the Jumpstart Programs, as amended, we agree to:

 

   

Maintain the equipment in service, with certain exceptions, for a minimum period of 12 years after placement;

 

   

Maintain and stock the equipment in accordance with specified standards for marketing TCCC products;

 

   

Report annually to TCCC during the period the equipment is in service whether or not, on average, the equipment purchased has generated a contractually stated minimum sales volume of TCCC products; and

 

   

Relocate equipment if the previously placed equipment is not generating sufficient sales volume of TCCC products to meet the minimum requirements. Movement of the equipment is only required if it is determined that, on average, sufficient volume is not being generated, and it would help to ensure our performance under the Jumpstart Programs.

 

Historically, our throughput on equipment placed under the Jumpstart Programs has exceeded the throughput requirements of the Jumpstart Programs, and we have not had material movements of equipment required.

 

Transactions with Legacy CCE

 

Amounts Due To/From Legacy CCE

 

Prior to the Merger, we had amounts due to/from Legacy CCE with various maturity dates that were typically issued at fixed interest rates that approximated interest rates in effect at the time of issuance. To facilitate the Merger, all of these loans were settled in the third quarter of 2010. The total amount due to Legacy CCE was $1,015 million as of December 31, 2009. These amounts are included in Amounts due to Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest expense on these amounts totaled $40 million, $68 million, and $60 million during 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The total amount due from Legacy CCE was $346 million as of December 31, 2009. These amounts are included in Amounts due from Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest income on these amounts totaled $7 million, $9 million, and $15 million during 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. For additional information about our amounts due to/from Legacy CCE, refer to Note 6.

 

Allocation of Legacy CCE Corporate Expenses

 

Prior to the Merger, our Consolidated Financial Statements included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. These expenses included the cost of executive oversight, information technology, legal, treasury, risk management, human resources, accounting and reporting, investor relations, public relations, internal audit, and certain global restructuring projects. The cost of these services was allocated to us based on specific identification when possible or, when the expenses were determined to be global in nature, based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the applicable periods. We believe these allocations are a reasonable representation of the cost incurred for the services provided; however, these allocations are

 

Page 66 of 100


not necessarily indicative of the actual expenses that we would have incurred had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger. During the first nine months of 2010, our allocated expenses from Legacy CCE’s corporate segment totaled $160 million. During 2009 and 2008, our allocated expenses from Legacy CCE’s corporate segment totaled $168 million and $139 million, respectively.

 

Note 4

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

The following table summarizes our accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

 

     2010

     2009

 

Trade accounts payable

   $ 494       $ 440   

Accrued marketing costs

     470         447   

Accrued compensation and benefits

     281         235   

Accrued taxes

     139         130   

Accrued deposits

     99         77   

Other accrued expenses

     185         113   
    


  


Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 1,668       $ 1,442   
    


  


 

Note 5

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of our assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments, and the respective line items in which they were recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

 

    

Location – Balance Sheets


   2010

     2009

 

Assets:

                      

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

                      

Interest rate swap agreements (A)

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets    $ 0       $ 15   

Non-U.S. currency contracts (B)

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets      11         8  

Non-U.S. currency contracts

   Other noncurrent assets, net      13         0   
         


  


Total

          24         23   
         


  


Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                      

Commodity contracts

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets      4         9   

Commodity contracts

   Other noncurrent assets, net      1         0   
         


  


Total

          5         9   
         


  


Total Assets

        $ 29       $ 32   
         


  


Liabilities:

                      

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

                      

Interest rate swap agreements (A)

   Accounts payable and accrued expenses    $ 0       $ 1   

Non-U.S. currency contracts (B)

   Accounts payable and accrued expenses      17         4   

Non-U.S. currency contracts

   Other noncurrent liabilities, net      1         11   
         


  


Total

          18         16   
         


  


Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                      

Non-U.S. currency contracts

   Accounts payable and accrued expenses      7         0   
         


  


Total Liabilities

        $ 25       $ 16   
         


  



(A)  

Amounts include the gross interest receivable or payable on our interest rate swap agreements.

 

(B)  

Amounts include the gross interest receivable or payable on our cross currency swap agreements.

 

 

 

Page 67 of 100


Fair Value Hedges

 

We utilized certain interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges to mitigate our exposure to changes in the fair value of fixed-rate debt resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. The gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk were recognized immediately in interest expense, net – third party. The following table summarizes our outstanding interest rate swap agreements designated as fair value hedges as of December 31, 2009 (no such hedges were outstanding as of December 31, 2010):

 

    

2010


  

2009


Type


  

Notional Amount


  

Maturity Date


  

Notional Amount


  

Maturity Date


Fixed-to-floating interest rate swap

   n/a    n/a    EUR 300 million    November 2010

 

The following table summarizes the effect of our derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods presented (in millions):

 

Fair Value Hedging Instruments (A)


  

Location – Statement of Operations


   2010

    2009

     2008

 

Interest rate swap agreements

   Interest expense, net – third party    $ (12   $ 0       $ 14   

Fixed-rate debt

   Interest expense, net – third party      12        0         (14

(A)  

The amount of ineffectiveness associated with these hedges was not material.

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

Cash flow hedges are used to mitigate our exposure to changes in cash flows attributable to currency fluctuations associated with certain forecasted transactions, including purchases of raw materials and services denominated in non-functional currencies, the receipt of interest and principal on intercompany loans denominated in a non-functional currency, and the payment of interest and principal on debt issuances in non-functional currencies. Effective changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedging instruments are recognized in AOCI on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The effective changes are then recognized in the period that the forecasted purchases or payments impact earnings in the expense line item that is consistent with the nature of the underlying hedged item. Any changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges that are the result of ineffectiveness are recognized immediately in the expense line item that is consistent with the nature of the underlying hedged item. The following table summarizes our outstanding cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (all contracts denominated in a non-U.S. currency have been converted into USD using the period end spot rate):

 

    

2010


  

2009


Type


  

Notional Amount


  

Latest Maturity


  

Notional Amount


  

Latest Maturity


Non-U.S. currency hedges

   USD 1.3 billion    June 2021    USD 457 million    March 2013

 

The following tables summarize the net of tax effect of our derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges on our AOCI and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Amount of Gain/
(Loss) Recognized in
AOCI on Derivative
Instruments (A)


 

Cash Flow Hedging Instruments


   2010

     2009

    2008

 

Non-U.S. currency contracts

   $ 9       $ (11   $ 23   

 

          Amount of Gain/
(Loss) Reclassified from
AOCI into Earnings (B)


 

Cash Flow Hedging Instruments


  

Location – Statements of Operations


   2010

    2009

    2008

 

Non-U.S. currency contracts

  

Cost of sales

   $ (4   $ 15      $ 5   

Non-U.S. currency contracts

  

Other nonoperating income (expense), net

     22        (10 )     0  
         


 


 


Total

        $ 18      $ 5      $ 5   
         


 


 



(A)  

The amount of ineffectiveness associated with these hedges was not material.

 

(B)  

Over the next 12 months, deferred losses totaling $1 million are expected to be reclassified from AOCI into the expense line item that is consistent with the nature of the underlying hedged item as the forecasted transactions occur.

 

Page 68 of 100


Economic (Non-designated) Hedges

 

We periodically enter into derivative instruments that are designed to hedge various risks, but are not designated as hedging instruments. These hedged risks include those related to currency and commodity price fluctuations associated with certain forecasted transactions, including purchases of raw materials in non-functional currencies, vehicle fuel, aluminum, and sugar. The following table summarizes our outstanding economic hedges as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

    

2010


  

2009


Type


  

Notional Amount


  

Latest Maturity


  

Notional Amount


  

Latest Maturity


Non-U.S. currency hedges

  

USD 371 million

  

February 2011

  

USD 11 million

  

December 2010

Commodity hedges

  

USD 35 million

  

October 2012

  

USD 55 million

  

December 2010

 

Changes in the fair value of outstanding economic hedges are recognized each reporting period in the expense line item that is consistent with the nature of the hedged risk. The following table summarizes the gains (losses) recognized from our non-designated derivative financial instruments on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods presented (in millions):

 

Location – Statements of Operations


   2010

     2009

    2008

 

Cost of sales

   $ 0       $ 6      $ 0   

Selling, delivery, and administrative expenses

     4         1        (1

Interest expense, net

     2         (3     0   

Other nonoperating income, net

     17         0        0   
    


  


 


Total

   $ 23       $ 4      $ (1
    


  


 


 

Mark-to-market gains/losses related to our non-designated commodity hedges are recognized in our Corporate segment until such time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the earnings of our Europe operating segment. In the period the underlying hedged transaction occurs, the accumulated mark-to-market gains/losses related to the hedged transaction are reclassified from our Corporate segment into the earnings of our Europe operating segment. This treatment allows our Europe operating segment to reflect the true economic effects of the underlying hedged transaction in the period the hedged transaction occurs without experiencing the mark-to-market volatility associated with these non-designated commodity hedges.

 

As of December 31, 2010, our Corporate segment included net mark-to-market gains on non-designated commodity hedges totaling $2 million. These amounts will be reclassified into the earnings of our Europe operating segment when the underlying hedged transaction occurs through 2012. For additional information about our segment reporting, refer to Note 14. The following table summarizes the deferred gain (loss) activity in our Corporate segment during 2010 (in millions):

 

Net Gains Deferred at Corporate Segment


   Cost of Sales

    SD&A

    Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 10      $ 0     $ 10   

Net gains recognized during the period and recorded in the Corporate segment

     1        3        4   

Less: Net gains transferred to the Europe operating segment

     (10     (2     (12
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 2   
    


 


 


 

Page 69 of 100


Note 6

DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES

 

The following table summarizes our debt as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions, except rates):

 

     2010

    2009

 
     Principal
Balance


     Rates (A)

    Principal
Balance


     Rates (A)

 

U.S. dollar commercial paper

   $ 145         0.3   $ 0         0.0

Canadian dollar commercial paper

     0         0.0        141         0.3   

U.S. dollar notes due 2013-2020 (B) (C)

     1,393         2.4        0         0.0   

Euro notes due 2017 ( D ) ( E )  (F)

     468         3.1        477         1.1   

Swiss franc notes due 2013 ( G )

     214         3.8        193         4.4   

Capital lease obligations ( H )

     66         0.0       44         0.0   
    


          


        

Total third party debt ( I ) ( J )

     2,286                 855            

Less: current portion of third party debt

     162                 620            
    


          


        

Third party debt, less current portion

   $ 2,124               $ 235            
    


          


        

Amounts due to Legacy CCE ( K )

   $ 0        0.0   $ 1,015         5.8
    


          


        

(A)  

These rates represent the weighted average interest rates or effective interest rates on the balances outstanding, as adjusted for the effects of interest rate swap agreements, if applicable.

 

(B)  

In September 2010, we issued $475 million, 2.125 percent notes due 2015, and $525 million, 3.5 percent notes due 2020.

 

(C)  

In November 2010, we issued $400 million, 1.125 percent notes due 2013.

 

( D )  

In September 2010, we issued 350 million ($471 million), 3.125 percent notes due 2017.

 

( E )  

In May 2010, 25 million ($33 million), floating rate notes matured.

 

( F )  

In November 2010, 300 million ($421 million), 4.75 percent notes matured.

 

( G )  

Our Swiss franc notes due 2013 are guaranteed by Legacy CCE, as well as CCE.

 

( H )  

These amounts represent the present value of our minimum capital lease payments as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

( I )  

At December 31, 2010, approximately $257 million of our outstanding third party debt was issued by our subsidiaries and guaranteed by CCE.

 

( J )  

The total fair value of our outstanding third party debt was $2.2 billion and $863 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The fair value of our third party debt is determined using quoted market prices for publicly traded instruments, and for non-publicly traded instruments through a variety of valuation techniques depending on the specific characteristics of the debt instrument, taking into account credit risk.

 

( K )  

Due to the use of a centralized treasury function, Legacy CCE entered into certain debt arrangements on our behalf and remitted the third party proceeds from these issuances to us in the form of intercompany loans. The loans entered into by us with Legacy CCE had various maturity dates and typically had fixed rates that approximated interest rates in effect at the time of issuance. To facilitate the Merger, all of these loans were settled during the third quarter of 2010.

 

Page 70 of 100


Future Maturities

 

The following table summarizes our third party debt maturities and capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

Years Ending December 31,


   Debt
Maturities


 

2011

   $ 145   

2012

     0   

2013

     613   

2014

     0   

2015

     473   

Thereafter

     989   
    


Third party debt, excluding capital leases

   $ 2,220   
    


Years Ending December 31,


   Capital
Leases


 

2011

   $ 19   

2012

     21   

2013

     11   

2014

     9   

2015

     7   

Thereafter

     8   
    


Total minimum lease payments

     75   

Less: amounts representing interest

     9   
    


Present value of minimum lease payments

     66   
    


Total third party debt

   $ 2,286   
    


 

Credit Facilities

 

We have amounts available to us for borrowing under a credit facility. This facility serves as a backstop to our commercial paper program and supports our working capital needs. This facility matures in 2014 and is a $1 billion multi-currency credit facility with a syndicate of eight banks. At December 31, 2010, our availability under this credit facility was $1 billion. Based on information currently available to us, we have no indication that the financial institutions syndicated under this facility would be unable to fulfill their commitments to us as of the date of the filing of this report.

 

Covenants

 

Our credit facility and outstanding third party notes contain various provisions that, among other things, require limitation of the incurrence of certain liens or encumbrances in excess of defined amounts. Additionally, our credit facility requires that our net debt to total capital ratio does not exceed a defined amount. We were in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2010. These requirements currently are not, and it is not anticipated they will become, restrictive to our liquidity or capital resources.

 

Note 7

OPERATING LEASES

 

We lease land, office and warehouse space, computer hardware, machinery and equipment, and vehicles under noncancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2022. Some lease agreements contain standard renewal provisions that allow us to renew the lease at rates equivalent to fair market value at the end of the lease term. Under lease agreements that contain escalating rent provisions, lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rent expense under noncancelable operating lease agreements totaled $80 million, $77 million, and $93 million during 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Prior to the Merger, these amounts only represent rent expense related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment.

 

Page 71 of 100


The following table summarizes our minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

Years Ending December 31,


   Operating
Leases


 

2011

   $ 68   

2012

     62   

2013

     56   

2014

     51   

2015

     45   

Thereafter

     29   
    


Total minimum operating lease payments (A)

   $ 311   
    



(A)  

Income associated with sublease arrangements is not significant.

 

Note 8

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Purchase Commitments

 

We have noncancelable purchase agreements with various suppliers that specify a fixed or minimum quantity that we must purchase. All purchases made under these agreements are subject to standard quality and performance criteria. The following table summarizes our purchase commitments as of December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

Years ending December 31,


   Purchase
Commitments (A)


 

2011

   $ 249   

2012

     130   

2013

     12   

2014

     13   
    


Total purchase commitments

   $ 404   
    



(A)  

These commitments do not include amounts related to supply agreements that require us to purchase a certain percentage of our future raw material needs from a specific supplier, since such agreements do not specify a fixed or minimum quantity.

 

Legal Contingencies

 

In connection with the Agreement, three putative class action lawsuits were filed in the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, and five putative class action lawsuits were filed in Delaware Chancery Court. The lawsuits are similar and assert claims on behalf of Legacy CCE’s shareholders for various breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the Agreement. The lawsuits name Legacy CCE, the Legacy CCE Board of Directors, and TCCC as defendants. Plaintiffs in each case sought to enjoin the transaction, to declare the deal void and rescind the transaction, to require disgorgement of all profits the defendants receive from the transaction, and to recover damages, attorneys’ fees, and litigation expenses. The Georgia cases were consolidated by orders entered March 25, 2010 and April 9, 2010, and the Delaware cases were consolidated on March 16, 2010. On September 3, 2010, the parties to the consolidated Georgia action executed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) containing the terms for the parties’ agreement in principle to resolve the Delaware and Georgia actions. The MOU called for certain amendments to the transaction agreements as well as certain revisions to the disclosures relating to the transaction. The MOU also contemplates that plaintiffs will seek an award of attorneys’ fees in an amount not to exceed $7.5 million. Pursuant to the Agreement, the liability for these attorney fees would be shared equally between us and TCCC. In accordance with the MOU, the parties have requested approval of the settlement from the Georgia court. If approved, the Georgia action will be dismissed with prejudice, and plaintiffs will thereafter dismiss the Delaware consolidated action with prejudice. For additional information about the Merger, refer to Note 1.

 

Tax Audits

 

Our tax filings for various periods are subjected to audit by tax authorities in most jurisdictions in which we do business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are subsequently resolved with the authorities or potentially through the courts. We believe that we have adequately provided for any assessments that could result from those proceedings where it is more likely than not that we will pay some amount.

 

Page 72 of 100


Workforce (Unaudited)

 

At December 31, 2010, we employed approximately 13,500 people. A majority of our employees in Europe are covered by collectively bargained labor agreements, most of which do not expire. However, wage rates must be renegotiated at various dates through 2012. We believe that we will be able to renegotiate subsequent agreements with satisfactory terms.

 

Indemnifications

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into agreements that provide general indemnifications. We have not made significant indemnification payments under such agreements in the past, and we believe the likelihood of incurring such a payment obligation in the future is remote. Furthermore, we cannot reasonably estimate future potential payment obligations because we cannot predict when and under what circumstances they may be incurred. As a result, we have not recorded a liability in our Consolidated Financial Statements with respect to these general indemnifications.

 

We have provided certain indemnifications to TCCC as part of the Merger. For additional information about these indemnifications, refer to Note 1.

 

Note 9

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Pension Plans

 

We sponsor a number of defined benefit pension plans. All pension plans are measured as of December 31.

 

During the second quarter of 2010, we communicated to our employees in Great Britain our intention to transition the design of our U.K. defined benefit pension plan based on a comprehensive review performed on the overall benefits we provide to employees based in Great Britain. The effective date of the change was July 5, 2010. We remeasured the plan as of the communication date, and the effect on the projected benefit obligation (PBO) was not material. The PBO of our U.K. defined benefit pension plan represented approximately 76 percent of our total PBO as of December 31, 2010.

 

Net Periodic Benefit Costs

 

The following table summarizes the net periodic benefit costs of our pension plans for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Components of net periodic benefit costs:

                        

Service cost

   $ 41      $ 34      $ 45   

Interest cost

     51        46        47   

Expected return on plan assets

     (65     (56     (63

Amortization of prior service costs

     2        3        1   

Amortization of actuarial loss

     9        0       3   
    


 


 


Net periodic benefit cost

     38        27        33   

Other

     0        7        0   
    


 


 


Total costs

   $ 38      $ 34      $ 33   
    


 


 


 

Actuarial Assumptions

 

The following table summarizes the weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit costs of our pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Discount rate

     5.6     6.3     5.5

Expected return on assets

     7.0        7.1        7.5   

Rate of compensation increase

     4.0        3.8        3.8   

 

Page 73 of 100


The following table summarizes the weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations of our pension plans at our measurement date:

 

     2010

    2009

 

Discount rate

     5.5     5.6

Rate of compensation increase

     3.9        4.0   

 

Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

The following table summarizes the changes in our pension plan benefit obligations and the fair value of our plan assets as of our measurement date (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

 

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

                

Benefit obligation at beginning of plan year

   $ 943      $ 696   

Service cost

     41        34   

Interest cost

     51        46   

Plan participants’ contributions

     4        10   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (2     112   

Benefit payments

     (32     (27

Currency translation adjustments

     (38     64   

Acquisition (Norway pension plan)

     24        0   

Other

     (5     8   
    


 


Benefit obligation at end of plan year

   $ 986      $ 943   
    


 


Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

                

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of plan year

   $ 838      $ 598   

Actual gain on plan assets

     93        111   

Employer contributions

     116        87   

Plan participants’ contributions

     4        10   

Benefit payments

     (32     (27

Acquisition (Norway pension plan)

     19        0   

Currency translation adjustments

     (32     59   

Other

     (5     0   
    


 


Fair value of plan assets at end of plan year

   $ 1,001      $ 838   
    


 


 

The following table summarizes the PBO, the accumulated benefit obligation (ABO), and the fair value of plan assets for our pension plans with an ABO in excess of plan assets and for our pension plans with a PBO in excess of plan assets (in millions):

 

     2010

     2009

 

Information for plans with an ABO in excess of plan assets:

                 

PBO

   $ 44       $ 48   

ABO

     39         40   

Fair value of plan assets

     2         3   

Information for plans with a PBO in excess of plan assets:

                 

PBO

   $ 154       $ 881   

ABO

     115         647   

Fair value of plan assets

     91         771   

 

Page 74 of 100


Funded Status

 

The following table summarizes the funded status of our pension plans as of our measurement date and the amounts recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

 

Funded status:

                

PBO

   $ (986   $ (943

Fair value of plan assets

     1,001        838   
    


 


Net funded status

     15        (105
    


 


Funded status—overfunded

     78        4   

Funded status—underfunded

   $ (63   $ (109
    


 


Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

                

Noncurrent assets

   $ 78      $ 4   

Current liabilities

     (7     (6

Noncurrent liabilities

     (56     (103
    


 


Net amounts recognized

   $ 15      $ (105
    


 


 

The ABO for our pension plans as of our measurement date was $774 million in 2010 and $707 million in 2009.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in AOCI, which have not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost (pretax; in millions):

 

     2010

     2009

 

Amounts in AOCI:

                 

Prior service cost

   $ 12       $ 15   

Net losses

     216         265   
    


  


Amounts in AOCI

   $ 228       $ 280   
    


  


 

The following table summarizes the changes in AOCI for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 related to our pension plans (pretax; in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

 

Reconciliation of AOCI:

                

AOCI at beginning of plan year

   $ 280      $ 203   

Prior service cost recognized during the year

     (2     (3

Net losses recognized during the year

     (9     0   

Net (gains) losses occurring during the year

     (31     57   

Other adjustments

     0        1   
    


 


Net adjustments to AOCI

     (42     55   

Currency exchange rate changes

     (10     22   
    


 


AOCI at end of plan year

   $ 228      $ 280   
    


 


 

The following table summarizes the amounts in AOCI expected to be amortized and recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost in 2011 (pretax; in millions):

 

     2011

 

Amortization of prior service credit

   $ 2   

Amortization of net losses

     7   
    


Total amortization expense

   $ 9   
    


 

Pension Plan Assets

 

We have established formal investment policies for the assets associated with our pension plans. Policy objectives include maximizing long-term return at acceptable risk levels, diversifying among asset classes, if appropriate, and among investment managers, as well as establishing relevant risk parameters within each asset class. Investment policies reflect

 

Page 75 of 100


the unique circumstances of the respective plans and include requirements designed to mitigate risk including quality and diversification standards. Asset allocation targets are based on periodic asset liability and/or risk budgeting study results which help determine the appropriate investment strategies for acceptable risk levels. The investment policies permit variances from the targets within certain parameters.

 

Factors such as asset class allocations, long-term rates of return (actual and expected), and results of periodic asset liability modeling studies are considered when constructing the long-term rate of return assumption for our pension plans. While historical rates of return play an important role in the analysis, we also take into consideration data points from other external sources if there is a reasonable justification to do so. The following table summarizes our weighted average pension asset allocations as of our measurement date and the expected long-term rates of return by asset category:

 

     Weighted Average
Allocation


    Weighted Average
Expected Long-Term
Rate of Return (A)


     Target

    Actual

   

Asset Category


   2011

    2010

    2009

   

Equity securities

     58     60     66       7.7%

Fixed income securities

     26        23        18      4.1

Short-term investments

     0        5        4      0.0

Other investments (B)

     16        12        12      7.6
    


 


 


   

Total

     100     100     100       6.8%
    


 


 


   

(A)  

The weighted average expected long-term rate of return by asset category is based on our target allocation.

 

(B)  

Other investments generally include hedge funds, real estate funds, multi-asset common trust funds, and insurance contracts.

 

The following table summarizes our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) as of December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

     December 31, 2010

     Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)


     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)


     Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)


 

Equity securities: (A)

                                   

U.S. equities

   $ 11       $ 0       $ 11       $ 0   

International

     588         170         418         0   

Common trust funds

     1         0         1         0   

Fixed income securities:

                                   

Common trust funds (B)

     209         0         209         0   

Corporate bonds and notes (C)

     7         0         7         0   

Non-U.S. government securities (C)

     11         0         11         0   

Short-term investments (D)

     51         49         2         0   

Other investments:

                                   

Real estate funds (E)

     46         0         46         0   

Insurance contracts (F)

     23         0         21         2   

Multi-asset common trust funds (G)

     28         0         28         0   

Hedge funds ( H )

     26         0         26         0   
    


  


  


  


     $ 1,001       $ 219       $ 780       $ 2   
    


  


  


  



(A)  

Equity securities are comprised of the following investment types: (1) common stock; (2) preferred stock; and (3) common trust funds. Investments in common and preferred stocks are valued using quoted market prices multiplied by the number of shares owned. Investments in common trust funds are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date.

 

(B)  

The underlying investments held in the common trust funds are actively managed fixed income investment vehicles that are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date.

 

(C)  

These investments are valued utilizing a market approach that includes various valuation techniques and sources such as value generation models, broker quotes in active and non-active markets, benchmark yields and securities, reported trades, issuer spreads, and/or other applicable reference data.

 

(D)  

Short-term investments are valued at $1.00/unit, which approximates fair value. Amounts are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts.

 

(E)  

Real estate funds are valued at net asset value, which is calculated using the most recent partnership financial reports, adjusted, as appropriate, for any lag between the date of the financial reports and the measurement date. As of December 31, 2010, it is not probable that we will sell these investments at an amount other than net asset value.

 

(F)  

Insurance contracts are valued at book value, which approximates fair value, and is calculated using the prior year balance plus or minus investment returns and changes in cash flows.

 

Page 76 of 100


(G)  

Multi-asset common trust funds are comprised of equity securities, bonds, and term deposits, and are primarily invested in mutual funds. These investments are valued at the net asset value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date.

 

(H)  

Hedge funds are held in private investment funds. These investments are valued based primarily on the net asset value information provided by the management of each private investment fund multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date, net of any accrued management and incentive fees due to the fund managers.

 

The following table summarizes the changes in our Level 3 pension plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

     Insurance
Contracts


 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 3   

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

     (1
    


Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 2   
    


 

Benefit Plan Contributions

 

The following table summarizes the contributions made to our pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as well as our projected contributions for the year ending December 31, 2011 (in millions):

 

     Actual (A)

     Projected (A)

 
     2010

     2009

     2011

 

Total pension contributions

   $ 116       $ 87       $ 58   
    


  


  



(A)  

These amounts represent only Company-paid contributions.

 

We fund our pension plans at a level to maintain, within established guidelines, the appropriate funded status for each country.

 

Benefit Plan Payments

 

Benefit payments are primarily made from funded benefit plan trusts. The following table summarizes our expected future benefit payments as of December 31, 2010 (in millions):

 

Years Ending December 31,


   Pension
Benefit  Plan
Payments (A)


 

2011

   $ 39   

2012

     36   

2013

     36   

2014

     40   

2015

     41   

2016 – 2020

     300   

(A)  

These amounts represent only Company-funded payments and are unaudited.

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

We sponsor qualified defined contribution plans covering substantially all of our employees in France, and certain employees in Great Britain and the Netherlands. Our contributions to these plans totaled $8 million, $6 million, and $5 million in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Effective January 1, 2011, we established a defined contribution plan covering our U.S. based employees.

 

Termination of Legacy CCE Executive Pension Plan

 

Prior to the Merger, certain of our employees participated in Legacy CCE’s executive pension plan. During the fourth quarter of 2010, this plan was terminated. In accordance with the Agreement, we assumed the liability for the accumulated benefit for employees who were part of this plan under Legacy CCE and who become our employees at the effective date of the Merger. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we paid approximately $20 million to these employees, and recognized expense of approximately $5 million for the net loss previously deferred in AOCI.

 

Page 77 of 100


Note 10

INCOME TAXES

 

The following table summarizes our income before income taxes for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     2010

     2009

     2008

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 746       $ 727       $ 629   
    


  


  


 

The current income tax provision represents the estimated amount of income taxes paid or payable for the year, as well as changes in estimates from prior years. The deferred income tax provision represents the change in deferred tax liabilities and assets. The following table summarizes the significant components of income tax expense for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

     2008

 

Current:

                         

U.S. Federal

   $ 8      $ 0       $ 0   

Europe and Canada

     120        131         75   
    


 


  


Total current

   $ 128      $ 131       $ 75   
    


 


  


Deferred:

                         

U.S. Federal

   $ (9   $ 0       $ 0   

Europe and Canada

     29        11         43   

Rate changes

     (26     9         (3
    


 


  


Total deferred

     (6     20         40   
    


 


  


Income tax expense

   $ 122      $ 151       $ 115   
    


 


  


 

Our effective tax rate was 16 percent, 21 percent, and 18 percent for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of our income tax expense at the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to our actual income tax expense for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

U.S. federal statutory tax expense

   $ 261      $ 255      $ 220   

Taxation of non-U.S. operations, net

     (108     (116     (110

Rate and law change (benefit) expense, net (A) (B)

     (26     9        (3

Other, net

     (5     3        8   
    


 


 


Total provision for income taxes

   $ 122      $ 151      $ 115   
    


 


 



(A)  

In July 2010, the United Kingdom enacted a corporate income tax rate reduction of 1 percentage point effective April 1, 2011, resulting in a recognition of a $25 million deferred tax benefit during 2010.

 

(B)  

In December 2009, we recorded a net tax expense totaling $9 million primarily due to a tax law change in France.

 

The following table summarizes, by major tax jurisdiction, our tax years that remain subject to examination by taxing authorities:

 

Tax Jurisdiction


  

Years Subject to
Examination


U.S. Federal, State, and Local

  

2010 – forward

United Kingdom

  

2009 – forward

Belgium and France

  

2008 – forward

Luxembourg, Netherlands, and Canada

  

2006 – forward

Sweden

  

2005 – forward

Norway

  

2001 – forward

 

We had approximately $1.3 billion in cumulative undistributed non-U.S. historical earnings as of December 31, 2010. These historical earnings are exclusive of amounts that would result in little or no tax under current tax laws if remitted in the future. The historical earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries are considered to be permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been made in our Consolidated Financial Statements. A distribution of these non-U.S. historical earnings to the U.S. in the form of dividends, or otherwise, would subject us to U.S. income taxes, as adjusted for foreign tax credits, and withholding taxes payable to the various non-U.S. countries. Determination of the amount of any unrecognized deferred income tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

 

 

 

Page 78 of 100


In December 2010, we repatriated to the U.S. $65 million of our fourth quarter of 2010 non-U.S. earnings for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, interest on U.S.-issued debt, salaries for U.S. based employees, and other corporate-level operations in the U.S. During 2011, we expect to repatriate to the U.S. a portion of our 2011 non-U.S. earnings to satisfy our 2011 U.S-based cash flow needs. The amount to be repatriated to the U.S. will depend on, among other things, our actual 2011 non-U.S. earnings and our actual 2011 U.S.-based cash flow needs. Our historical earnings will continue to remain permanently reinvested, and if we do not generate sufficient current year non-U.S. earnings to repatriate to the U.S. in any given year, we expect to have adequate access to capital in the U.S. to allow us to satisfy our U.S.-based cash flow needs in that year. Therefore, historical non-U.S. earnings and future non-U.S. earnings that are not repatriated to the U.S. will remain permanently reinvested and will be used to service our non-U.S. operations, non-U.S. debt, and to fund future acquisitions.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table summarizes the significant components of our deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in millions):

 

     2010

    2009

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Franchise license and other intangible assets

   $ 1,096      $ 1,019   

Property, plant, and equipment

     190        177   
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     1,286        1,196   
    


 


Deferred tax assets:

                

Net operating loss and other carryforwards

     (44     (42

Employee and retiree benefit accruals

     (19     (30

Foreign tax credit carryforwards

     (27     0   

Other, net

     (20     (18
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     (110     (90

Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets

     43        45   
    


 


Net deferred tax liabilities

     1,219        1,151   

Current deferred income tax assets (A)

     19        21   
    


 


Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities

   $ 1,238      $ 1,172   
    


 



(A)  

Amounts are included in prepaid assets and other current assets.

 

We recognize valuation allowances on deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of the evidence, we believe that it is more likely than not that some or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had valuation allowances of $43 million and $45 million, respectively. The change in our valuation allowances was primarily due to currency exchange rate changes. We believe our remaining deferred tax assets will be realized because of the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period available under the tax law. As of December 31, 2010, our net tax operating loss and other carryforwards totaled $199 million, of which $65 million expire in 2030 and the remainder do not expire.

 

Tax Sharing Agreement with TCCC

 

As part of the Merger, we entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with TCCC. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement among us, Legacy CCE, and TCCC, we have agreed to indemnify TCCC and its affiliates from and against certain taxes the responsibility for which the parties have specifically agreed to allocate to us, generally for taxes related to periods prior to October 2, 2010, as well as any taxes and losses by reason of or arising from certain breaches by CCE of representations, covenants, or obligations under the Agreement or the Tax Sharing Agreement and, in certain situations, we will pay to TCCC (1) an amount equal to a portion of the transfer taxes incurred in connection with the separation; (2) an amount equal to any detriment to TCCC caused by certain actions (or failures to act) by CCE in connection with the conduct of our business or outside the ordinary course of business or that are otherwise inconsistent with past practice; (3) the difference (if any) between the amount of certain tax benefits intended to be available to Legacy CCE following the Merger and the amount of such benefits actually available to Legacy CCE as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Tax Sharing Agreement specifies various indemnifications we have provided to TCCC, some of which extend through 2014.

 

 

 

Page 79 of 100


We are unable to estimate our maximum potential liability under this indemnification as the amounts are dependent on the outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this time. We estimated the fair value of our indemnification obligation at its inception to be approximately $38 million, of which $10 million relates to items we determined were probable as of the date of the Merger. These amounts were recorded as a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and classified as current or long-term depending on when the underlying indemnified item is expected to be settled/expire. As of December 31, 2010, the unamortized liability related to this indemnification was $36 million, of which $19 million is recorded in Accounts payable and accrued expenses, and $17 million is recorded in Other noncurrent liabilities, net on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The offset to the initial recognition of this liability was recorded to APIC on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, since the indemnification was issued in conjunction with the Agreement.

 

Note 11

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Share-Based Payment Awards Prior to the Merger

 

Certain of our employees participated in share-based compensation plans sponsored by Legacy CCE. These plans provided the employees with non-qualified share options to purchase Legacy CCE’s stock or restricted shares (units) of Legacy CCE’s stock. Some of the awards contained performance or market conditions that were based on the stock price or performance of Legacy CCE. Prior to the Merger, compensation expense related to these share-based payment awards was included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations based on specific identification for Legacy CCE’s European employees, and for Legacy CCE’s corporate employees based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the periods presented.

 

On the effective date of the Merger, our employees had their Legacy CCE share-based awards converted into share-based payment awards of our common stock. Such awards were converted in a manner that provided the employee with the same intrinsic value in our shares as the employee had in Legacy CCE shares immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger. Service vesting requirements of converted share-based awards still need to be satisfied for the awards to vest. On October 1, 2010, our employees had their outstanding Legacy CCE awards converted into approximately 9.5 million share options and 4.3 million restricted shares (units) of our common stock. These amounts included all share-based awards issued by Legacy CCE to its employees in Europe and the share-based awards held by certain Legacy CCE corporate employees that became our employees.

 

Share-Based Payment Awards following the Merger

 

We maintain share-based compensation plans that provide for the granting of non-qualified share options and restricted shares (units), some with performance conditions, to certain executive and management level employees. We believe that these awards better align the interests of our employees with the interests of our shareowners. Compensation expense related to our share-based payment awards totaled $10 million during the fourth quarter of 2010, including expense related to the portion of converted share-based payment awards unvested as of the date of the Merger.

 

Share Options

 

Our share options (1) are granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair value of our stock on the date of grant; (2) generally vest ratably over a period of 36 months; and (3) expire 10 years from the date of grant. Generally, when options are exercised we issue new shares, rather than issuing treasury shares.

 

The following table summarizes the weighted average grant-date fair values and assumptions that were used to estimate the grant-date fair values of the share options granted during the fourth quarter of 2010:

 

Grant-Date Fair Value


   2010

 

Share options with service conditions

   $ 5.92   

Assumptions


      

Dividend yield (A)

     1.67

Expected volatility (B)

     27.5

Risk-free interest rate (C)

     1.6

Expected life (D)

     6.5 years   

(A)  

The dividend yield was calculated by dividing our annual dividend by our average stock price on the date of grant, taking into consideration our future expectations regarding our dividend yield.

 

Page 80 of 100


 

(B)  

The expected volatility was determined by using a combination of the historical volatility of Legacy CCE’s stock, the implied volatility of our exchange-traded options, and other factors, such as a comparison to our peer group.

 

(C)  

The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield with a term equal to the expected life on the date of grant.

 

(D)  

The expected life was used for options valued by the Black-Scholes model. It was determined by using a combination of actual exercise and post-vesting cancellation history for the types of employees included in the grant population.

 

The following table summarizes our share option activity during the fourth quarter of 2010 (shares in thousands):

 

     2010

 
     Shares

    Exercise
Price


 

Converted on October 1, 2010 (A)

     9,526      $ 11.92   

Granted

     1,194        24.42   

Exercised (B )

     (1,269     10.57   

Forfeited or expired

     (25     12.14   
    


       

Outstanding at end of year

     9,426        13.69   
    


       

Options exercisable at end of year

     5,845        13.11   
    


       

(A)  

The total intrinsic value of options converted on October 1, 2010 was $94 million.

 

(B )  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fourth quarter of 2010 was $18 million.

 

The following table summarizes our options outstanding and our options exercisable as of December 31, 2010 (shares in thousands):

 

     Outstanding

     Exercisable

 

Range of

Exercise Prices


   Options
Outstanding (A)


     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (years)


     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


     Options
Exercisable (A)


     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (years)


     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


 

$  6.00 to   $ 9.00

     2,631         7.83       $ 6.75         1,382         7.83       $ 6.75   

    9.01 to  12.00

     113         0.83         11.28         113         0.83         11.28   

  12.01 to  15.00

     3,705         6.98         13.84         2,554         6.13         14.15   

  15.01 to  18.00

     1,783         5.02         16.57         1,783         5.02         16.57   

  Over       18.01

     1,194         9.84         24.42         13         9.84         24.40   
    


                    


                 
       9,426         7.13         13.69         5,845         6.10         13.11   
    


                    


                 

(A)  

As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable was $107 million and $70 million, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $10 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to our unvested share options (including converted awards). We expect to recognize this compensation expense over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

 

Restricted Shares (Units)

 

Our restricted shares (units) generally vest upon continued employment for a period of at least 42 months and the attainment of certain performance targets. Certain of our restricted shares (units) expire five years from the date of grant if the share price or performance targets have not been met. Our restricted share awards entitle the participant to full dividends and voting rights. Our restricted share unit awards entitle the participant to hypothetical dividends (which vest, in some cases, only if the restricted share units vest), but not voting rights. Unvested restricted shares (units) are restricted as to disposition and subject to forfeiture.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we granted 1.3 million restricted shares (units). Approximately 0.9 million of the restricted shares (units) granted in 2010 were performance share units for which the ultimate number of shares earned will be determined at the end of the stated performance period. The majority of these performance share units are subject to the performance criteria of annual growth in diluted earnings per share over the performance period, as adjusted for certain items detailed in the plan documents. The purpose of these adjustments is to ensure a consistent year-over-year comparison of the specified performance criteria.

 

Page 81 of 100


The following table summarizes the weighted average grant-date fair values and assumptions that were used to estimate the grant-date fair values of the restricted shares (units) granted during the fourth quarter of 2010:

 

Grant-date fair value


   2010

 

Restricted shares (units) with service conditions

   $ 24.47     

Restricted shares (units) with service and performance conditions

     24.68     

Assumptions


      

Dividend yield (A)

     1.67

Expected volatility (B)

     27.5

Risk-free interest rate (C)

     1.6

(A)  

The dividend yield was calculated by dividing our annual dividend by our average stock price on the date of grant, taking into consideration our future expectations regarding our dividend yield.

 

(B)  

The expected volatility was determined by using a combination of the historical volatility of Legacy CCE’s stock, the implied volatility of our exchange-traded options, and other factors, such as a comparison to our peer group.

 

(C)  

The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield with a term equal to the expected life on the date of grant.

 

The following table summarizes our restricted share (unit) award activity during period presented (shares in thousands):

 

    Restricted
Shares


    Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value


    Restricted
Share Units


    Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value


    Performance
Share Units


    Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value


 

Converted at October 1, 2010

    32      $ 18.75        1,066      $ 11.31        3,180      $ 10.59   

Granted

    0        00.00        399        24.47        935        24.68   

Vested (A)

    (17     17.92        (177     12.43        (41     8.52   

Forfeited

    0        00.00        (189     10.81        (18     9.90   

Performance Adjustment ( B )

    n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a        3,161        10.52   
   


         


         


       

Outstanding at December 31, 2010 ( C ) (D)

    15        19.65        1,099        15.99        7,217        12.41   
   


         


         


       

(A)  

The total fair value of restricted shares (units) that vested during the fourth quarter of 2010 was $5 million.

 

(B)  

Based on our financial results for the performance period, the 2007 and 2009 performance shares units will payout at 200 percent of the target award. The ultimate vesting of these performance share units is subject to the participant satisfying the remaining service condition of the award.

 

(C)  

The target awards for our performance share units are included in the preceding table and are adjusted, as necessary, in the period that the performance condition is satisfied. The minimum, target, and maximum awards for our 2010 performance share units outstanding as of December 31, 2010 were 0.3 million, 0.5 million, and 1.1 million, respectively.

 

(D)  

As of December 31, 2010, approximately 0.1 million of our outstanding restricted shares (units) contained market conditions. All awards have satisfied their market condition.

 

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $61 million in total unrecognized compensation expense related to our restricted share (unit) awards (including converted awards) based on our current expectations for payout of our performance share units. We expect to recognize this compensation cost over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

 

Shares Available for Future Grant

 

The following table summarizes the shares available for future grant as of December 31, 2010 that may be used to grant share options and/or restricted shares (units) (in millions):

 

     Shares
Available for
Future Grant


 

Performance share units at target payout

     21.9   

Performance share units at current expected payout

     18.5   

Performance share units at maximum payout

     18.2   
    


 

Page 82 of 100


Note 12

EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

We calculate our basic earnings per share by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. Our diluted earnings per share are calculated in a similar manner, but include the effect of dilutive securities. To the extent these securities are antidilutive, they are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. As part of the Merger, outstanding shares of common stock of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., excluding shares held by TCCC, were converted into the right to receive one share of our common stock and $10.00 in cash consideration per share. Immediately following the Merger, 339,064,025 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of CCE were outstanding. Therefore, for periods prior to the Merger, we used 339,064,025 as our number of basic shares outstanding for the purposes of our basic earnings per share calculations. In addition, for periods prior to the Merger, we did not reflect the effect of dilutive shares because there were not any potentially dilutive securities of CCE outstanding (as we did not have any outstanding equity awards prior to the Merger, and estimating dilution using the treasury stock method is not practical or meaningful). Subsequent to the Merger, share-based payment awards that are contingently issuable upon the achievement of a specified market or performance condition are included in our diluted earnings per share calculation in the period in which the condition is satisfied.

 

The following table summarizes our basic and diluted earnings per common share calculations for the periods presented (in millions, except per share data; per share data is calculated prior to rounding to millions):

 

     2010 ( A )

     2009 (B)

     2008 (B)

 

Net income

   $ 624       $ 576       $ 514   
    


  


  


Basic weighted average common shares outstanding ( C)

     339         339         339   

Effect of dilutive securities ( D )

     1         n/a         n/a   
    


  


  


Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     340         339         339   
    


  


  


Basic earnings per common share

   $ 1.84       $ 1.70       $ 1.52   
    


  


  


Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 1.83         n/a         n/a   
    


  


  



(A)  

The basic weighted average common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010 was computed as follows: for periods prior to the Merger, we used the number of our shares outstanding immediately following the Merger. For the fourth quarter, we used the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during that period. For our calculation of diluted weighted average common shares outstanding, no dilutive securities were outstanding in periods prior to the Merger.

 

( B )  

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we did not have any common shares outstanding. As such, we used 339,064,025 as our number of basic weighted average common shares outstanding for the purposes of our basic earnings per common share calculations, which represents the number of our shares outstanding immediately following the Merger.

 

( C )  

At December 31, 2010, we were obligated to issue, for no additional consideration, 0.4 million common shares under deferred compensation plans and other agreements. These shares were included in our calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for 2010.

 

( D )  

For the year ended December 31, 2010, outstanding options to purchase 2.5 million common shares were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation because the exercise price of the options was greater than the average price of our common stock. The dilutive impact of the remaining options outstanding and unvested restricted shares (units) was included in the effect of dilutive securities. Prior to the Merger, we did not have any potentially dilutive securities.

 

Page 83 of 100


Note 13

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other adjustments, including items such as non-U.S. currency translation adjustments, pension liability adjustments, and changes in the fair value of certain derivative financial instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges. We do not provide income taxes on currency translation adjustments, as the historical earnings from our non-U.S. subsidiaries are considered to be permanently reinvested (refer to Note 10). As current year earnings are repatriated to the U.S., we record income taxes related to the currency translation adjustment on the repatriated earnings (amount was not significant in 2010).

 

The following table summarizes our AOCI activity for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Currency
Translations


    Pension
Liability
Adjustments (A)


    Cash Flow
Hedges


    Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2007

   $ 418      $ (75   $ 2      $ 345   

Pretax activity, net

     (566     (160     26        (700

Tax effect

     0        46        (8     38   
    


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2008

     (148     (189     20        (317

Pretax activity, net

     184        (55     (23     106   

Tax effect

     0        16        7        23   
    


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2009

     36        (228     4        (188

Pretax activity, net

     (178     42        (12     (148

Tax effect

     0       (12     3        (9
    


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ (142   $ (198   $ (5   $ (345
    


 


 


 



(A)  

The 2008 activity included a $11 million net of tax loss as a result of changing the measurement date for our defined benefit pension plans from September 30 to December 31.

 

Note 14

OPERATING SEGMENT

 

We operate in one industry and have one operating segment. This segment derives its revenues from marketing, producing, and distributing nonalcoholic beverages. No single customer accounted for more than 10 percent of our 2010, 2009, or 2008 net operating revenues.

 

Our segment operating income includes the segment’s revenue, if any, less substantially all the segment’s cost of production, distribution, and administration. We evaluate the segment’s performance based on several factors, of which net operating revenues and operating income are the primary financial measures.

 

Prior to the Merger, our Corporate segment included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. These expenses included the cost of executive oversight, information technology, legal, treasury, risk management, human resources, accounting and reporting, investor relations, public relations, internal audit, and certain global restructuring projects. The cost of these services was allocated to us based on specific identification when possible or, when the expenses were determined to be global in nature, based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the applicable periods. We believe these allocations are a reasonable representation of the cost incurred for the services provided; however, these allocations are not necessarily indicative of the actual expenses that we would have incurred had we been operating as an independent company prior to the Merger.

 

Additionally, mark-to-market gains/losses related to our non-designated commodity hedges are recognized in our Corporate segment until such time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the earnings of our Europe operating segment. In the period the underlying hedged transaction occurs, the accumulated mark-to-market gains/losses related to the hedged transaction are reclassified from our Corporate segment into the earnings of our Europe operating segment. This treatment allows our Europe operating segment to reflect the true economic effects of the underlying hedged transaction in the period the hedged transaction occurs without experiencing the mark-to-market volatility associated with these non-designated commodity hedges. For additional information about our non-designated hedges, refer to Note 5.

 

Page 84 of 100


The following table summarizes selected financial information related to our operating segment for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Europe

     Corporate

    Consolidated

 

2010

                         

Net operating revenues (A)

   $ 6,714       $ 0      $ 6,714   

Operating income (loss) (B)

     1,039         (229     810   

Interest expense, net—third party

     0         30        30   

Interest expense, net—Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     0         33        33   

Depreciation and amortization

     252         12        264   

Long-lived assets (C)

     6,272         94        6,366   

Capital asset investments (D )

     270         21        291   

2009

                         

Net operating revenues (A)

   $ 6,517       $ 0      $ 6,517   

Operating income (loss) (B)

     963         (158     805   

Interest expense, net—third party

     0         24        24   

Interest expense, net—Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     0         59        59   

Depreciation and amortization

     270         10        280   

Long-lived assets (C)

     5,401         215        5,616   

Capital asset investments (D )

     250         0        250   

2008

                         

Net operating revenues (A)

   $ 6,619       $ 0      $ 6,619   

Operating income (loss)

     891         (139     752   

Interest expense, net—third party

     0         74        74   

Interest expense, net—Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

     0         45        45   

Depreciation and amortization

     283         11        294   

Capital asset investments (D )

     297         0        297   

(A)  

The following table summarizes the contribution of total net operating revenues by country as a percentage of net operating revenues total for the periods presented:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Net operating revenues

                        

Great Britain

     38     38     41

France

     31        33        31   

Belgium

     18        18        18   

The Netherlands

     10        11        10   

Norway

     2        n/a        n/a   

Sweden

     1        n/a        n/a   
    


 


 


Total

     100     100     100
    


 


 



(B)  

Our Corporate segment operating income includes net mark-to-market losses on our non-designated commodity hedges totaling $8 million during 2010, and net mark-to-market gains on our non-designated commodity hedges totaling $10 million during 2009. As of December 31, 2010, our Corporate segment included net mark-to-market gains on non-designated commodity hedges totaling $2 million. These amounts will be reclassified into the earnings of our Europe operating segment when the underlying hedged transactions occur in the future. For additional information about our non-designated hedges, refer to Note 5.

 

(C)  

The following table summarizes the percentage of net property, plant, and equipment by country and our Corporate segment as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

     2010

    2009

 

Net property, plant, and equipment

                

Great Britain

     32     39

France

     21        26   

Belgium

     21        26   

The Netherlands

     7        9   

Norway

     8        n/a   

Sweden

     8        n/a   

Corporate

     3        n/a   
    


 


Total

     100     100
    


 


 

Amounts disclosed as long-lived assets in our Corporate segment for 2009 include amounts due from Legacy CCE.

 

(D )  

Prior to the Merger, our capital asset investments only included those related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment.

 

Page 85 of 100


Note 15

RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

 

The following table summarizes restructuring costs by segment for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     2010

     2009

     2008

 

Europe (A)

   $ 5       $ 7       $ 16   

Corporate (B)

     9         22         12   
    


  


  


Total (A)

   $ 14       $ 29       $ 28   
    


  


  



 

(A)  

Prior to the Merger, these amounts represent restructuring costs incurred by Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment.

 

(B)  

Prior to the Merger, these amounts represent restructuring costs recorded by Legacy CCE’s corporate segment that were specifically incurred on behalf of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment. These amounts do not include costs related to global Legacy CCE projects recorded by Legacy CCE’s corporate segment that were allocated to us based on the percentage of our relative sales volume to total Legacy CCE sales volume for the periods presented (refer to Note 3).

 

Supply Chain Initiatives and Business Optimization

 

During 2010 and 2009, we recorded restructuring charges totaling $14 million and $9 million, respectively, primarily related to optimizing certain business information system processes, streamlining our cooler services business, and harmonizing our plant operations. These charges were included in SD&A expenses. We expect to be substantially complete with these restructuring activities by the end of 2011. The cumulative cost of this program as of December 31, 2010 was approximately $23 million.

 

The following table summarizes these restructuring activities for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Severance
Pay and
Benefits


    Consulting,
Relocation,
and Other


    Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 0   

Provision

     4        5        9   

Cash payments

     (2     (5     (7

Other

     (2     0        (2
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2009

     0        0        0   

Provision

     10        4        14   

Cash payments

     (6     (4     (10

Other

     0        0        0   
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 4      $ 0      $ 4   
    


 


 


 

Business Reorganization and Process Standardization

 

During 2009 and 2008, we recorded restructuring charges totaling $20 million and $28 million, respectively, related to the creation of a more efficient supply chain and order fulfillment structure and to streamline and reduce our cost structure of back-office functions in the areas of accounting and human resources. These charges were included in SD&A expenses. As of December 31, 2009, we had completed these restructuring activities. The cumulative cost of this program was $63 million.

 

Page 86 of 100


The following table summarizes these restructuring activities for the periods presented (in millions):

 

     Severance
Pay and
Benefits


    Consulting,
Relocation,
and Other


    Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

   $ 2      $ 1      $ 3   

Provision

     16        12        28   

Cash payments

     (8     (12     (20

Other

     1        0        1   
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2008

     11        1        12   

Provision

     12        8        20   

Cash payments

     (8     (8     (16

Other

     1        0        1   
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2009

     16        1        17   

Cash payments

     (11     (1     (12
    


 


 


Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 5      $ 0      $ 5   
    


 


 


 

Note 16

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

 

In October 2010, our Board of Directors approved a resolution to authorize the repurchase of up to 65 million shares, for an aggregate purchase price of not more than $1 billion, subject to economic, operating, and other factors, including acquisition opportunities. We can repurchase shares in the open market and in privately negotiated transactions, subject to economic and market conditions, stock price, applicable legal and tax requirements, and other factors.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we repurchased $200 million in outstanding shares, which represents 8 million shares at an average price of $24.96 per share. We plan to repurchase $800 million in additional outstanding shares under this program by the first quarter of 2012, subject to economic, operating, and other factors, including acquisition opportunities. In addition to market conditions, we consider alternative uses of cash and/or debt, balance sheet ratios, and shareowner returns when evaluating share repurchases. Repurchased shares are added to treasury stock and are available for general corporate purposes, including acquisition financing and the funding of various employee benefit and compensation plans.

 

Note 17

ACQUISITION OF NORWAY AND SWEDEN BOTTLING OPERATIONS

 

On October 2, 2010, two indirect, wholly owned subsidiaries of CCE acquired TCCC’s bottling operations in Norway and Sweden, pursuant to the Norway-Sweden SPA, for a purchase price of $822 million plus a working capital adjustment of $55 million (of which $6 million, representing the final working capital settlement, is owed to TCCC as of December 31, 2010 and has been recorded in Amounts payable to TCCC on our Consolidated Balance Sheets; refer to Note 1). These operations serve approximately 14 million people across Norway and Sweden and allow us to further expand our operations across Western Europe.

 

Page 87 of 100


The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

Assets & Liabilities (A)


   Amounts

 

Current assets ( B )

   $ 210   

Property, plant, and equipment

     357   

Franchise license intangible assets (C)

     496   

Customer relationships (D)

     23   

Other noncurrent assets

     1   

Current liabilities

     (183

Noncurrent liabilities

     (158
    


Net assets acquired

     746   

Goodwill ( E )

     131   
    


Total purchase price

   $ 877   
    



( A )  

Amounts are subject to change based on the final determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 

( B )  

Current assets include cash and cash equivalents of $72 million, trade accounts receivable of $73 million, inventories of $48 million, and other current assets of $17 million.

 

( C )  

We have assigned the acquired franchise license intangible assets an indefinite life. While our franchise license agreements contain no automatic right of renewal, we believe that our interdependent relationship with TCCC and the substantial cost and disruption to TCCC that would be caused by nonrenewals ensure that these agreements will continue to be renewed and, therefore, are essentially perpetual. Refer to Note 2.

 

(D )  

The value assigned to customer relationships is being amortized over a period of 20 years, beginning on the date of acquisition.

 

( E )  

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price (including the working capital adjustment) over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, and is not deductible for tax purposes. This goodwill is primarily attributable to additional company-specific synergies we expect to be able to achieve by integrating Norway and Sweden into our existing operations. Additionally, a portion of the goodwill is attributable to future cash flows we expect to generate by expanding certain non-TCCC brands, such as Monster Energy drinks, into these territories.

 

The bottling operations in Norway and Sweden are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements from October 2, 2010, and contributed $222 million in net operating revenues and $6 million in operating income during the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

The following table summarizes our pro forma results (unaudited) for the periods presented as if the bottling operations in Norway and Sweden were included in our Consolidated Financial Statements as of January 1 st of each year (in millions):

 

     2010

     2009 (A)

 

Net operating revenues

   $ 7,428       $ 7,410   

Operating income

   $ 866       $ 861   

(A)  

Amounts have been calculated after applying conforming accounting policies to the extent practicable and adjusting the results of Norway and Sweden to reflect the additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets had been applied on January 1, 2009.

 

Page 88 of 100


Note 18

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table summarizes our quarterly financial information for the periods presented (in millions, except per share data):

 

     First (A)  (E)

     Second (B)  (E)

     Third (C)  (E)

     Fourth (D)

     Full Year

 

2010


                                  

Net operating revenues

   $ 1,508       $ 1,731       $ 1,681       $ 1,794       $ 6,714   
    


  


  


  


  


Gross profit

     547         650         650         633         2,480   
    


  


  


  


  


Operating income

     167         265         244         134         810   
    


  


  


  


  


Net income

     120         199         208         97         624   
    


  


  


  


  


Basic earnings per common share ( F ) (G)

   $ 0.35       $ 0.59       $ 0.61       $ 0.29       $ 1.84   
    


  


  


  


  


Diluted earnings per common share ( F ) (G)

     n/a         n/a         n/a       $ 0.28       $ 1.83   
    


  


  


  


  


     First (A) (E)

     Second (B) (E)

     Third (C) (E)

     Fourth (D)  (E)

     Full Year

 

2009


                                  

Net operating revenues

   $ 1,395       $ 1,774       $ 1,743       $ 1,605       $ 6,517   
    


  


  


  


  


Gross profit

     484         659         674         587         2,404   
    


  


  


  


  


Operating income

     129         265         273         138         805   
    


  


  


  


  


Net income

     88         197         200         91         576   
    


  


  


  


  


Basic earnings per common share (F) (G)

   $ 0.26       $ 0.58       $ 0.59       $ 0.27       $ 1.70   
    


  


  


  


  


Diluted earnings per common share (F) (G)

     n/a         n/a         n/a         n/a         n/a   
    


  


  


  


  


 

The following items included in our reported results affected the comparability of our year-over-year quarterly financial results (amounts prior to the Merger only include items related to Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment).

 

(A)  

Net income in the first quarter of 2010 included (1) net mark-to-market gains totaling $4 million ($3 million net of tax) related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that occurred in a later period; and (2) a $2 million ($2 million net of tax) charge related to restructuring activities, primarily related to streamlining our cooler services business and harmonizing our plant operations.

Net income in the first quarter of 2009 included an $11 million ($9 million net of tax) charge related to restructuring activities, primarily to streamline and reduce the cost structure of our back-office functions.

 

(B)  

Net income in the second quarter of 2010 included (1) net mark-to-market losses totaling $11 million ($9 million net of tax) related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that occurred in a later period; and (2) charges totaling $9 million ($8 million net of tax) related to restructuring activities, primarily related to optimizing certain business information system processes.

Net income in the second quarter of 2009 included a $7 million ($6 million net of tax) charge related to restructuring activities, primarily to streamline and reduce the cost structure of our back-office functions.

 

(C)  

Net income in the third quarter of 2010 included (1) charges totaling $2 million ($2 million net of tax) related to restructuring activities, primarily to optimize certain business information system processes, streamline our cooler services business, and harmonize our plant operations; and (2) a deferred tax benefit of $25 million due to the enactment of a United Kingdom tax rate change that will reduce the corporate income tax rate by 1 percent effective April 1, 2011.

Net income in the third quarter of 2009 included (1) charges totaling $4 million ($3 million net of tax) related to restructuring activities, primarily to streamline and reduce the cost structure of our back-office functions, streamline our cooler services business, and harmonize our plant operations; and (2) net mark-to-market gains totaling $4 million ($3 million net of tax) related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that occurred in a later period.

 

(D)  

Net income in the fourth quarter of 2010 included (1) expenses totaling $8 million ($7 million net of tax, or $0.02 per diluted common share) related to the Merger with TCCC; (2) charges totaling $1 million ($1 million net of tax, or less than $0.01 per diluted common share) related to restructuring activities, primarily to streamline and reduce the cost structure of our back-office functions, streamline our cooler services business, and harmonize our plant operations; and (3) net mark-to-market losses totaling $1 million ($1 million net of tax, or less than $0.01 per diluted common share) related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that will occur in a future period.

 

       Net income in the fourth quarter of 2009 included (1) charges totaling $7 million ($6 million net of tax) related to restructuring activities, primarily to streamline and reduce the cost structure of our back-office functions, streamline our cooler services business, and harmonize our plant operations; (2) net mark-to-market gains totaling $6 million ($5 million net of tax) related to non-designated commodity hedges associated with underlying transactions that occurred in a later period; and (3) a net tax expense totaling $9 million primarily due to a tax law change in France.

 

Page 89 of 100


( E )  

Amounts were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a “carve-out” basis from Legacy CCE’s Consolidated Financial Statements using the historical results of operations, assets, and liabilities attributable to the legal entities that comprised CCE as of the effective date of the Merger. These legal entities include all that were previously part of Legacy CCE’s Europe operating segment, as well as Coca-Cola Enterprises (Canada) Bottling Finance Company. Amounts also included an allocation of certain corporate expenses related to services provided to us by Legacy CCE. Refer to Note 1.

 

( F )  

Basic and diluted net earnings per common share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. As such, the summation of the quarterly amounts may not equal the total basic and diluted net income per share reported for the year.

 

( G )  

Prior to the Merger, we used 339,064,025 as our number of basic weighted average common shares outstanding for the purposes of our basic earnings per common share calculations. This represents the number of our shares outstanding immediately following the Merger. For periods prior to the Merger, we did not reflect the effect of dilutive shares because there were not any potentially dilutive securities of CCE outstanding. Refer to Note 12.

 

Page 90 of 100


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a–15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

A report of management on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 and the attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial reporting are set forth in “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this report.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

In a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2010, we disclosed that our Board of Directors approved an amendment to The Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Legacy Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Plan) to reduce the number of shares of our common stock authorized for issuance thereunder from 22,000,000 to 14,000,000 shares. The purpose of the amendment was to reflect the number of shares of common stock to be issued under the Plan upon the exercise of options and awards assumed by us in connection with the Merger. However, due to an administrative error, the 14,000,000 share number that was included in the Form 8-K and the exhibit attached thereto was incorrect and should have been 18,000,000.

 

Page 91 of 100


PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Information about our directors is in our proxy statement for the annual meeting of our shareowners to be held on April 26, 2011 (our “2011 Proxy Statement”) under the heading “Governance of the Company — Current Board of Directors and Nominees for Election” and is incorporated into this report by reference.

 

Set forth below is information as of February 11, 2011, regarding our executive officers:

 

Name    


       Age    

  

Principal Occupation During
the Past Five Years


John F. Brock    62    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since October 2010. Prior to that, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. from April 2008 to October 2010, and President and Chief Executive Officer of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. from April 2006 to April 2008. From February 2003 until December 2005, he was Chief Executive Officer of InBev, S.A., a global brewer.
William W. Douglas III    50    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since October 2010. Prior to that, he held the following positions at Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from April 2008 to October 2010; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from June 2005 to April 2008; and Vice President, Controller, and Principal Accounting Officer from July 2004 to June 2005.
John R. Parker, Jr.    59    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Strategic Initiatives since October 2010. Prior to that, he held the following positions at Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.: Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Strategic Initiatives from June 2008 to October 2010; Senior Vice President, Strategic Initiatives for North America from July 2005 to June 2008; and President and General Manager for the Southwest Business Unit from January 2004 to July 2005.
Hubert Patricot    51    Executive Vice President and President, European Group since October 2010. Prior to that, he held the following positions at Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.: Executive Vice President and President, European Group from July 2008 to October 2010; General Manager and Vice President of CCE Great Britain from January 2008 to July 2008; and General Manager and Vice President of CCE France from January 2003 to January 2008.
Suzanne D. Patterson    49    Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer since October 2010. Prior to that, she was Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. from May 2009 to October 2010 and Vice President of Internal Audit of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. from February 2006 to April 2009. From October 2004 to January 2006, she was Vice President of Internal Audit of Sun Microsystems, Inc.

 

Our officers are elected annually by the Board of Directors for terms of one year or until their successors are elected and qualified, subject to removal by the Board at any time.

 

Page 92 of 100


Information about compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by our executive officers and directors, persons who own more than 10 percent of our common stock, and their affiliates who are required to comply with such reporting requirements, is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the heading “Security Ownership of Directors and Officers — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and information about the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee Financial Expert is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the heading “Governance of the Company — Committees of the Board — Audit Committee,” all of which is incorporated into this report by reference.

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct (Code) for our employees and directors, including, specifically, our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, our chief accounting officer, and our other executive officers. Our Code satisfies the requirements for a “code of ethics” within the meaning of SEC rules. A copy of the Code is posted on our website, http://www.cokecce.com, under “Corporate Governance.” If we amend the Code or grant any waivers under the Code that are applicable to our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, or our chief accounting officer and that relate to any element of the SEC’s definition of a code of ethics, which we do not anticipate doing, we will promptly post that amendment or waiver on our website.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information about director compensation is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the heading “Governance of the Company — Director Compensation” and “Governance of the Company — Committees of the Board — Human Resources and Compensation Committee,” and information about executive compensation is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation,” all of which is incorporated into this report by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Information about securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” and information about ownership of our common stock by certain persons is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the headings “Principal Shareowners” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Officers,” all of which is incorporated into this report by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Information about certain transactions between us, TCCC and its affiliates, and certain other persons is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and is incorporated into this report by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

Information about the fees and services provided to us by Ernst & Young LLP is in our 2011 Proxy Statement under the heading “Matters that May be Brought before the Annual Meeting — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated into this report by reference.

 

Page 93 of 100


PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) (1)  Financial Statements.  The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

 

Report of Management.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations — Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareowners’ Equity — Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedules . None

 

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC have been omitted, either because they are not required under the related instructions or because they are not applicable.

 

(3) Exhibits .

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Description


  

Incorporated by Reference or Filed Herewith. Our Current,
Quarterly, and Annual Reports are filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under File No. 001-34874. Our
Registration Statements have the file numbers noted wherever
such statements are identified in the exhibit listing.


  2.1   

Business Separation and Merger Agreement

dated as of February 25, 2010 among

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., Coca-Cola

Refreshments USA, Inc., The Coca-Cola

Company and Cobalt Subsidiary LLC.

   Annex A to our Proxy Statement/Prospectus in Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-167067) filed on August 25, 2010.
  2.2   

Norway-Sweden Share Purchase Agreement

dated as of March 20, 2010 among

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., Coca-Cola

Refreshments USA, Inc., The Coca-Cola

Company and Bottling Holdings (Luxembourg) s.a.r.l.

   Annex B to our Proxy Statement/Prospectus in Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-167067) filed on August 25, 2010.
  2.3   

Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 6,

2010 to the Business Separation and Merger

Agreement dated as of February 25, 2010,

among Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.,

Coca-Cola Refreshments USA, Inc.,

The Coca-Cola Company and Cobalt Subsidiary LLC.

   Exhibit 2.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 7, 2010.
  3.1   

Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

   Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 5, 2010.
  3.2    Bylaws of International CCE Inc.    Exhibit 3.2 to our Proxy Statement/Prospectus in Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-167067) filed on August 19, 2010.

 

Page 94 of 100


  4.1    Form of Indenture between International CCE Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee.    Exhibit 4.1 to our Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (333-168565) filed on September 1, 2010.
  4.2    Form of 2.125% Notes due 2015.    Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2010.
  4.3    Form of 3.500% Notes due 2020.    Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2010.
  4.4    Form of 1.125% Notes due 2013.    Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 12, 2010.
10.1    Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors (Effective October 2, 2010).*    Filed herewith.
10.2    Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan (Effective October 2, 2010).*    Filed herewith.
10.3    Employment Agreement between John F. Brock and Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.*    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: October 7, 2010).
10.4    Employment Agreement between William Douglas and Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.*    Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: October 7, 2010).
10.5    Employment Agreement between John Parker and Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.*    Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: October 7, 2010).
10.6    Employment Agreement between Suzanne D. Patterson and Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.*    Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: October 7, 2010).
10.7    Employment Agreement between Hubert Patricot and Coca-Cola Enterprises Europe, Ltd., dated January 28, 2009.    Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.8.1    The Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan (Effective October 2, 2010).*    Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Date of Report: October 4, 2010).

 

Page 95 of 100


10.8.2    Form of Stock Option Agreement for Senior Officers in the United States in connection with the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan.*    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: November 3, 2010).
10.8.3    Form of Stock Option Agreement for Senior Officers in the United Kingdom in connection with the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan.*    Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: November 3, 2010).
10.8.4    Form of Stock Option Agreement for Senior Officers in the United Kingdom in connection with the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan and the 2010 UK Approved Option Subplan.*   

Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: November 3, 2010).

.

10.8.5    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Senior Officers in the United States in connection with the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan.*    Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: November 3, 2010).
10.8.6    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Senior Officers in the United Kingdom in connection with the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan.*    Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: November 3, 2010).
10.8.7    Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for Senior Officers in the United States in connection with the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan.*    Exhibit 10.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: November 3, 2010).
10.8.8    Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for Senior Officers in the United Kingdom in connection with the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan.*    Exhibit 10.7 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: November 3, 2010).
10.9.1    The Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Legacy Long-Term Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated) (Effective December 14, 2010).*    Filed herewith.
10.9.2    Form of Stock Option Agreement for Nonemployee Directors under the 2001 Stock Option Plan.*†    Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) (Date of Report: December 13, 2004).
10.9.3    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Senior Officers Residing in the United Kingdom) in connection with the 2001 Stock Option Plan and the 2002 United Kingdom Approved Stock Option Subplan.* †    Exhibit 10.14.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300), for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.
10.9.4    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement in connection with the 2004 Stock Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 99.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) (Date of Report: April 25, 2005).
10.9.5    Form of Stock Option Agreement for Nonemployee Directors in connection with the 2004 Stock Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 99.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) (Date of Report: April 25, 2005).
10.9.6    Form of 2005 Stock Option Agreement in connection with the 2004 Stock Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) (Date of Report: April 25, 2005).

 

Page 96 of 100


10.9.7    Form of 2006 and 2007 Stock Option Agreement (Chief Executive Officer) in connection with 2004 Stock Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) (Date of Report: August 3, 2006).
10.9.8    Form of 2006 and 2007 Stock Option Agreement (Senior Officers) in connection with the 2004 Stock Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) (Date of Report: August 3, 2006).
10.9.9    Form of 2006 Deferred Stock Unit Agreement (Senior Officers) in connection with the 2004 Stock Award Plan (As Amended December 19, 2008).* †    Exhibit 10.15.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.10    Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement for France in connection with the 2004 Stock Award Plan and the Rules for Deferred Stock Units in France.* †    Exhibit 10.15.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.11    Form of 2007 Stock Option Agreement (Chief Executive Officer) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
10.9.12    Form of 2007 Stock Option Agreement (Senior Officers) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 10.32 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
10.9.13    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Chief Executive Officer and Senior Officers) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan for Awards after October 29, 2008.* †    Exhibit 10.16.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.14    Form of Stock Option Agreement (Senior Officer Residing in the United Kingdom) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan.*†    Exhibit 10.16.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.15    Form of Deferred Stock Unit Agreement for Nonemployee Directors in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan.* †    Exhibit 10.35 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

 

Page 97 of 100


10.9.16    Form of 2007 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Senior Officers) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan (As Amended December 19, 2008).* †    Exhibit 10.16.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.17    Form of 2007 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for France in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan and the French Sub-Plan for Restricted Stock Units.* †    Exhibit 10.16.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.18    Form of 2007 Performance Share Unit Agreement (Chief Executive Officer) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan (As Amended December 19, 2008).* †    Exhibit 10.16.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.19    Form of 2007 Performance Share Unit Agreement (Senior Officers) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan (As Amended December 19, 2008).* †    Exhibit 10.16.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.20    Form of 2007 Performance Share Unit Agreement for France in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan and the French Sub-Plan for Restricted Stock Units.* †    Exhibit 10.16.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.21    Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement (Chief Executive Officer and Senior Officers) in connection with the 2007 Incentive Award Plan for Awards after October 29, 2008.* †    Exhibit 10.16.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.9.22    Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement (Senior Officer Residing in the United Kingdom) in connection with the 2007 Award Incentive Plan for Awards after October 29, 2008.* †    Exhibit 10.16.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., our predecessor entity (SEC File No. 1-09300) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
10.10    The Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Executive Long-Term Disability Plan (Effective October 2, 2010).*    Exhibit 10.8 to our Current Report on Form 8-K (Date of Report: October 7, 2010).
10.11    The Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Executive Pension Plan (Effective October 2, 2010).*    Filed herewith.

 

Page 98 of 100


10.12    Undertaking from Bottling Holdings (Luxembourg) to the European Commission, dated October 19, 2004, relating to various commercial practices that had been under investigation by the European Commission.    Exhibit 10.3 to our Proxy Statement/Prospectus in Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-167067) filed on August 4, 2010.
10.13    Final Undertaking from Bottling Holdings (Luxembourg) adopted by European Commission on June 22, 2005.    Exhibit 10.4 to our Proxy Statement/Prospectus in Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (333-167067) filed on August 4, 2010.
10.14    Four Year Credit Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2010, among International CCE Inc., the lenders party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as syndication agent, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as documentation agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as joint book-running managers and joint lead arrangers.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2010.
10.15    Transition Services Agreement dated as of October 2, 2010 among Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and The Coca-Cola Company.    Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 5, 2010.
10.16    Form of Bottler’s Agreement made and entered into with effect from October 2, 2010, by and among The Coca-Cola Company, The Coca-Cola Export Corporation, and the bottling subsidiaries of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.    Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 5, 2010.
10.17    Incidence Pricing Agreement dated as of October 2, 2010 between Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and The Coca-Cola Company.    Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 5, 2010.
10.18    Form of Corporate Name Letter dated as of October 2, 2010 by and among Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., The Coca-Cola Company, The Coca-Cola Export Corporation, and the bottling subsidiaries of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.    Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 5, 2010.
10.19    Tax Sharing Agreement dated February 25, 2010 among Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., Coca-Cola Refreshments USA, Inc. and The Coca-Cola Company.    Exhibit 10.5 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 5, 2010.
10.20    Employee Matters Agreement dated February 25, 2010 among Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., Coca-Cola Refreshments USA, Inc. and The Coca-Cola Company.    Exhibit 10.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 5, 2010.
10.21    Trust Deed and Rules of the Coca-Cola Enterprises UK Employee Share Plan.    Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-169733) filed on October 4, 2010.
10.22    Rules of the Coca-Cola Enterprises Belgium/Coca-Cola Enterprises Services Belgian and Luxembourg Stock Savings Plan.    Exhibit 4.3 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-169733) filed on October 4, 2010.
10.23    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.    Filed herewith.
12    Statement re: computation of ratios.    Filed herewith.
21    Subsidiaries of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.    Filed herewith.
23    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.    Filed herewith.

 

Page 99 of 100


24    Powers of Attorney.    Filed herewith.
31.1   

Certification of John F. Brock, Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer of Coca-Cola

Enterprises, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   Filed herewith.
31.2   

Certification by William W. Douglas III,

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

Officer of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. pursuant

to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   Filed herewith.
32.1   

Certification of John F. Brock, Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer of Coca-Cola

Enterprises, Inc. pursuant to Section 906

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   Filed herewith.
32.2    Certification of William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    Filed herewith.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document.    Filed herewith.
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.    Filed herewith.
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.    Filed herewith.
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.    Filed herewith.
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.    Filed herewith.
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.    Filed herewith.

*   Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this form, pursuant to Item 15(b).
  The outstanding awards under referenced plan were assumed by the registrant in connection with its separation from its predecessor entity, Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (SEC File No. 1-09300) on October 2, 2010. The referenced plan was incorporated within the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Legacy Long-Term Incentive Plan immediately prior to such separation.

 

Page 100 of 100

Exhibit 10.1

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR

NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

1. Purpose . The purpose of this Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors (the “Plan”) is to provide certain members of the board of directors of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”) with quarterly awards of deferred stock units and a vehicle for the voluntary deferral of all or a portion of their compensation as a Director. This Plan is a continuation of the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors (the “Prior Directors Plan”), the liabilities of which will be transferred to International CCE Inc. prior to the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Business Separation and Merger Agreement by and between Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., International CCE Inc., The Coca-Cola Company, and Cobalt Subsidiary LLC dated February 25, 2010 (referred to herein as the “Merger”). As of the Merger, International CCE Inc. will be renamed Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

2. Effective Date; Expiration . The Plan shall be effective upon the transfer of the liabilities under the Prior Directors Plan to International CCE Inc., which is expected to occur on October 2, 2010. This Plan restates and supersedes the Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors previously adopted by International CCE Inc., which shall have no further force or effect. This Plan shall expire on October 1, 2020 unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 14.

3. Eligibility . All members of the board of directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company (“Directors”) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. Eligible Directors are referred to herein as “Participants.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant who is a former Director shall not be entitled to Deferred Stock Unit Awards or to make Voluntary Deferrals pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

4. Deferred Stock Unit Awards . Participants shall receive “Deferred Stock Unit Awards” pursuant to this Section 4.

(a) Quarterly Deferred Stock Unit Awards . Beginning January 1, 2011, effective as of the first day of each calendar quarter, each Participant shall receive a credit of $30,000 to his or her Deferred Stock Unit Account.

(b) 2010 Deferred Stock Unit Awards . Effective as of November 5, 2010, each Participant shall receive a credit to his or her Deferred Stock Unit Account equal to $30,000 multiplied by the number of full or partial calendar quarters in 2010 during which the Participant was a director of the Company.


5. Voluntary Deferral of Compensation .

(a) Amount of Voluntary Deferral . A Participant may elect to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of his or her cash compensation receivable for service as a Director of the Company (“Compensation”), but not any non-cash compensation or expense reimbursement. Deferrals under this Section 5 shall be known as “Voluntary Deferrals.”

(b) Manner of Electing Voluntary Deferral . A Participant shall elect to make a Voluntary Deferral by giving notice to the Company, in the manner specified by the Company, of the following:

 

  (i) the amount of the Voluntary Deferral, expressed as a percentage of Compensation; and

 

  (ii) what percentage, if any, of Voluntary Deferrals shall be credited to the Stock Account.

(c) Time of Election . Elections with respect to Voluntary Deferrals may be made at the following times:

 

  (i) A nominee for election for Director (who is not at the time of nomination a sitting Director) may elect a Voluntary Deferral any time before election to the Board or within 30 days after election to the Board. Such Voluntary Deferral election shall be effective only with respect to Compensation paid for services performed after the date of the election. This Section 5(c) shall not apply to any Director who is already a Director on the date of the Merger.

 

  (ii) A sitting Director who has never elected to make a Voluntary Deferral or who previously discontinued an election may elect to make a Voluntary Deferral at any time during the year. Such Voluntary Deferral election shall not, however, be effective until January 1 of the following year.

(d) Change in, or Discontinuance of, Voluntary Deferral Election . A Participant may elect to change or discontinue a prior election with respect to his or her Voluntary Deferral by making a new election, but such election shall not be effective until January 1 of the following year.

(e) Term of Election . Unless changed or discontinued pursuant to Section 5(d) above, a Voluntary Deferral election shall continue in effect until a Participant’s separation from service as a Director.

 

2


(f) Prior Directors Plan Elections . Any Voluntary Deferral elections made under the Prior Directors Plan shall continue in effect under this Plan, subject Sections 5(d) and (e).

6. Deferred Compensation Accounts . The Company shall establish on its books and records deferred compensation accounts for each Participant, as provided below.

(a) Cash Credit Account . Except to the extent that a Participant elects otherwise, all Voluntary Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Cash Credit Account. At the end of each calendar quarter or, if applicable, initial or terminal portion of a calendar quarter, such Cash Credit Account shall be credited with interest, at the prime lending rate of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta in effect as of such date (the “Interest Equivalents”), upon the average daily balance in the Cash Credit Account during such calendar quarter or portion thereof.

(b) Stock Account .

 

  (i) To the extent specified by the Participant’s election, Voluntary Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Stock Account.

 

  (ii) As of the last day of each calendar quarter, the Company shall credit to the Stock Account that number of phantom stock units, if any, that is equal to the number of whole and fractional shares of common stock of the Company that could be purchased with an amount equal to the Voluntary Deferrals made for such calendar quarter and for which a Stock Account election is in effect. The amount credited shall be determined on the basis of the closing market price at which a share of common stock of the Company sold on the last trading day of such calendar quarter, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing.

 

  (iii) The phantom stock units held in a Participant’s Stock Account shall be credited with “Hypothetical Dividends” equal to dividends actually paid on shares of the Company’s common stock, determined as if the number of phantom stock units credited to the Participant’s Stock Account were actual shares of common stock on the record date of such dividend. Hypothetical Dividends for a calendar quarter shall be accumulated without interest and credited to a Participant’s Stock Account as phantom stock units on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the applicable record date occurs in the same manner as Voluntary Deferrals, as described in Section 6(b)(ii) above.

 

  (iv)

Unless otherwise directed by the Participant before December 31, 2010, the Company shall, as of December 31, 2010, credit to each active Participant’s Stock Account that number of phantom stock units, if any, that is equal to the number of whole and fractional shares of common stock of the Company that could be purchased with an amount equal to the

 

3


 

December 31, 2010 balance of his or her Cash Credit Account. The amount credited shall be determined on the basis of the closing market price at which a share of common stock of the Company sold on the last trading day of 2010, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing. Upon such conversion, the balance of the Participant’s Cash Credit Account will be reduced to $0.

(c) Deferred Stock Unit Account .

 

  (i) Deferred Stock Unit Awards shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Stock Unit Account.

 

  (ii) As of the first day of each calendar quarter, the Company shall credit to the Deferred Stock Unit Account that number of phantom stock units that is equal to the number of whole and fractional shares of common stock of the Company that could be purchased with an amount equal to the value of the Deferred Stock Unit Awards made as of such day. The amount credited shall be determined on the basis of the closing market price at which a share of common stock of the Company sold on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing. For the avoidance of doubt, the Deferred Stock Unit Award referred to in Section 4(b) shall be credited to the Deferred Stock Unit Account as of November 5, 2010, rather than as of the first day of a calendar quarter, on the basis of the closing stock price on November 5, 2010.

 

  (iii) The phantom stock units held in a Participant’s Deferred Stock Unit Account shall be credited with “Hypothetical Dividends” equal to dividends actually paid on shares of the Company’s common stock, determined as if the number of phantom stock units credited to the Participant’s Deferred Stock Unit Account were actual shares of common stock on the record date of such dividend. Hypothetical Dividends for a calendar quarter shall be accumulated without interest and credited to a Participant’s Deferred Stock Unit Account as phantom stock units on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the applicable record date occurs in the same manner as Deferred Stock Unit Awards, as described in Section 6(c)(ii) above.

 

  (iv)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Participant may elect on a one-time basis, at the time and in the manner specified by the Company, for Hypothetical Dividends credited with respect to the Participant’s Deferred Stock Unit Account to be credited to the Participant’s Cash Credit Account instead of the Deferred Stock Unit Account. If a Participant makes such an election, Hypothetical Dividends for the calendar quarter shall be credited to the Participant’s Cash Credit Account on the last day

 

4


 

of each calendar quarter in the same manner as Voluntary Deferrals described in Section 6(a) above. In the absence of such an election, Hypothetical Dividends shall be credited to the Deferred Stock Unit Account as described in Section 6(c)(iii) above.

 

  (v) The Deferred Stock Unit Account shall include any liabilities for outstanding deferred stock units awarded by the Company and held by Participants immediately following the Merger (“Transferred Deferred Stock Units”). This Plan authorizes for issuance 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock from its treasury shares to satisfy the Company’s obligation with respect to such Transferred Deferred Stock Units.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any hypothetical dividends with respect to Transferred Deferred Stock Units that have accrued as of the date of the Merger shall continue to be held uninvested under this Plan until December 31, 2010. As of such date, either (i) such amounts shall be credited to the Deferred Stock Unit Account in the same manner as Hypothetical Dividends as provided in Section 6(c)(iii), or (ii) if the Participant has made a one-time election under Section 6(c)(iv) for Hypothetical Dividends to be credited to his or her Cash Credit Account, then such amounts shall be credited to the Cash Credit Account in the same manner as Hypothetical Dividends as provided in Section 6(c)(iv).

(d) Accounts Transferred from Prior Directors Plan . The Accounts described in this Section 6 shall include any liabilities under the Prior Directors Plan assumed by the Company, and such amounts shall be credited to the corresponding Account in this Plan (i.e., the Cash Credit Account or the Stock Account). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transferred amounts that are held in the dividend account under the Prior Directors Plan shall continue to be held uninvested under this Plan until December 31, 2010. As of such date, such amounts shall be credited to the Stock Account in the same manner as Hypothetical Dividends as provided in Section 6(b)(iii).

(e) Risk of Forfeiture for Certain Accruals under the Deferred Stock Unit Account . Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, all phantom stock units credited to the Deferred Stock Unit Account after November 1, 2010 (including any phantom stock units attributable to the Hypothetical Dividends on such phantom stock units) shall be forfeited in the event the Participant is removed from the Board of Directors of the Company for Cause though action taken by a majority of the members of such board that have served on the Board for a period of at least twelve months.

Solely for purposes of this Section 6(e), “Cause” means (i) willful or gross misconduct by the Participant that is materially detrimental to the Company,

 

5


including but not limited to a willful violation of the Company’s trading policy, (ii) acts of personal dishonesty or fraud by the Participant toward the Company, (iii) the Participant’s conviction of a felony, except for a conviction related to vicarious liability based solely on his or her position with the Company, provided that the Participant had no involvement in actions leading to such liability or had acted upon the advice of the counsel to the Board of Directors, or (iv) the Participant’s refusal to cooperate in an investigation of the Board of Directors.

7. Value of Deferred Compensation Accounts . A Participant’s Cash Credit Account, Stock Account, and Deferred Stock Unit Account (and, until transferred to the Cash Credit Account, Stock Account, or Deferred Stock Unit Account as of December 31, 2010, the Participant’s accrued dividends referred to in Sections 6(c)(v) and 6(d)) shall be referred to collectively as his or her “Accounts.” The value of each Participant’s Accounts at any given time shall consist of the total balance of all such Accounts. As promptly as practicable following the close of each calendar year, a statement will be sent to each Participant as to the balance in the Participant’s Accounts as of the end of such year, including the number of phantom stock units credited to the Stock Account and Deferred Stock Unit Account and the value of such units, based upon the closing market price at which a share of common stock of the Company sold on the last trading day of such calendar year, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing.

8. Payment of Deferred Compensation .

(a) Medium of Payment . Payments from the Stock Account and Deferred Stock Unit Account will be made in whole shares of the Company’s common stock, and any fractional shares held in such accounts shall be paid in cash. Such payment shall also include any Hypothetical Dividends accrued for the calendar quarter of the distribution that have not yet been credited to the Stock Account and/or Deferred Stock Unit Account, and any such amounts shall be paid in cash. Fractional shares will be converted to cash on the basis of the closing market price at which a share of common stock of the Company sold on the trading day immediately preceding the distribution date, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing. Payments from the Cash Credit Account shall be paid in cash and shall include an amount equal to any Interest Equivalents that have accrued through the date immediately preceding the date such payments are made.

(b) Time and Manner of Payment . A Participant’s Accounts shall be paid in the following time and manner.

 

  (i) A Participant’s Stock Account and Cash Credit Account that is attributable to Voluntary Deferrals shall, in the case of a Participant who had a Voluntary Deferral election in effect under the Prior Directors Plan, be paid at the time and in the manner that such accounts were scheduled to be paid under the Prior Directors Plan. If a Participant did not have a Voluntary Deferral election in effect under the Prior Directors Plan (including, without limitation, an individual who becomes a director of the Company after the Merger), the Participant’s Accounts shall be paid in a lump sum upon the Participant’s separation from service.

 

6


  (ii) A Participant’s Deferred Stock Unit Account and Cash Credit Account that is not attributable to Voluntary Deferrals shall be paid in a lump sum upon the Participant’s separation from service.

 

  (iii) For purposes of this Section 8(b), the portion of the Cash Credit Account that arises from credits of Hypothetical Dividends and Interest Equivalents on Voluntary Deferrals shall be treated as attributable to such Voluntary Deferrals.

 

  (iv) A Participant may not modify the time and form of payment specified in this Section 8(b).

9. Amount Payable on Death . In the event of a Participant’s death, prior to a total distribution of his or her Accounts, the balance in such Accounts (including Interest Equivalents in relation to the elapsed portion of the year of death and Hypothetical Dividends accrued for the calendar quarter of the distribution that have not yet been credited to the Stock Account and/or Deferred Stock Unit Account) shall be determined as of the date of death, and the balance shall be paid in a single lump sum as soon as reasonably possible thereafter to the beneficiary or beneficiaries previously designated by the Participant. Any such designation shall be in writing and delivered to the Secretary of the Company or the Office of the General Counsel and may be changed by a later-dated designation. If there is no designation in effect, the balance of the Participant’s Accounts shall be paid to his or her estate. A Participant’s beneficiary designation under the Prior Directors Plan shall continue in effect under this Plan and shall apply to all of the Participant’s Accounts under this Plan unless changed by the Participant pursuant to this Section 9.

10. Unfunded Promise to Pay; No Segregation of Funds or Assets . The right of a Participant to receive any unpaid portion of the Participant’s Accounts shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company. Neither anything contained in the Plan nor the establishment or maintenance of the Cash Credit Account, the Stock Account, or the Deferred Stock Unit Account shall require the segregation of any assets of the Company or any type of funding by the Company of such Accounts or the amounts payable therefrom, it being the intention of the parties that the Plan be an unfunded arrangement for federal income tax purposes. No Participant shall have any rights to or interest in any specific assets or shares of common stock of the Company by reason of the Plan, and his or her only rights to enforce payment of the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be those of a general creditor of the Company. It is further understood that the phantom stock units credited to the Stock Account or Deferred Stock Unit Account shall be only a means for measuring the amount of deferred compensation payable under the Plan and shall not constitute or represent outstanding shares of common stock of the Company for any purpose.

 

7


11. Changes in Capitalization . The number of phantom stock units credited to each Participant’s Stock Account and Deferred Stock Unit Account shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company resulting from a subdivision or combination of shares or the payment of a stock dividend in shares of common stock of the Company to holders of outstanding shares or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to reflect any recapitalization, reclassification of shares or reorganization affecting the capital structure of the Company. In the event of a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or in which the Company survives only as a subsidiary of another corporation, and in such transaction the holders of common stock of the Company become entitled to receive shares of stock or securities of the surviving corporation, except as otherwise set forth in the transaction agreements giving effect to such transaction, the Participant’s Stock Account and Deferred Stock Unit Account shall be credited with that number of hypothetical shares of securities of the surviving corporation that would be exchanged for the shares of common stock of the Company in such transaction if they had been outstanding shares, and any cash or other consideration that would be receivable if such shares had been outstanding shall be credited to the Participant’s Cash Credit Account.

12. Nonassignability . The right of a Participant to receive any unpaid portion of the Participant’s Accounts shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered or be subject in any manner to alienation or anticipation.

13. Administration . This Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors or a committee designated by the Board, which shall have the authority to adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan and to interpret, construe and implement the provisions thereof. The Plan is intended to be and at all times shall be interpreted and administered so as to comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. Any references to “separation from service” shall be interpreted as a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the regulations thereunder. Each Participant shall be solely responsible for the tax consequences arising from participation in the Plan, whether under Section 409A or any other applicable provision of any jurisdiction’s tax laws. The Company’s General Counsel shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, and subplans under this Plan as may be necessary or desirable to comply with the laws, regulations, compensation practices and tax and accounting principles of the countries in which Participants reside or of which Participants are citizens in a manner that meets the objectives of the Plan.

14. Amendment and Termination . This Plan may be amended or modified at any time by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that no such amendment or modification shall, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect such Participant’s rights with respect to amounts theretofore accrued to the Participant’s Accounts. The Plan may be terminated and Accounts distributed to Participants in accordance with and subject to the rules of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) and any generally applicable guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service permitting such termination and distribution; provided, however, that no such termination shall, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect such Participant’s rights with respect to amounts theretofore accrued to the Participant’s Accounts.

 

8

Exhibit 10.2

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

(EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 2, 2010)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

     1   

1.1.

  

Purpose

     1   

1.2.

  

Effective Date

     1   
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS      1   

Account

     1   

Administrative Committee

     1   

Affiliates

     1   

Beneficiary

     1   

Code

     1   

Company

     1   

Compensation

     2   

Deferral Account

     2   

Deferral Election

     2   

Effective Date

     2   

“Eligible Employee

     2   

Employer

     2   

Employer Contribution Account

     2   

Employer Matching Account

     2   

Enrollment Period

     2   

Initial Participant

     2   

MESIP

     3   

MIP Award

     3   

Participant

     3   

Participating Company

     3   

Plan

     3   

Plan Year

     3   

Prior Supplemental Plan

     3   

Savings Plan

     3   

Separation from Service

     3   

ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

     4   

3.1.

  

Participation

     4   

3.2.

  

Limitation on Amount of Deferral Election

     4   

3.3.

  

Change in Deferral Election

     4   

3.4.

  

Cancellation of Deferrals Upon Hardship

     5   

ARTICLE IV ACCRUAL OF BENEFITS

     5   

4.1.

  

Participants’ Accounts

     5   

4.2.

  

Vesting

     7   

ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS

     7   

5.1.

  

Elections as to Time and Manner of Distribution

     7   

5.2.

  

Six-Month Delay for Specified Employees

     7   

5.3.

  

Changes in Elections as to Time or Manner of Distribution

     8   

 

i


5.4.

  

Automatic Distribution

     8   

5.5.

  

Distributions on Account of Death

     8   

5.6.

  

Acceleration of Distribution Due to Financial Hardship

     8   

ARTICLE VI ADMINISTRATION

     8   

6.1.

  

Plan Administration

     8   

6.2.

  

Administrative Committee Action

     8   

6.3.

  

Rights and Duties

     9   

6.4.

  

Compensation, Indemnity, and Liability

     9   

6.5.

  

Taxes

     9   

ARTICLE VII CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     9   

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     10   

8.1.

  

Amendment

     10   

8.2.

  

Termination of the Plan

     10   

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

     10   

9.1.

  

Limitation on Participant’s Rights

     10   

9.2.

  

Benefits Unfunded

     10   

9.3.

  

Other Plans

     11   

9.4.

  

Governing Law

     11   

9.5.

  

409A Compliance

     11   

9.6.

  

Gender, Number, and Headings

     11   

9.7.

  

Successors and Assigns; Nonalienation of Benefits

     11   

 

ii


ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

1.1. Purpose . The purpose of the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide a select group of management and highly compensated employees with the opportunity to enhance their retirement security by deferring a portion of their compensation under the Plan. This Plan is a continuation of the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Supplemental Matched Employee Savings and Investment Plan, certain liabilities of which will be transferred to International CCE Inc. before the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Business Separation and Merger Agreement by and between Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., International CCE Inc., The Coca-Cola Company, and Cobalt Subsidiary LLC dated February 25, 2010 (referred to herein as the “Merger”). After the Merger, International CCE Inc. will be renamed Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. In addition, the Plan provides for employer contributions with respect to certain compensation in excess of the limitations under Internal Revenue Code section 401(a)(17).

1.2. Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective on October 2, 2010.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Account ” means the record maintained by the Administrative Committee that represents each Participant’s interest under the Plan. Such interest may be reflected as a book reserve entry in the Company’s accounting records, or as a separate account under a trust, or as a combination of both methods. Each Participant’s Account shall consist of at least two subaccounts: a Deferral Account and an Employer Contribution Account. An Initial Participant shall also have an Employer Matching Account.

Administrative Committee ” means the committee appointed pursuant to Article VI to administer the Plan or such committee’s designee.

Affiliates ” means all entities treated as a single service recipient or employer with the Company pursuant to Code section 409A.

Beneficiary ” means (i) the beneficiary designated by the Participant in accordance with the procedures established by the Administrative Committee, (ii) if the Participant has not designated a beneficiary or such beneficiary is no longer living, the Participant’s surviving spouse, and (iii) if there is no designated beneficiary or surviving spouse, the Participant’s estate. An Initial Participant’s beneficiary designation under the Prior Supplemental Plan will continue in effect under this Plan unless changed or revoked in accordance with the rules hereunder.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to any section of the Code includes reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder, and any related administrative guidance, notice, or ruling that amends or supplements such section.

Company ” means International CCE Inc., Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. as its successor, and any subsequent successor or successors.

 

1


Compensation ” means, for the period from the Effective Date through December 31, 2010, those amounts that would be included in the definition of “Compensation” under the MESIP (if Participants had continued to participate in the MESIP during such period). Effective January 1, 2011, Compensation means those amounts included in the definition of “compensation” under the Savings Plan. For purposes of this Plan, “Compensation” shall be determined without regard to the limits of Code section 401(a)(17) and shall include amounts deferred under this Plan, but shall exclude the amount of a Participant’s MIP Award, whether or not deferred hereunder.

Deferral Account ” means that portion of each Participant’s Account that represents his interest in the Plan that is credited pursuant to Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(d), including an amount equal to an Initial Participant’s deferral account under the Prior Supplemental Plan immediately before the Effective Date.

Deferral Election ” means a Participant’s election to defer a portion of his Compensation and/or his MIP Award, which election must be made in the manner required by the Administrative Committee.

Effective Date ” means October 2, 2010.

Eligible Employee ” means, with respect to Deferral Elections and employer matching contributions, any employee who satisfies the criteria for participation in the Plan, as established by the Administrative Committee, and with respect to the Employer Contribution Account, any employee whose compensation taken into account under the Savings Plan is limited by Code section 401(a)(17).

Employer ” means the Company or any Participating Company.

Employer Contribution Account ” means that portion of each Participant’s Account that represents his interest in the Plan that is credited pursuant to Sections 4.1(b) and 4.1(d).

Employer Matching Account ” means that portion of each Participant’s Account that represents his interest in the Plan that is credited pursuant to Sections 4.1(c) and 4.1(d), including an amount equal to an Initial Participant’s employer matching account under the Prior Supplemental Plan immediately before the Effective Date.

Enrollment Period ” means any period designated by the Administrative Committee during which an Eligible Employee is permitted to make a Deferral Election.

Initial Participant ” means an Eligible Employee whose benefit liability under the Prior Supplemental Plan was transferred to the Company on the Effective Date.

 

2


MESIP ” means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Matched Employee Savings and Investment Plan, as in effect on October 2, 2010.

MIP Award ” means the cash bonus payable under the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Management Incentive Plan, as such plan is assumed and continued by the Company as the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Management Incentive Plan, and any successor plan thereto.

Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who satisfies the requirements for participation in the Plan and makes a Deferral Election and/or has amounts credited to his Employer Contribution Account pursuant to Article III. Any current or former Employee who has an interest under the Plan shall also be considered a Participant, even though such Employee is ineligible to make a Deferral Election.

Participating Company ” shall mean an Affiliate that has adopted the Plan with the consent of the Company or the Administrative Committee.

Plan ” means the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan, as amended.

Plan Year ” means the 12-month period beginning each January 1st and ending on the next December 31 st ; provided that the first Plan Year will begin on the Effective Date and end on December 31, 2010.

Prior Supplemental Plan ” means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Supplemental Matched Employee Savings and Investment Plan, which was maintained by Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and certain liabilities of which were transferred to the Company in connection with the Merger.

Savings Plan ” means the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Savings Plan, as amended.

Separation from Service ” means a separation from service, within the meaning of Code section 409A, with the Employer and all Affiliates, applying the special rules regarding military service and periods of leave treated as continued employment pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h)(1)(i) and using a 50% threshold for the level of service rather than 20% under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii).

 

3


ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.1. Participation .

(a) Compensation Deferral Election . An Eligible Employee may make a Deferral Election with respect to Compensation during an Enrollment Period ending no later than December 31 of the Plan Year, with such Deferral Election to be effective with respect to Compensation earned during and after the first full pay period that begins on or after the January 1 next following such Enrollment Period and through the last pay period that begins in the same year.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Employee who is not an Initial Participant may not make a Deferral Election with respect to Compensation earned before January 1, 2011. An Initial Participant’s Compensation Deferral Election under the Prior Supplemental Plan will remain in effect under this Plan with respect to Compensation earned on and after the Effective Date and may be changed or revoked only as allowed hereunder.

(b) MIP Deferral Election . An Eligible Employee may make a Deferral Election during an Enrollment Period with respect to his MIP Award payable for services performed in the Plan Year following such Enrollment Period. Such Enrollment Period shall end no later than December 31 of the Plan Year preceding the year in which the services relating to the MIP Award are performed. An Initial Participant’s MIP Award Deferral Election under the Prior Supplemental Plan will remain in effect under this Plan with respect to his MIP Award for services performed in 2010 and may be changed or revoked only as allowed hereunder.

(c) Employer Contributions . Effective January 1, 2011, each Eligible Employee shall be eligible to have Employer contributions credited to his Employer Contribution Account under Section 4.1(b).

(d) Employer Matching Contributions . An Initial Participant with an effective Deferral Election in place on the Effective Date shall be eligible to have Employer matching contributions credited to his Employer Matching Account under Section 4.1(c).

3.2. Limitation on Amount of Deferral Election . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer any whole percentage of his Compensation and/or MIP Award, subject to any maximum established by the Administrative Committee. Until changed by the Administrative Committee, a Participant’s Deferral Election shall not exceed 70% of his Compensation for any payroll period and/or 70% of any MIP Award.

3.3. Change in Deferral Election . Deferral Elections shall remain in effect for the current Plan Year and all future Plan Years until changed or revoked pursuant to this Section 3.3 or Section 3.4. A Participant may, during any Enrollment Period in which he is an Eligible Employee, increase or decrease the percentage of an existing Deferral Election or revoke an existing Deferral Election with respect to Compensation or an MIP Award to be paid for services performed in the Plan Year next following such Enrollment Period, provided: (a) such change

 

4


must be made during, and shall become irrevocable at the end of, the Plan Year during which such Enrollment Period occurs; and (b) such Enrollment Period shall end no later than December 31 of the Participant’s taxable year prior to the Participant’s taxable year in which the services relating to the Compensation or MIP Award will be performed. A Participant may not otherwise revoke or change the percentage of an existing Deferral Election. If a Participant is no longer an Eligible Employee during an Enrollment Period, his Deferral Election shall be deemed to have been cancelled with respect to the Compensation and any MIP Award earned for services performed in the next Plan Year and all future Plan Years unless and until such Participant again becomes an Eligible Employee and makes a new Deferral Election in accordance with Section 3.1.

3.4. Cancellation of Deferrals Upon Hardship . In the event that a Participant receives a hardship distribution in a Plan Year pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3) under any section 401(k) plan of the Employer or an Affiliate or pursuant to Section 5.6 of this Plan, the Participant’s Deferral Election shall be cancelled with respect to any Compensation or MIP Award to be paid during the remainder of such Plan Year and any future Plan Year; provided, however, that (a) in the case of a hardship distribution under a section 401(k) plan, the Participant may elect during the next Enrollment Period that is at least six months after such hardship distribution occurs to make a new Deferral Election in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article III, and (b) in the case of a hardship distribution under Section 5.6 of this Plan, the Participant may elect during the next Enrollment Period to make a new Deferral Election in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article III.

ARTICLE IV

ACCRUAL OF BENEFITS

4.1. Participants’ Accounts .

(a) Deferral Account . Each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited with an amount equal to the portion of the Compensation or MIP Award deferred by the Participant as soon as practicable after such amount would otherwise be payable to the Participant, provided that deferrals for the period from October 2, 2010 through December 31, 2010 shall be credited as soon as practicable after the end of such Plan Year. In the case of an Initial Participant, the beginning balance of such Deferral Account will be equal to the balance of the Initial Participant’s deferral account in the Prior Supplemental Plan immediately before the Effective Date.

(b) Employer Contribution Account . Effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2011, an Eligible Employee’s Employer Contribution Account shall be credited with an amount equal to the difference between (i) the 7% employer contribution under the Savings Plan determined as if the Code section 401(a)(17) limit were $500,000 and taking into account the Eligible Employee’s Compensation and MIP Award without regard to any deferral of such amounts and (ii) the actual 7% employer contribution made under the Savings Plan. Such credit shall be made as of each applicable payroll period or at such other time as the Administrative Committee determines in its sole discretion.

 

5


(c) Employer Matching Account . Only an Initial Participant with a Deferral Election in place as of the Effective Date will be eligible to receive Employer matching contributions as provided in this subsection.

 

  (1) Initial Balance . The beginning balance of an Initial Participant’s Employer Matching Account will be equal to the balance of the Initial Participant’s employer matching account under the Prior Supplemental Plan immediately before the Effective Date.

 

  (2) Basic Matching Contribution . For the period from the Effective Date through December 31, 2010, the Employer Matching Account of each Initial Participant described above shall be credited, as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year, with an amount equal to the matching contribution to which the Initial Participant would have been entitled (assuming continued participation in the MESIP) for such period applying the matching contribution formula under the MESIP to the amount of his Compensation deferred under the Plan.

 

  (3) Lookback Matching Contribution . The Employer Matching Account of each Initial Participant described above who is an Eligible Employee on December 31, 2010 shall be credited, as soon as practicable after the end of the Plan Year, with an additional amount, if any, equal to the amount described in paragraph (A) less the amount described in paragraph (B):

 

  (A) The amount Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and the Employer, collectively, would have contributed to such Initial Participant’s matching contribution account under the MESIP for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 (the “2010 Plan Year”) if the Employer had adopted the MESIP as of October 2, 2010 and if (i) matching contributions to the MESIP were made based on the MESIP matching contribution formula but with respect to amounts deferred for the entire 2010 Plan Year (rather than on a payroll-by-payroll basis) and (ii) the amount of the Initial Participant’s Compensation and MIP Award deferred under the Prior Supplemental Plan and the Plan for the 2010 Plan Year had instead been deferred under the MESIP (in addition to any amounts contributed by the Initial Participant to the MESIP during the 2010 Plan Year).

 

  (B) The amount actually contributed by Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. to the Initial Participant’s matching contribution account under the MESIP for the 2010 Plan Year plus the amount credited to the Participant’s Employer Matching Account under Section 4.1(b)(1) of the Prior Supplemental Plan and Section 4.1(c)(2) of this Plan for the Plan Year.

 

6


  (4) Code Limitations . The amount of the basic and lookback matching contributions shall be determined without regard to the limitations under Code section 401(a)(17) and Code section 402(g).

(d) Gains and Losses . The Deferral Account, Employer Matching Account, and Employer Contribution Account of each Participant shall be adjusted for gains and losses as if such Accounts were invested, in accordance with the elections of the Participant, in the benchmark investments made available by the Administrative Committee for this purpose. In accordance with Section 9.2, any such benchmark investment election shall be solely for purposes of crediting gains or debiting losses to the Participant’s Account. Such benchmark investment elections shall be made in accordance with the rules established for this purpose by the Administrative Committee, including rules with respect to making changes in benchmark investment elections, maximum benchmark investment elections in any single benchmark investment, and default elections if a Participant fails to make an effective election. For the period from October 2, 2010 through December 31, 2010, gains and losses pursuant to the foregoing will be determined after the end of such Plan Year but shall be credited as if the Initial Participant’s deferrals and matching contributions pursuant to Section 4.1(c)(2) were credited to his Deferral Account as of the time that the amount deferred would have otherwise been paid to him rather than after the end of the Plan Year.

4.2. Vesting . A Participant shall be 100% vested in his Account at all times.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1. Elections as to Time and Manner of Distribution . An Initial Participant’s Account shall be paid in the form and at the time elected for his Account under the Prior Supplemental Plan, which allowed for an election to have his entire Account distributed either (a) in a single lump-sum payment upon his Separation from Service or in any one of the 2 nd through 10 th calendar years following the year during which his Separation from Service occurs, or (b) in 2 to 10 annual installments beginning upon his Separation from Service or beginning in any one of the 2 nd through 5 th calendar years following the year during which his Separation from Service occurs. If the Participant failed to make a timely affirmative election under the Prior Supplemental Plan with regard to the time and manner of distribution, he shall be deemed to have elected to receive a lump-sum payment upon his Separation from Service. Any other Participant will have his Account paid in a single lump-sum payment upon his Separation from Service.

5.2. Six-Month Delay for Specified Employees . Notwithstanding anything in Section 5.1 to the contrary, any payment that would otherwise be made to a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code section 409A, using the methodology established by the Company for determining specified employees, during the six-month period following the Participant’s Separation from Service shall not be made during such six-month period, and shall instead be made at the end of such six-month period. Any payments that are not scheduled to be made during such six-month period shall be made at the time originally scheduled.

 

7


5.3. Changes in Elections as to Time or Manner of Distribution . If permitted in the sole discretion of the Administrative Committee, an Initial Participant may change his election regarding the time or manner of the distribution of his Account to another time or manner otherwise permitted in Section 5.1; provided, however, that any such change shall be effective only if (a) the change does not accelerate any payments, (b) the first payment with respect to which the change is made is deferred for at least five years after the date such payment would have been made under the election in effect at the time of the election change, and (c) the change does not take effect for at least 12 months. For this purpose, payments made in the form of installments shall be treated as a single payment made on the date of the first installment payment.

5.4. Automatic Distribution . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the amount credited to a Participant’s Account at the time of the Participant’s Separation from Service is less than or equal to the applicable deferral limit under Code section 402(g) (as increased from time to time), such Account shall be distributed upon such Separation from Service in a single-sum payment.

5.5. Distributions on Account of Death . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any election made by a Participant with respect to distribution of his Account, distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a lump-sum payment upon the Participant’s death.

5.6. Acceleration of Distribution Due to Financial Hardship . If a Participant experiences an unforeseeable emergency, the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate payment of some or all of the Participant’s Account to the extent reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency (including amounts necessary to pay any taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution). For purposes of this Section 5.6, unforeseeable emergency shall have the same meaning as “unforeseeable emergency” under Code section 409A. To the extent that an event would otherwise constitute an unforeseeable emergency under this Section 5.6 with respect to a Participant’s spouse or dependent, such event shall constitute an unforeseeable emergency if it occurs with respect to a Participant’s “domestic partner” who meets the eligibility criteria for coverage under the Company’s group medical benefits plan and who has been designated by the Participant as a Beneficiary under this Plan.

ARTICLE VI

ADMINISTRATION

6.1. Plan Administration . The Plan shall be administered by an Administrative Committee appointed by the Company. All elections, designations and notices under the Plan shall be made at such times and in such manner as determined by the Administrative Committee.

6.2. Administrative Committee Action . Action of the Administrative Committee may be taken with or without a meeting of its members, provided, however, that any action shall be taken only upon the vote or other affirmative expression of a majority of committee members qualified to vote with respect to such action. If a member of the Administrative Committee is a Participant, he shall not participate in any decision that solely affects his own Account or rights under the Plan.

 

8


6.3. Rights and Duties . The Administrative Committee shall administer the Plan and shall have all powers and discretion necessary to accomplish that purpose, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) to construe, interpret, and administer the terms and intent of the Plan, with its decisions to be final and binding on all parties;

(b) to make allocations and determinations required by the Plan, and to maintain all necessary records of the Plan, including Participants’ Accounts;

(c) to compute and certify to the Company the amount of benefits payable to Participants or Beneficiaries, and to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are to be paid; and

(d) to designate a subcommittee, individual, or individuals to exercise any authority of the Administrative Committee under this Plan.

6.4. Compensation, Indemnity, and Liability . The Administrative Committee shall serve as such without bond and without compensation for services hereunder. All expenses of the Plan and the Administrative Committee shall be paid by the Employer. No member of the Administrative Committee shall be liable for any act or omission of any other member or any act or omission on his own part, except his own willful misconduct. The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Administrative Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and expenses arising out of his membership on the Administrative Committee, except for expenses or liabilities arising out of his own willful misconduct.

6.5. Taxes . If all or any portion of a Participant’s Account shall become liable for the payment of any income, employment, estate, inheritance, or other tax that the Employer shall be required to pay or withhold, the Employer shall have the full power and authority to withhold and pay such tax out of any monies or other property credited to the Account of such Participant or Beneficiary at the time the Account is distributable to the Participant under the terms of the Plan.

ARTICLE VII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

Claims for benefits and appeals of claim determinations under the Plan shall be processed in the manner set forth under the claims and appeals procedures set forth in the MESIP for the period from the Effective Date through December 31, 2010 and in the Savings Plan thereafter, provided that for this purpose, all references to the “Administrative Committee” or comparable claims administrator under the MESIP or the Savings Plan, as applicable, shall be read as references to the Administrative Committee under this Plan.

 

9


ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1. Amendment . The Company and the Administrative Committee shall each have the right to amend the Plan in whole or in part at any time; provided, however, that no amendment shall reduce the amounts credited to any Participant’s Account as of the effective date of such amendment. Any amendment shall be in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company or member of the Administrative Committee.

8.2. Termination of the Plan . The Company reserves the right to discontinue and terminate the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, in accordance with and subject to Code section 409A. In the event of termination of the Plan, the amounts credited to any Participant’s Account, as of the effective date of such termination, shall not be reduced (except for reductions related to losses debited from the Participant’s Account as a result of benchmark investment performance) and shall be distributed at a time and in the manner determined by the Administrative Committee, subject to the limitations of Code section 409A.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Limitation on Participant’s Rights . Participation in this Plan shall not give any Participant the right to be retained in the Employer’s employ or any rights or interest in this Plan or any assets of the Employer other than as herein provided. The Employer reserves the right to terminate the employment of any Participant without any liability for any claim against the Employer under this Plan, except to the extent provided herein.

9.2. Benefits Unfunded . The benefits provided by this Plan shall be unfunded. All amounts payable under the Plan to Participants or Beneficiaries shall be paid from the general assets of the Employer, and nothing contained herein shall require the Employer to set aside or hold in trust any amounts or assets for the purpose of paying benefits. Any funds of the Employer available to pay benefits under the Plan shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Employer and may be used for any purpose by the Employer. Participants and Beneficiaries shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Employer with respect to amounts of Compensation and MIP Awards they defer under the Plan or any other obligation of the Employer to pay benefits pursuant hereto.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Employer may at any time transfer assets to a trust for purposes of paying all or any part of its obligations under this Plan. To the extent that assets are held in a trust when a benefit under the Plan becomes payable, the Administrative Committee may direct the trustee to pay such benefits from the assets of the trust.

 

10


9.3. Other Plans . This Plan shall not affect the right of any Eligible Employee or Participant to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans that are maintained by the Employer, unless the terms of such other employee benefit plan or plans specifically provide otherwise.

9.4. Governing Law . This Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects in accordance with applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without regard to conflict of laws principles thereunder. If any provisions of this instrument shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be fully effective.

9.5. 409A Compliance . This Plan is intended to be and at all times shall be interpreted and administered so as to comply with Code section 409A. Nothing in the Plan shall provide a basis for any person to take action against the Employer based on matters covered by Code section 409A, including the tax treatment of amounts deferred under the Plan, and the Employer shall not under any circumstances have any liability to any Participant or Beneficiary for any taxes, penalties, or interest due on amounts paid or payable under the Plan, including taxes, penalties, or interest imposed under Code section 409A.

9.6. Gender, Number, and Headings . In this Plan, whenever the context so indicates, the singular or plural number and the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall be deemed to include the other. Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

9.7. Successors and Assigns; Nonalienation of Benefits . This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, provided, however, that the amounts credited to the Account of a Participant shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to any benefits payable hereunder shall be void, including, without limitation, any assignment or alienation in connection with a separation, divorce, child support or similar arrangement.

 

11

Exhibit 10.9.1

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES, INC.

LEGACY LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective December 14, 2010)

 

I. Purpose

The purpose of this Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Legacy Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to comply with the Business Separation and Merger Agreement (the “ Merger Agreement ”) between Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (“ Former CCE ”), International CCE, Inc., The Coca-Cola Company and Cobalt Subsidiary LLC, pursuant to which Former CCE was merged with and into Cobalt Subsidiary LLC, which is wholly-owned by The Coca-Cola Company (the “ Merger ”) and whereby International CCE Inc. (“ New CCE ” or the “ Company ”) along with Former CCE’s subsidiaries outside of the United States, Canada, the British Virgin Islands, the United States Virgin Islands and/or the Cayman Islands split-off from Former CCE to become a separate company, organized under the laws of the state of Delaware and whose shares of common stock are traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“ the Business Separation ”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, New CCE agreed that all awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, performance stock units and any other share-based awards over shares of Former CCE’s common stock granted to employees who are not North American Business Holders (as defined in Section 2.4(g)(i) of the Merger Agreement) under one or more of the plans listed in Section II of this Plan (collectively referred to as “ Awards ”) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined in Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement) would be replaced with awards over shares of New CCE’s common stock (“ Shares ”).

 

II. CCE Plans

Any Awards held by Former CCE employees (including directors and consultants, as applicable under the CCE Plans) other than North American Business Holders granted under one or more of the below plans or sub-plans (collectively, the “ CCE Plans ”) outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be assumed by New CCE and converted into an award over New CCE Shares based on an exchange ratio determined in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement:

 

1. Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, as attached hereto as Exhibit A , including the following sub-plans:

 

  (i) 1997 Stock Option Plan for French Employees

 

  (ii) Rules of the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. UK Approved Stock Option Sub-Plan;

 

3. Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as attached hereto as Exhibit B;

 

4. Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective April 24, 2007), as attached hereto as Exhibit C , including the following sub-plans:

 

  (i) 2001 Stock Option Plan for French Employees

 

  (ii) Rules of the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. UK 2002 Approved Stock Option Sub-Plan;

 

5. Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 2001 Restricted Stock Award Plan, as attached hereto as Exhibit D;

 

6. Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 2004 Stock Award Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective December 31, 2008), as attached hereto as Exhibit E including the following sub-plan:

 

  (i) Rules for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Deferred Stock Units in France; and


7. Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. 2007 Incentive Award Plan (As Amended February 15, 2010), as attached hereto as Exhibit F including the following sub-plans:

 

  (i) French Sub-Plan for Restricted Stock Units

 

  (ii) French Sub-Plan for Options.

 

III. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a committee consisting of not less than two members of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of New CCE’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”), each of whom shall be (i) a “disinterested director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), unless administration of the Plan by “disinterested directors” is not then required in order for exemptions under Rule 16b-3 to apply to transactions under the Plan, and (ii) an “outside director” as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), unless the action taken pursuant to the Plan is not required to be taken by “outside directors” in order to qualify for tax deductibility under Code Section 162(m). The Committee shall have all rights and obligations as set forth for the plan administrator in the relevant CCE Plans.

 

IV. Participation in the Plan

Participation in the Plan is limited to current or former employees, directors or consultants of Former CCE who were not North American Business Holders at the Effective Time and who, at such Effective Time, held valid and outstanding Awards over shares of Former CCE common stock under one or more CCE Plans (the “ Participants ”).

 

V. Stock Subject to the Plan

Effective December 14, 2010, the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan shall be reduced from 22,000,000 to 18,000,000, which is the number of Shares that approximates the Shares that may, subject to satisfaction of applicable conditions, be distributable pursuant to the outstanding Awards under the CCE Plans held by the Participants as of the Effective Time.

If any outstanding Award under the Plan for any reason expires or is terminated without having been exercised or settled in full, the Shares allocable to the Award shall not become available for grant pursuant to this Plan.

 

VI. Assumption of Outstanding Awards under the CCE Plans and Terms and Conditions of Awards

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, New CCE:

 

1. Accepts assignment of and assumes all Awards outstanding under the CCE Plans at the Effective Time and held by the Participants under the Participants’ applicable award agreements (“ Assumed Awards ”);

 

2. Exercises all of the powers of the plan sponsor relating to the Assumed Awards under the CCE Plans and applicable award agreements thereunder which were exercised by Former CCE prior to the Effective Time;


3. Agrees that all outstanding Assumed Awards or any other benefits available which are based on Shares and which have been granted under the CCE Plans (including, as applicable, any Shares exchanged in connection with the Business Separation and Merger) shall remain outstanding and shall be governed and administered in accordance with the original terms and conditions set forth in the applicable CCE Plans and award agreements with the exception that (i) the number of Shares subject to Assumed Awards will be adjusted pursuant to an exchange ratio determined in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement to reflect the Business Separation and Merger, (ii) the exercise price of Assumed Awards (if any) will be adjusted pursuant to an exchange ratio determined in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement to reflect the Business Separation and Merger; (iii) upon the exercise, issuance, holding, availability or vesting of the Assumed Awards, Shares of New CCE are hereby issuable or available, in lieu of shares of Former CCE based on an exchange ratio determined in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement; and (iv) Section VII of the Plan will modify the applicable provisions regarding change in control in the Participants’ respective award agreements and the CCE Plans incorporated in Exhibits A through G hereof.

 

VII. Change in Control

In the event of a Change in Control subsequent to the Merger, the provisions related to a change in control in the CCE Plans and/or outstanding Awards shall be modified to provide that “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following circumstances:

 

  (i) Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 30% of the combined total voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities, excluding any acquisition by the Company or by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary. For purposes of this definition of Change in Control, “Person” has the meaning provided in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning provided in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act; and “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the voting stock or capital or profits interest.

 

  (ii) During any period of two consecutive years, the individuals constituting the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of the two-year period (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareowners was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors on the Incumbent Board then still in office shall be considered as though such director were a member of the Incumbent Board; provided, further, that a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a Change in Control described in clause (i), (iii) or (iv) shall not be considered to be a director on the Incumbent Board.

 

  (iii) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or share exchange with any other Person, or a sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company (or any transaction having a similar effect) (a “Corporation Transaction”), other than (a) a Corporation Transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such event continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of either (I) the surviving entity or (II) another entity that owns, directly or indirectly, the entire voting interest in the surviving entity) more than 50% of the voting power of the voting securities of the Company or the corporation resulting from such Corporation


Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such Corporate Transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) outstanding immediately after such event, or (b) a Corporate Transaction in which no Person acquires more than 30% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities or the outstanding securities of the corporation resulting from such Corporation Transaction.

 

  (iv) The approval by the shareowners of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company.

 

VIII.  Interpretation

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in the CCE Plans and applicable award agreements to: (i) the “Company” means New CCE, (ii) “Stock,” “Common Stock” or “Shares” means shares of New CCE’s common stock, (iii) the “Board of Directors” or the “Board” means the Board of Directors of New CCE , (iv) the “Committee” means the Committee of New CCE, as defined in Section III of this Plan, and (v) the “Employer” means the Participant’s actual employer. All references in the award agreements and the CCE Plans relating to the Participant’s status as an employee, director or consultant of Former CCE or a subsidiary or affiliate will now refer to the Participant’s status as an employee, director or consultant, as applicable, of New CCE or any present or future New CCE parent, subsidiary or affiliate. To the extent there is a conflict between any provision of the applicable CCE Plan or the Participant’s award agreement thereunder and the terms of this Plan, this Plan shall govern, except as would (i) be inconsistent with the terms of such Assumed Award and materially detrimental to the holder thereof, as determined by the Committee, (ii) be prohibited under applicable law, or (iii) require approval of New CCE’s shareowners.

 

IX. Amendment of the Plan

The Committee may suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that the Committee may seek shareowner approval of an amendment if determined to be required by or advisable under regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the rules of any stock exchange on which New CCE’s Shares are listed or other applicable federal, state, local, or foreign laws or regulations.

 

X. Notices

Any written notice to New CCE required by any of the provisions of this Plan shall be addressed to Office of the General Counsel; Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.; P.O. Box 723040; Atlanta, GA 31139 and shall be effective when it is received.

 

XI. Governing Law

This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of the State of Georgia, without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

 

XII. Effective Date of Plan

This Plan is effective as of the Effective Time of the Merger.


Exhibit A

LOGO

1997 Stock Option Plan

Section 1. Purpose

The purpose of the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to advance the interest of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 4) by encouraging and enabling the acquisition of a financial interest in the Company by officers and other key employees through grants of stock options (“Options”).

Section 2. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) from among its members and shall be comprised of not fewer than two members who shall be “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”), and the regulations thereunder.

The Committee shall determine the persons to whom and the times at which Options will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Option, the duration of each Option, the times within which the Option may be exercised, the cancellation of the Option (with the consent of the holder thereof) and the other conditions of the grant of an Option. The Committee, however, may delegate, from time to time, to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to make Awards under the Plan or to extend the period for exercise of Options awarded under the Plan, unless such delegation would jeopardize the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code or regulations thereunder. Conditions of the grants of Options need not be the same with respect to each optionee or with respect to each Option.

The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, establish such rules and regulations for the proper administration of the Plan, may make interpretations and take other action in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each interpretation or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan shall be final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons including, but without limitation, the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Committee, the Board, the affected optionees, and their respective successors in interest.

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they have as directors or as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act in connection with the Plan or any Option granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved to the extent required by and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or


Bylaws of the Company relating to indemnification of directors) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee member or members did not act in good faith and in a manner he, she or they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company.

Section 3. Stock

The stock to be issued under the Plan shall be shares of common stock, $1 par value, of the Company (the “Stock”). The Stock shall be made available from authorized and unissued Stock or from shares of Stock held by the Company in its treasury. The total number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Options granted hereunder shall not exceed 5,433,000. Stock subject to any unexercised portion of an Option which expires or is canceled, surrendered or terminated for any reason may again be subject to Options granted under the Plan. Stock received in payment upon the exercise of an Option may not be the subject of a subsequent Option.

Section 4. Eligibility

Options may be granted to executive officers, other persons in the senior executive band, and in the executive band, branch managers, sales center managers, and other officers and management employees (including non-employee officers) of the Company and its Subsidiaries. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the voting stock or capital at the time of the granting of such Option.

No person shall be granted the right to acquire pursuant to Options granted under the Plan more than 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Stock originally authorized for issuance under the Plan.

Section 5. Awards of Options

(a) Option Price. The option price shall be 100% or more of the fair market value of the Stock on the date of grant. The fair market value of shares of Stock shall be computed on the basis of the average of the high and low market prices at which a share of Stock shall have been sold on the date for which the valuation is made, or on the next preceding trading day if such date was not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

(b) Payment. The option price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise. No shares shall be issued until full payment has been received therefor. Payment may be made in cash or, with the prior approval of and upon the conditions established by the Committee, by other means, including delivery of shares of Stock owned by the optionee.

(c) Duration of Options. Subject to the provisions of Section 9 and the terms of the Option, the duration of Options shall be 10 years from date of grant.


(d) Time Period for Exercise of Option. Subject to the provisions of Section 9 and terms of the Option, an Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, within such time periods as established on the date of grant by the Committee, or, when applicable, the Chief Executive Officer.

(e) Other Terms and Conditions. Options may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall determine appropriate from time to time. The grant of an Option to any officer or employee shall not affect in any way the right of the Company and any Subsidiary to terminate the relationship between the Company or Subsidiary and the optionee.

(f) Options Granted to International Optionees. Options granted to an optionee who is subject to the laws of a country other than the United States of America may contain terms and conditions inconsistent with provisions of the Plan (except those necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code), or may be granted under such supplemental documents, as required under such laws.

(g) Withholding. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the optionee the amount of any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the Stock subject to such Award.

Section 6. Replacement

The Committee from time to time may permit an optionee under the Plan to surrender for cancellation any unexercised outstanding stock option or stock appreciation rights of the Company and receive in exchange from the Company either shares of Stock, an option for such number of shares of Stock, or both, in amounts and with features as designated by the Committee.

Section 7. Extension of the Terms of Options

The Committee may extend the duration of any Option for a period not to exceed one year without changing the option price and on such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem advisable unless such extension or change would result in less favorable tax treatment than the optionee would have received under the original option.

Section 8. Nontransferability of Option

An Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order, as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Certificate(s) representing the shares of Stock issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued only in the name of the optionee or in the name of such optionee’s duly authorized representative. With the exception of any Option transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, Options shall be exercisable, during the lifetime of an optionee, only by the optionee personally or by the optionee’s legal representative. With respect to any Option transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, any such Option shall be exercisable only by the designated transferee personally or the designated transferee’s legal representative.


Section 9. Effect of Termination of Employment

(a) Retirement and Disability.

(i) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause all outstanding Options held by an optionee upon his or her retirement or disability to become immediately exercisable.

(ii) All Options exercisable upon retirement or disability of an optionee (whether due to Committee action or otherwise) or becoming exercisable thereafter shall expire no later than 36 months from the date of such optionee’s retirement or disability; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within two years after the optionee’s retirement or disability, the Options shall expire 12 months after his or her death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

(b) Death While Employed.

Upon the death of an optionee prior to termination of employment, all outstanding Options held by such employee expire no later than 12 months after the employee’s death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

(c) Other Termination of Employment.

(i) Upon the termination of employment of an optionee other than the death, disability or retirement of the optionee (“Other Termination of Employment”), then the Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause all outstanding nonexercisable Options held by such optionee to become immediately exercisable.

(ii) All Options exercisable upon the Other Termination of Employment (whether due to Committee action or otherwise) or becoming exercisable thereafter, shall expire no later than six months after the Other Termination of Employment, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

(d) Definitions and other Determinations.

(i) For purposes of this Section 9, “retirement” means an optionee’s voluntary termination of employment on a date which is on or after the earliest date on which such optionee would be eligible for an immediately payable benefit pursuant to the terms of the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary in which the optionee participates. If the optionee does not participate in such a plan, the date shall be determined as if the optionee participated in the Company’s defined benefit plan covering the majority of its nonbargaining employees in the United States. With respect to nonemployee officers, “retirement” means termination of services as an officer at or after age 55. Notwithstanding the foregoing, options may contain such other definitions of “retirement,” as the Committee determines appropriate.

(ii) For purposes of this Section 9, “disability” shall be determined according to the definition of “disability,” in effect at the time of the determination, in the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary in which the optionee participates. If the optionee does not participate in such a plan, the definition shall be determined as if the optionee participated in the Company’s defined benefit plan covering the majority of its nonbargaining employees in the United States.


(iii) For purposes of this Section 9, an optionee’s employment shall not be deemed to have terminated if the optionee obtains immediate employment with certain affiliates of the Company, as defined in an Option, and termination from such subsequent employment shall be deemed a termination from the Company, unless the optionee obtains immediate reemployment with the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Section 10. No Rights as a Share Owner

An Optionee or a transferee of an Option shall have no right as a share owner with respect to any Stock covered by an Option or receivable upon the exercise of an Option until the optionee or transferee shall have become the holder of record of such Stock. No adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property (except for share dividends) or other distributions or rights in respect of such Stock for which the record date is prior to the date on which the optionee or transferee shall have in fact become the holder of record of the share of Stock acquired pursuant to the Option.

Section 11. Adjustment in the Number of Shares and in Option Price

In the event there is any change in the shares of Stock through the declaration of stock dividends or stock splits or through recapitalization or merger, share exchange, consolidation, combination of shares or otherwise, the Committee or the Board shall make such adjustment, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number of shares of Stock available for Options as well as the number of shares of Stock subject to any outstanding Option and the option price thereof. Any such adjustment may provide for the elimination of any fractional shares which might otherwise become subject to any Option without payment therefor.

Section 12. Amendments, Modification and Termination of the Plan

The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan in whole or in part, may suspend the Plan in whole or in part from time to time, and may amend the Plan from time to time, including the adoption of amendments deemed necessary or desirable to qualify the Options under the laws of various states (including tax laws) or to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted thereunder, without the approval of the share owners of the Company. However, no action shall be taken without the approval of the share owners of the Company if the Committee determines that the approval of share owners would be necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

No amendment or termination or modification of the Plan shall in any manner affect any Option theretofore granted without the consent of the optionee, except that the Committee may amend or modify the Plan in a manner that does affect Options theretofore granted upon a finding by the Committee that such amendment or modification is necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code or that it is not adverse to the interest of holders of outstanding Options. The Plan shall terminate five years after the date of approval of the Plan by the share owners of the Company unless earlier terminated by the Board or by the Committee.


Section 13. Governing Law

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia and construed in accordance therewith.


COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES INC.

1997 Stock Option Plan for French Employees

Section 1. Purpose

The purpose of the 1997 Stock Option Plan for French Employees (the “Plan”) is to advance the interest of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 4) located in France by encouraging and enabling the acquisition of a financial interest in the Company by officers and other key employees through grants of stock options (“Options”).

Section 2. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) from among its members and shall be comprised of not fewer than two members who shall be “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The Committee shall determine the persons to whom and the times at which Options will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Option, the duration of each Option, the times within which the Option may be exercised, the cancellation of the Option (with the consent of the holder thereof) and the other conditions of the grant of an Option. The Committee, however, may delegate, from time to time, to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to make Awards under the Plan or to extend the period for exercise of Options awarded under the Plan. The conditions of the grants of Options need not be the same with respect to each optionee or with respect to each Option.

The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, establish such rules and regulations for the proper administration of the Plan, may make interpretations and take other action in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each interpretation or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan shall be final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons including, but without limitation, the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Committee, the Board, the affected optionees, and their respective successors in interest.

Section 3. Stock

The stock to be issued under the Plan shall be shares of common stock, $1 par value, of the Company (the “Stock”). The Stock shall be made available only from authorized and unissued Stock. The total number of options granted and not exercised yet at any given time under the Plan shall not give right to the subscription of a number of shares exceeding one-third of the share capital of the Company.


Section 4. Eligibility

Options may be granted to officers and management employees employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries in France. No options may be granted to non-employee directors or to any person who would not be eligible under French company law (Section L.208 of the law of July 24, 1966). More generally, no option may be granted to an optionee who already owns more than 10% of the Company’s share capital. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the voting stock or capital at the time of the granting of such Option.

Section 5. Awards of Options

(a) Option Price. The exercise price of each option shall be determined in relation to the fair market value of the Stock on a date specified by the Committee, or if applicable, the Chief Executive Officer. The fair market value of the Stock shall be computed on the basis of the average of the high and low market prices at which a share of Stock shall have been sold on the date of grant, or on the next preceding trading day if such date was not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing. In no event, however, shall the exercise price of the Option be less than 80% of the average of the daily market prices over the twenty trading days preceding the date of grant, with the daily market price determined as the average of the high and low price at which the Stock was sold on each such trading day.

(b) Grant Date. The date of grant shall be determined in accordance with French laws and regulations.

(c) Payment. The option price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise. No shares shall be issued until full payment has been received therefor. Payment may be made in cash or, with the prior approval of and upon the conditions established by the Committee, by other means, including delivery of shares of Stock owned by the optionee.

(d) Withholding. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the optionee the amount of any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the Stock subject to such Award.

(e) Duration of Options. The duration of Options shall be 10 years from date of grant.

(f) Other Terms and Conditions. Options may be subject to such other provisions including the time periods during which options shall be exercisable, as determined by the Committee on the date of grant and as contained in documents under which such Options are granted.

( g ) No Affect on Employment Status . The grant of an Option to any officer or employee shall not affect in any way the right of the Company and any Subsidiary to terminate the relationship between the Company and the optionee.


Section 6. Nontransferability of Option

No Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be transferable except than by will or, in the absence of a will, by the laws of descent upon, and within six months of, the death of an optionee. Certificate(s) representing the shares of Stock issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued only in the name of the optionee or, provided such Option is exercised within six months of the optionee’s death, in the name of his or her heir.

Section 7. No Rights as a Share Owner

An optionee shall have no right as a share owner with respect to any Stock covered by an Option or receivable upon the exercise of an Option until the optionee shall have become the holder of record of such Stock. No adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property (except for share dividends) or other distributions or rights in respect of such Stock for which the record date is prior to the date on which the optionee shall have in fact become the holder of record of the share of Stock acquired pursuant to the Option.

Section 8. Adjustment in the Number of Shares and in Option Price

In the event there is any change in the shares of Stock through the declaration of stock dividends or stock splits or through recapitalization or merger, share exchange, consolidation, combination of shares or otherwise, the Committee or the Board shall make such adjustment, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number of shares of Stock available for Options as well as the number of shares of Stock subject to any outstanding Option and the option price thereof. Any such adjustment may provide for the elimination of any fractional shares which might otherwise become subject to any Option without payment therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, adjustments in Options may only be made in accordance with French laws and regulations.

Section 9. Amendments, Modification and Termination of the Plan

The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan in whole or in part, may suspend the Plan in whole or in part from time to time, and may amend the Plan from time to time, including the adoption of amendments deemed necessary or desirable to qualify the Options under laws of France or the United States (including tax laws) or to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment of the Plan, or of the terms of any Option granted hereunder, shall be effective with respect to an optionee (i) without the consent of such optionee or (ii) if such amendment would constitute a cancellation of an existing Option and the grant of a new Option under French law.

The Plan shall terminate five years after the effective date of the Plan unless earlier terminated by the Board or by the Committee.


Section 10. Governing Law

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia, United States of America, and construed in accordance therewith.


RULES OF THE

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES INC

UK APPROVED STOCK OPTION SUBPLAN

 

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

In this Subplan:

 

“Approved Option”    means a right to acquire Stock granted pursuant to and in accordance with this Subplan.
“the Committee”    means the Compensation Committee serving at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company.
“the Company”    means Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.
“the Plan”    means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Stock Option Plan as amended and extended from time to time.
“Material Interest”    has the same meaning as in Section 187(3) of the Taxes Act.
“Option Holder”    means a person to whom a subsisting Approved Option has been granted.
“Participating Company”    means Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and any other company of which it has control and which is for the time being nominated by the Committee to be a Participating Company.
“this Subplan”    means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. UK Approved Stock Option Subplan, as amended from time to time.
“Stock”    means unrestricted Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company which satisfies the conditions of paragraphs 10-14 inclusive of Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act.
“Subsisting Option”    means an Approved Option which has neither lapsed nor been exercised.
“the Taxes Act”    means the (UK) Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.
“the Code”    means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time.
“Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.”    means the company and every company which is under control (as defined in Section 840 of the Taxes Act) of the company.
“the Auditors”    means the Auditors for the time being of the company.
Words and expressions not defined in this Rule 1 have the same meaning as in Section 185 and Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act and any reference in this Subplan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified and extended.


2. PURPOSE

The Company has established the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the Plan) and under that plan the Committee can establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary and advisable for the proper administration of the Plan. Under those powers the Committee has established this Subplan with the intention that it be approved by the UK Inland Revenue under the provisions of Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act. Where the Committee wishes to grant stock options to acquire shares of stocks to employees of the Company’s UK subsidiaries, such options may be granted subject to and in accordance with the rules of this Subplan rather than under the rules of the Plan. This will not preclude the Committee also granting other options to an employee under the provisions of the Plan.

Options granted under this Subplan shall be referred to as Approved Options which will not include or in any way be linked with awards under the Plan which are excluded from this Subplan. In particular, Section 6 (replacement) and Section 7 (Extension of the Terms of Options) of the Plan shall not apply to Approved Options granted under this Subplan.

In all cases of grants of Approved Options to employees of the Company’s UK subsidiaries, the rules of this Subplan shall be strictly observed. For the purposes of the Plan, the rules of the Subplan shall be incorporated into and made part of the Administrative Procedure for Stock Option Grants insofar as grants of Approved Options to employees of the Company’s UK subsidiaries are concerned.

 

3. ELIGIBILITY

 

  (a) Approved Options may only be granted to a director or employee of any participating company who is required to devote to his duties not less than 25 hours (or in the case of an employee who is not a director of any participating company 20 hours) per week, excluding meal breaks.

 

  (b) Approved Options may not be granted to persons designated as members of the Committee and such other persons as the Board of Directors shall designate as persons who will be appointed as members of the Committee more than one year following the date of such designation.

 

  (c) Approved Options may not be granted to any person at any time when he has within the preceding 12 months had a Material Interest in a close company being either the Company or a company which has control of the Company or is a member of a consortium which owns the Company.

 

  (d) Approved Options granted to any person shall be limited and take effect so that the aggregate market value of the stock subject to that Approved Option, when aggregated with the market value of stock subject to Subsisting Options, shall not exceed £30,000. Subsisting option shall include all Options granted under this Subplan or any other plan which has or may be established by the Company or any associated company and approved under Schedule 9 Taxes Act 1988. For the purpose of determining this limit the Option Price of the Stock shall be converted to pounds sterling using the exchange rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal for the Monday coinciding with or the last Monday prior to the actual option grant date. When aggregating the Option Price of Approved Options granted at different times the Option Price of Subsisting Options shall taken as the pound sterling value as at the date of grant of each Subsisting Option.


4. GRANT OF APPROVED OPTIONS

 

  (a) Approved Options may only be granted pursuant to and in accordance with this Subplan after the date on which formal approval under Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act has been obtained.

 

  (b) The date of grant of an Approved Option shall be the date of the Committee’s authorization of such grant which shall be notified to the Option Holder as soon as possible after that date.

 

  (c) The grant of an Approved Option shall be evidenced by the Company issuing an Approved Stock Option Agreement which shall be in the form of the Schedule attached hereto which sets out the terms and conditions not inconsistent with the rules of this Subplan on which the options are granted and may be exercised. No additional terms or conditions may be imposed without the prior approval of the Board of Inland Revenue.

 

5. EXERCISE OF APPROVED OPTIONS

 

  (a) Approved Options may not be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the expiration of one year from the date of grant. Thereafter, Approved Options may be exercised at such time or times, which may or may not be conditional on the price of the Company’s Stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange reaching predetermined levels, as set out in the Approved Stock Option Agreement issued to the Option Holder under Rule 4(c).

 

  (b) Approved Options may not in any event be exercised later than the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

 

  (c) Approved Options may not be exercised at any time when the option holder has, or has within the preceding 12 months, had a Material Interest in a close company being either the Company or a company which has control of the Company or is a member of a consortium which owns the Company.

 

  (d) The option price must be paid in full at the time of the exercise of the Approved Option. The purchase price may be paid only in cash, certified cheque or cashier’s cheque.

 

  (e) Stock shall be allocated and issued pursuant to a notice of exercise, in the form prescribed by the Committee, within 30 days of exercise. Except for any rights determined by reference to a date preceding the date of allotment, such stock shall rank pari-passu with other Stock of the same class in issue at the date of allotment.

 

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

  (a) In the event that the Option Holder’s employment terminates before the first anniversary of the date of grant, Approved Option shall be automatically cancelled upon the termination of the Option Holder’s employment. Where the employment terminates after the first anniversary of the date of grant, any Approved Option which cannot be exercised at the date of termination shall be automatically cancelled upon termination of the employment.


  (b) Subject to paragraph (c) and (d) below any Approved Option which can be exercised at the date of termination of the Option Holder’s employment must be exercised within 6 months of the date of termination of the employment or such longer period as determined by the Committee.

 

  (c) Upon termination of the Option Holder’s employment for retirement on or after the Option Holder’s Normal Retirement Date under a pension plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary or by reason of disability (as defined in such pension plan) or redundancy or by resignation of the Option Holder for any reason with the consent of the Committee the Approved Option shall remain fully exercisable for a period of thirty six months after the date of such termination or such longer period as may be determined by the Committee but in no event later than the expiration of the option specified in rule 5(b) of this Subplan.

 

  (d) In the event of the death of the Option Holder, whether before or after the termination of the Option Holder’s employment, the Approved Option shall be fully exercisable by the personal representative of the Option Holder for a period of 12 months from the date of the death of the Option Holder but in no event later than the expiration of the option under Rule 5(b) of this Subplan.

 

7. OPTION PRICE

 

  (a) The price per share of Stock payable upon the exercise of an Approved Option shall not be less than 100% of the Market Value per share of Stock on the date such Approved Option is granted and shall be payable in cash or cheque in lawful money of the United States of America.

 

  (b) For the purposes of this Subplan the Market Value of the Stock shall be calculated to be the average of the highest and lowest value as reflected on the composite tape of New York Stock Exchange issued on the option grant date.

 

8. NON TRANSFERABILITY OF APPROVED OPTIONS

Options granted under this Subplan shall not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and during the lifetime of an Option Holder the option shall be exercised only by such an Option Holder or the option Holder’s guardian or legal representative.

 

9. VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

In the event of any capitalization or rights issue or any consolidation, sub-division or reduction of capital by the Company, the number of shares of stock subject to any Approved Option and the option price (as defined in Rule 7) for each of those shares of Stock shall be adjusted in such manner as the Auditors, after consultation with the Committee, confirm to be fair and reasonable provided that:

 

  (i) the aggregate amount payable on the exercise of an Approved Option in full is not increased;

 

  (ii) the option price for the stock is not reduced below its nominal value;


  (iii) no adjustment shall be made without the prior approval of the Board of Inland Revenue; and

 

  (iv) following the adjustment the stock continues to satisfy the condition specified in paragraphs 10 to 14 inclusive of Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act.

 

10. AMENDMENT OF THIS SUBPLAN

The Committee may not make any amendment to this Subplan or to the form of words used in the UK Approved Stock Option Subplan Grant Agreement without first obtaining the approval of the Board of Inland Revenue.


Exhibit B

LOGO

1999 Stock Option Plan

Section 1. Purpose

The purpose of the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to advance the interest of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 4) by encouraging and enabling the acquisition of a financial interest in the Company by officers and other key employees through grants of stock options (“Options”).

Section 2. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) from among its members and shall be comprised of not fewer than two members who shall be “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”), and the regulations thereunder.

The Committee shall determine the persons to whom and the times at which Options will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Option, the duration of each Option, the times within which the Option may be exercised, the cancellation of the Option (with the consent of the holder thereof) and the other conditions of the grant of an Option. The Committee, however, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to make awards under the Plan, to extend the period for exercise of Options awarded or to make such other determinations that the Committee is authorized to make under the Plan, unless such delegation would jeopardize the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code or Rule 16b-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.

The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, establish such rules and regulations for the proper administration of the Plan, may make interpretations and take other action in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each interpretation or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan shall be final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons including, but without limitation, the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Committee, the Board, the affected optionees, and their respective successors in interest.

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they have as directors or as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act in connection with the Plan or any Option granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved to the extent required by and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company relating to indemnification of directors) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee member or members did not act in good faith and in a manner he, she or they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company.


Section 3. Stock

The stock to be issued under the Plan shall be shares of common stock, $1 par value, of the Company (the “Stock”). The Stock shall be made available from authorized and unissued Stock or from shares of Stock held by the Company in its treasury. The total number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Options granted hereunder shall not exceed 20,000,000. Stock subject to any unexercised portion of an Option which expires or is canceled, surrendered or terminated for any reason may again be subject to Options granted under the Plan. Stock received in payment upon the exercise of an Option may not be the subject of a subsequent Option.

Section 4. Eligibility

Options may be granted to executive officers, other persons in the senior executive band, and in the executive band, branch managers, sales center managers, other officers and management employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as well as a consultant or other person providing key services to the Company and its Subsidiaries. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the voting stock or capital at the time of the granting of such Option.

No person shall be granted the right to acquire pursuant to Options granted under the Plan more than 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Stock originally authorized for issuance under the Plan.

Section 5. Awards of Options

(a) Option Price. The option price shall be 100% or more of the fair market value of the Stock on the date of grant. The fair market value of shares of Stock shall be computed on the basis of the average of the high and low market prices at which a share of Stock shall have been sold on the date for which the valuation is made, or on the next preceding trading day if such date was not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

(b) Payment. The option price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise. No shares shall be issued until full payment has been received therefor. Payment may be made in cash or, with the prior approval of and upon the conditions established by the Committee, by other means, including delivery of shares of Stock owned by the optionee.

(c) Duration of Options. Subject to the terms of the Option, the duration of Options shall be 10 years from date of grant.

(d) Other Terms and Conditions. Options may contain such other provisions, as the Committee shall determine appropriate from time to time, including provisions related to the vesting of Options and the time periods within which an Option shall be exercisable. The grant of an Option to any officer or employee shall not affect in any way the right of the Company and any Subsidiary to terminate the relationship between the Company or Subsidiary and the optionee.


(e) Options Granted to International Optionees. Options granted to an optionee who is subject to the laws of a country other than the United States of America may contain terms and conditions inconsistent with provisions of the Plan (except those necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), or may be granted under such supplemental documents, as required or appropriate under such country’s laws.

(f) Withholding of Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the optionee the amount of any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to Options granted hereunder or the Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Options.

Section 6. Replacement

The Committee from time to time may permit an optionee under the Plan to surrender for cancellation any unexercised outstanding stock option or stock appreciation rights of the Company and receive in exchange from the Company either shares of Stock, an option for such number of shares of Stock, or both, in amounts and with features as designated by the Committee.

Section 7. Extension of the Terms of Options

The Committee may extend the duration of any Option for a period not to exceed one year without changing the option price and on such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem advisable unless such extension or change would result in less favorable tax treatment than the optionee would have received under the original option.

Section 8. Transferability of Options

An Option shall be transferable by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. Further, an Option is transferable to an immediate family member of the optionee under such terms and conditions as may be determined, from time to time, by the Committee. For purposes of this Section 8, an “immediate family member” is defined as the optionee’s spouse, child, grandchild, parent or a trust established for the benefit of such family members. With respect to any Option transferred pursuant to the terms of this Section 8, any such Option shall be exercisable only by the designated transferee or the designated transferee’s legal representative.

Section 9. Effect of Termination of Employment

(a) All Options exercisable upon an optionee’s termination of employment (whether due to Committee action or otherwise) or becoming exercisable thereafter shall expire in accordance with the terms of such Options, unless the Committee determines otherwise. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause all outstanding Options held by an optionee upon his or her termination of employment for any reason, including retirement, death, and disability, to become immediately exercisable.


(b) For purposes of this Section 9, “retirement” means an optionee’s voluntary termination of employment on a date which is on or after the earliest date on which such optionee would be eligible for an immediately payable benefit pursuant to the terms of the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary in which the optionee participates. If the optionee does not participate in such a plan, the date shall be determined as if the optionee participated in the Company’s defined benefit plan covering the majority of its nonbargaining employees in the United States. With respect to nonemployee officers or consultants, “retirement” means termination, or cessation, of services at or after age 55. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may contain such other definitions of “retirement,” as the Committee determines appropriate.

(c) For purposes of this Section 9, “disability” shall have the same meaning as the definition “disability” in effect at the time of the determination in the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary in which the optionee participates. If the optionee does not participate in such a plan or such plan does not define “disability,” “disability” shall mean the optionee’s inability, by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a physician approved of by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not less than one year.

Section 10. No Rights as a Share Owner

An optionee or a transferee of an Option shall have no right as a share owner with respect to any Stock covered by an Option or receivable upon the exercise of an Option until the optionee or transferee shall have become the holder of record of such Stock. No adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property (except for stock dividends) or other distributions or rights in respect of such Stock for which the record date is prior to the date on which the optionee or transferee shall have in fact become the holder of record of the share of Stock acquired pursuant to the Option.

Section 11. Adjustment in the Number of Shares and in Option Price

In the event there is any change in the shares of Stock through the declaration of stock dividends or stock splits or through recapitalization or merger, share exchange, consolidation, combination of shares or otherwise, the Committee or the Board shall make such adjustment, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number of shares of Stock available for Options as well as the number of shares of Stock subject to any outstanding Option and the option price thereof. Any such adjustment may provide for the elimination of any fractional shares which might otherwise become subject to any Option without payment therefor.

Section 12. Amendments, Modification and Termination of the Plan

The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan in whole or in part, may suspend the Plan in whole or in part from time to time, and may amend the Plan from time to time, including the adoption of amendments deemed necessary or desirable to qualify the Options under the laws of various states or countries (including tax laws) or to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted thereunder. Any such action may be taken without the approval of the share owners of the Company unless the Committee determines that the approval of share owners would be necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.


No amendment or termination or modification of the Plan shall in any manner affect any Option theretofore granted without the consent of the optionee, except that the Committee may amend or modify the Plan in a manner that does affect Options theretofore granted upon a finding by the Committee that such amendment or modification is necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code or that it is not adverse to the interest of holders of outstanding Options.

The Plan shall terminate five years after the date of approval of the Plan by the share owners of the Company unless earlier terminated by the Board or by the Committee.

Section 13. Governing Law

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia, United States of America, and construed in accordance therewith.


Exhibit C

LOGO

2001 Stock Option Plan

Section 1. Purpose

The purpose of the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to advance the interest of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 4) by encouraging and enabling the acquisition of a financial interest in the Company by officers, management employees and other key individuals through grants of stock options (“Options”).

Section 2. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) from among its members and shall be comprised of not fewer than two members who shall be “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”), and the regulations thereunder.

The Committee shall determine the persons to whom and the times at which Options will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Option, the duration of each Option, the times within which the Option may be exercised, the cancellation of the Option (with the consent of the holder thereof) and the other conditions of the grant of an Option.

The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, establish such rules and regulations for the proper administration of the Plan, may make interpretations and take other action in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each interpretation or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan shall be final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons including, but without limitation, the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Committee, the Board, the affected optionees, and their respective successors in interest.

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they have as directors or as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act in connection with the Plan or any Option granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved to the extent required by and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company relating to indemnification of directors) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding.


Section 3. Stock

The stock to be issued under the Plan shall be shares of common stock, $1 par value, of the Company (the “Stock”). The Stock shall be made available from authorized and unissued Stock or from shares of Stock held by the Company in its treasury. The total number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Options granted hereunder shall not exceed 40,000,000. Stock subject to any unexercised portion of an Option which expires or is canceled, surrendered or terminated for any reason may again be subject to Options granted under the Plan. Stock received in payment upon the exercise of an Option may not be the subject of a subsequent Option.

Section 4. Eligibility

Options may be granted to officers, other key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as well as to consultants, directors or other persons providing key services to the Company of its Subsidiaries. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the voting stock or capital or profits interest at the time of the granting of such Option.

No person shall be granted the right to acquire pursuant to Options granted under the Plan more than 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Stock originally authorized for issuance under the Plan.

Section 5. Awards of Options

(a) Option Price. The option price shall be 100% or more of the fair market value of the Stock on the date of grant. The fair market value of shares of Stock shall be computed on the basis of the average of the high and low market prices at which a share of Stock shall have been sold on the date for which the valuation is made, or on the next preceding trading day if such date was not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing reflecting composite treading as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on the trading day, or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

(b) Payment. The option price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise. No shares shall be issued until full payment has been received therefor. Payment may be made in cash or by other means, including delivery of shares of Stock owned by the optionee.

(c) Duration of Options. Subject to the terms of the Option, the duration of Options shall be 10 years from date of grant.

(d) Other Terms and Conditions. Options may contain such other provisions as the Committee shall determine appropriate from time to time, including provisions related to the vesting of Options and the time periods within which an Option shall be exercisable. The grant of an Option to any officer or employee shall not affect in any way the right of the Company and any Subsidiary to terminate the relationship between the Company or Subsidiary and the optionee.

(e) Options Granted to International Optionees. Options granted to an optionee who is subject to the laws of a country other than the United States of America may contain terms and conditions inconsistent with provisions of the Plan or may be granted under such supplemental documents, as required or appropriate under such country’s laws.


(f) Withholding of Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the optionee the amount of any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to Options granted hereunder or the Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Options.

Section 6. Extension of the Terms of Options

The Committee may extend the duration of any Option for a period not to exceed one year without changing the option price and on such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem advisable unless either the authority granted under this Section 6 or the exercise of such authority would result in less favorable tax treatment than the optionee would have received under the original option or is prohibited by the securities laws of the country within which the grant was originally made.

Section 7. Nontransferability of Options

An Option shall not be transferable except as follows: An Option shall be transferable by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. Further, an Option is transferable to an immediate family member of the optionee under such terms and conditions as may be determined, from time to time, by the Committee. For purposes of this Section 8, an “immediate family member” is defined as the optionee’s spouse, child, grandchild, parent or a trust established for the benefit of such family members. With respect to any Option transferred pursuant to the terms of this Section 8, any such Option shall be exercisable only by the designated transferee or the designated transferee’s legal representative.

Section 8. No Rights as a Share Owner

An optionee or a transferee of an Option shall have no right as a share owner with respect to any Stock covered by an Option or receivable upon the exercise of an Option until the optionee or transferee shall have become the holder of record of such Stock. No adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property (except for stock dividends) or other distributions or rights in respect of such Stock for which the record date is prior to the date on which the optionee or transferee shall have in fact become the holder of record of the share of Stock acquired pursuant to the Option.

Section 9. Adjustment in the Number or Kind of Shares and in Option Price

In the event there is any change in the shares of Stock through the declaration of stock dividends payable in Stock or stock splits or through recapitalization or merger, share exchange, consolidation, combination of shares or otherwise, the Committee or the Board shall make such adjustment, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number or kind of shares of Stock available for Options, as well as the number or kind of shares of Stock subject to any outstanding Option and the option price thereof. Any such adjustment may provide for the elimination of any fractional shares which might otherwise become subject to any Option without payment therefor.


Section 10. Amendments, Modification and Termination of the Plan

The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan in whole or in part, may suspend the Plan in whole or in part from time to time, and may amend the Plan from time to time, including the adoption of amendments deemed necessary or desirable to qualify the Options under the laws of various states or countries (including tax laws) or to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted thereunder. Any such action may be taken without the approval of the share owners of the Company unless the Committee determines that the approval of share owners would be necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

No amendment or termination or modification of the Plan shall in any manner affect any Option theretofore granted without the consent of the optionee, except that the Committee may amend or modify the Plan in a manner that does affect Options theretofore granted upon a finding by the Committee that such amendment or modification is necessary to retain the benefits of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code or that it is not adverse to the interest of holders of outstanding Options.

The Plan shall terminate when all shares of Stock subject to Options under the Plan have been issued and are no longer subject to forfeiture unless earlier terminated by the Board or the Committee.

Section 11. Governing Law

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia, United States of America, and construed in accordance therewith.

Section 12. Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Any action taken by the Committee or the Board of Directors pursuant to the Plan, and any provision of the Plan, is null and void if it does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and would otherwise result in liability under Section 16(b) of that Act.


COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES INC.

2001 Stock Option Plan for French Employees

Section 1. Purpose

The purpose of the 2001 Stock Option Plan for French Employees (the “Plan”) is to advance the interest of Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 4) located in France by encouraging and enabling the acquisition of a financial interest in the Company by officers and other key employees through grants of stock options (“Options”).

Section 2. Administration

The Plan shall be administered by a Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) from among its members and shall be comprised of not fewer than two members who shall be “nonemployee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The Committee shall determine the persons to whom and the times at which Options will be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Option, the duration of each Option, the times within which the Option may be exercised, the cancellation of the Option (with the consent of the holder thereof) and the other conditions of the grant of an Option. The Committee, however, may delegate, from time to time, to the Chief Executive Officer the authority to make Awards under the Plan or to extend the period for exercise of Options awarded under the Plan. The conditions of the grants of Options need not be the same with respect to each optionee or with respect to each Option.

The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, establish such rules and regulations for the proper administration of the Plan, may make interpretations and take other action in relation to the Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Each interpretation or other action made or taken pursuant to the Plan shall be final and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons including, but without limitation, the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Committee, the Board, the affected optionees, and their respective successors in interest.

Section 3. Stock

The stock to be issued under the Plan shall be shares of common stock, $1 par value, of the Company (the “Stock”). The Stock shall be made available only from authorized and unissued Stock. The total number of options granted and not exercised yet at any given time under the Plan shall not give right to the subscription of a number of shares exceeding one-third of the share capital of the Company.

Section 4. Eligibility

Options may be granted to officers and management employees employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries in France. No options may be granted to individuals who are not employees. More generally, no option may be granted to an optionee who already owns more than 10% of the Company’s share capital. “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the voting stock or capital at the time of the granting of such Option.


Section 5. Awards of Options

(a) Option Price. The exercise price of each option shall be 100% or more of the fair market value of the Stokc on the date of grant. The fair market value of the Stock shall be computed on the basis of the average of the high and low market prices at which a share of Stock shall have been sold on the date of grant, or on the next preceding trading day if such date was not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing. Further, the exercise price of the Option shall be at least 80% of the average of the daily market prices over the twenty trading days preceding the date of grant, with the daily market price determined as the average of the high and low price at which the Stock was sold on each such trading day.

(b) Payment. The option price shall be paid in full at the time of exercise. No shares shall be issued until full payment has been received therefor. Payment may be made in cash or, with the prior approval of and upon the conditions established by the Committee, by other means, including delivery of shares of Stock owned by the optionee.

(c) Withholding. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the optionee the amount of any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the Stock subject to such Award.

(d) Duration of Options. The duration of Options shall be 10 years from date of grant.

(e) Other Terms and Conditions. Options may be subject to such other provisions including the time periods during which options shall be exercisable, as determined by the Committee on the date of grant and as contained in documents under which such Options are granted.

( f ) No Affect on Employment Status . The grant of an Option to any officer or employee shall not affect in any way the right of the Company and any Subsidiary to terminate the relationship between the Company and the optionee.

Section 6. Nontransferability of Option

No Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be transferable except than by will or, in the absence of a will, by the laws of descent upon, and within six months of, the death of an optionee. Certificate(s) representing the shares of Stock issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued only in the name of the optionee or, provided such Option is exercised within six months of the optionee’s death, in the name of his or her heir.


Section 7. No Rights as a Share Owner

An optionee shall have no right as a share owner with respect to any Stock covered by an Option or receivable upon the exercise of an Option until the optionee shall have become the holder of record of such Stock. No adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property (except for share dividends) or other distributions or rights in respect of such Stock for which the record date is prior to the date on which the optionee shall have in fact become the holder of record of the share of Stock acquired pursuant to the Option.

Section 8. Adjustment in the Number of Shares and in Option Price

In the event there is any change in the shares of Stock through the declaration of stock dividends or stock splits or through recapitalization or merger, share exchange, consolidation, combination of shares or otherwise, the Committee or the Board shall make such adjustment, if any, as it may deem appropriate in the number of shares of Stock available for Options as well as the number of shares of Stock subject to any outstanding Option and the option price thereof. Any such adjustment may provide for the elimination of any fractional shares which might otherwise become subject to any Option without payment therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, adjustments in Options may only be made in accordance with French laws and regulations.

Section 9. Amendments, Modification and Termination of the Plan

The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan in whole or in part, may suspend the Plan in whole or in part from time to time, and may amend the Plan from time to time, including the adoption of amendments deemed necessary or desirable to qualify the Options under laws of France or the United States (including tax laws) or to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment of the Plan, or of the terms of any Option granted hereunder, shall be effective with respect to an optionee (i) without the consent of such optionee or (ii) if such amendment would constitute a cancellation of an existing Option and the grant of a new Option under French law.

The Plan shall terminate five years after the effective date of the Plan unless earlier terminated by the Board or by the Committee.

Section 10. Governing Law

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia, United States of America, and construed in accordance therewith.


RULES OF THE

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES INC

UK 2002 APPROVED STOCK OPTION SUBPLAN

 

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

In this Subplan:

 

“Approved Control”    has the meaning in section 840 of the Taxes Act.
“Approved Option”    means a right to acquire Stock granted pursuant to and in accordance with this Subplan.
“the Auditors”    means the Auditors for the time being of the company.
“Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.”    means the company and every company which is under the Approved Control of the company.
“the Code”    means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time.
“the Committee”    means the Compensation Committee serving at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company;
“the Company”    means Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc;
“Material Interest”    has the same meaning as in section 187(3) of the Taxes Act;
“Option Holder”    means a person to whom a subsisting Approved Option has been granted.
“Participating Company”    means Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and any other company of which it has Approved Control and which is for the time being nominated by the Committee to be a Participating Company.
“the Plan”    means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Stock Option Plan as amended and extended from time to time;
“Stock”    means unrestricted Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company which satisfies the conditions of paragraphs 10-14 inclusive of Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act.
“this Subplan”    means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. UK 2002 Approved Stock Option Subplan, as amended from time to time.
“Subsisting Option”    means an Approved Option which has neither lapsed nor been exercised.
“the Taxes Act”    means the (UK) Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.


Words and expressions not defined in this Rule 1 have the same meaning as in Section 185 and Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act and any reference in this Subplan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified and extended.

 

2. PURPOSE

The Company has established the Coca Cola Enterprises Inc 2002 Stock Option Plan (the Plan) and under that plan the Committee can establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary and advisable for the proper administration of the Plan. Under those powers the Committee has established this Subplan with the intention that it be approved by the UK Inland Revenue under the provisions of Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act. Where the Committee wishes to grant stock options to acquire shares of stocks to employees of the Company’s UK subsidiaries, such options may be granted subject to and in accordance with the rules of this Subplan rather than under the rules of the Plan. This will not preclude the Committee also granting other options to an employee under the provisions of the Plan.

Options granted under this Subplan shall be referred to as Approved Options which will not include or in any way be linked with awards under the Plan which are excluded from this Subplan. In particular, Section 6 (Extension of the Terms of Options) of the Plan shall not apply to Approved Options granted under this Subplan.

In all cases of grants of Approved Options to employees of the Company’s UK subsidiaries, the rules of this Subplan shall be strictly observed. For the purposes of the Plan, the rules of the Subplan shall be incorporated into and made part of the Administrative Procedure for Stock Option Grants insofar as grants of Approved Options to employees of the Company’s UK subsidiaries are concerned.

 

3. ELIGIBILITY

 

  (a) Approved Options may only be granted to any full-time director employed by the Participating Company (who is required to devote to his duties not less than 25 hours per week to his duties, excluding meal breaks) or to any employee of the Participating Company.

 

  (b) Approved Options may not be granted to persons designated as members of the Committee and such other persons as the Board of Directors shall designate as persons who will be appointed as members of the Committee more than one year following the date of such designation.

 

  (c) Approved Options may not be granted to any person at any time when he has within the preceding 12 months had a Material Interest in a close company being either the Company or a company which has Approved Control of the Company or is a member of a consortium which owns the Company.

 

  (d) Approved Options granted to any person shall be limited and take effect so that the aggregate market value of the stock subject to that Approved Option, when aggregated with the market value of stock subject to Subsisting Options, shall not exceed £30,000. Subsisting option shall include all Options granted under this Subplan or any other plan, not being a savings related option scheme, which has or may be established by the Company or any associated company and approved under Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act.


For the purpose of determining this limit the Option Price of the Stock shall be converted to pounds sterling using the exchange rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal for the day coinciding with or if there is no rate quoted for that day, then the last day prior to the actual option grant date on which an exchange rate was quoted. When aggregating the Option Price of Approved Options granted at different times the Option Price of Subsisting Options shall taken as the pound sterling value as at the date of grant of each Subsisting Option.

 

4. GRANT OF APPROVED OPTIONS

 

  (a) Approved Options may only be granted pursuant to and in accordance with this Subplan after the date on which formal approval under Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act has been obtained.

 

  (b) The date of grant of an Approved Option shall be the date of the Committee’s authorization of such grant which shall be notified to the Option Holder as soon as possible after that date.

 

  (c) The grant of an Approved Option shall be evidenced by the Company issuing an Approved Option agreement which shall be in the form of the Schedule attached hereto which sets out the terms and conditions not inconsistent with the rules of this Subplan on which the options are granted and may be exercised. No additional terms or conditions may be imposed without the prior approval of the Board of Inland Revenue.

 

5. EXERCISE OF APPROVED OPTIONS

 

  (a) Approved Options may not be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the expiration of one year from the date of grant. Thereafter, Approved Options may be exercised at such time or times, which may or may not be conditional on the price of the Company’s Stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange reaching predetermined levels, as set out in the Approved Option agreement issued to the Option Holder under Rule 4(c).

 

  (b) Approved Options may not in any event be exercised later than the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

 

  (c) Approved Options may not be exercised at any time when the option holder has, or has within the preceding 12 months, had a Material Interest in a close company being either the Company or a company which has Approved Control of the Company or is a member of a consortium which owns the Company.

 

  (d) An Approved Option shall be exercisable by notice in writing (in the form prescribed by the Committee) given by the Option Holder (or his personal representatives or the Company’s designated agent) to the Company (or its designated agent). The notice of exercise of the Approved Option shall

 

  (i) be accompanied by payment directly from the Option Holder in cleared funds for the aggregate of the Option Prices payable; or


  (ii) give details of payment arrangements with the Company’s designated agent, which arrangements shall have been approved in advance with the Inland Revenue.

 

  (e) Following exercise of the Approved Option in accordance with Rule 5(d) of this Subplan, Stock shall be allocated and issued within 30 days of exercise. Except for any rights determined by reference to a date preceding the date of allotment, such stock shall rank pari-passu with other Stock of the same class in issue at the date of allotment.

 

6. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

  (a) In the event that the Option Holder’s employment terminates before the first anniversary of the date of grant, Approved Option shall be automatically cancelled upon the termination of the Option Holder’s employment. Where the employment terminates after the first anniversary of the date of grant, any Approved Option which cannot be exercised at the date of termination shall be automatically cancelled upon termination of the employment.

 

  (b) Subject to paragraph (c) and (d) below any Approved Option which can be exercised at the date of termination of the Option Holder’s employment must be exercised within 6 months of the date of termination of the employment subject to the discretion of the Committee which discretion must be exercised fairly and reasonably in favour of the Option Holder, to extend the period for exercise provided that Rule 5(b) of this Subplan is not breached.

 

  (c) Upon termination of the Option Holder’s employment for retirement on or after the Option Holder’s Normal Retirement Date under a pension plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary or by reason of disability (as defined in such pension plan) or redundancy or by resignation of the Option Holder for any reason with the consent of the Committee the Approved Option shall remain fully exercisable for a period of thirty six months after the date of such termination subject to the discretion of the Committee which discretion must be exercised fairly and reasonably in favour of the Option Holder, to extend the period for exercise provided that Rule 5(b) of this Subplan is not breached.

 

  (d) In the event of the death of the Option Holder, whether before or after the termination of the Option Holder’s employment, the Approved Option shall be fully exercisable by the personal representative of the Option Holder for a period of 12 months from the date of the death of the Option Holder but in no event later than the expiration of the option under Rule 5(b) of this Subplan.

 

7. OPTION PRICE

 

  (a) The price per share of Stock payable upon the exercise of an Approved Option shall not be less than 100% of the Market Value per share of Stock on the date such Approved Option is granted and shall be payable in cash or cheque in lawful money of the United States of America.

 

  (b) For the purposes of this Subplan the Market Value of the Stock shall be calculated to be the average of the highest and lowest value as reflected on the composite tape of New York Stock Exchange issued on the option grant date or on the next preceding day if such date was not a trading day.


8. NON TRANSFERABILITY OF APPROVED OPTIONS

Approved Options granted under this Subplan shall not be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and during the lifetime of an Option Holder the option shall be exercised only by such an Option Holder or the option Holder’s guardian or legal representative.

 

9. EXCHANGE OF APPROVED OPTIONS ON A TAKEOVER

 

  (a) If any company (“the Acquiring Company”) obtains Approved Control of the Company within the circumstances specified in paragraph 15(1) of Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act, any Option Holder may, by agreement with the Acquiring Company at any time within the period specified in paragraph 15(2) of that Schedule, release his Approved Option (“the Old Option”) in consideration of the grant to him of a new approved option (“the New Option”) which is equivalent to the Old Option (by virtue of satisfying the requirements of paragraph 15(3) of Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act) but relates to shares in a different company (whether the Acquiring Company itself or another company within its group).

 

  (b) Where any New Options are granted pursuant to Rule 9(a) of this Subplan they shall be regarded for the purposes of the subsequent application of the provisions of this Subplan as having been granted at the time when the corresponding Old Options were granted and, with effect from the date on which the New Options are granted:

 

  (i) save for the definitions of “Participating Company” in Rule 1 of this Subplan, references to “the Company” (including the definition in Rule 1 of this Subplan) shall be construed as being references to the Acquiring Company or such other company to whose shares the New Options relate; and

 

  (ii) references to “Stock” (including the definition in Rule 1 of this Subplan) shall be construed as being references to shares in the Acquiring Company or shares in such other company to which the New Options relate but references to Participating Company shall continue to be construed as if references to the Company were references to Coca Cola Enterprises Inc.

 

10. VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

In the event of any capitalization or rights issue or any consolidation, sub-division or reduction of capital by the Company, the number of shares of stock subject to any Approved Option and the option price (as defined in Rule 7) for each of those shares of Stock shall be adjusted in such manner as the Auditors, after consultation with the Committee, confirm to be fair and reasonable provided that:

 

  (a) the aggregate amount payable on the exercise of an Approved Option in full is not increased;


  (b) the option price for the stock is not reduced below its nominal value;

 

  (c) no adjustment shall be made without the prior approval of the Board of Inland Revenue; and

 

  (d) following the adjustment the stock continues to satisfy the condition specified in paragraphs 10 to 14 inclusive of Schedule 9 of the Taxes Act.

 

11. AMENDMENT OF THIS SUBPLAN

The Committee may not make any amendment to this Subplan or to the form of words used in the UK Approved Option agreement without first obtaining the approval of the Board of Inland Revenue.


Exhibit D

LOGO

2001 Restricted Stock Award

TO :

DATE : January 2001

Coca-Cola Enterprises (the “Company”) has made an award of restricted stock in 2001 to certain key employees of the Company whose continued service should be rewarded and encouraged. We are pleased to advise you that you have been awarded              shares of restricted stock, subject to the terms and conditions explained below.

 

1. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD. A SHARE OF RESTRICTED STOCK IS AN ACTUAL SHARE OF COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY. THE STOCK CERTIFICATE FOR YOUR RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD WILL BE ISSUED IN YOUR NAME BUT HELD BY THE COMPANY. THE ACTUAL TRANSFER OF YOUR AWARD OF RESTRICTIVE STOCK IS CONTINGENT UPON, AND EFFECTIVE AS OF, THE DATE THAT YOU RETURN TO THE COMPANY A SIGNED COPY OF THE ENCLOSED STOCK POWER.

To effect the transfer of the shares of restricted stock for which you qualify, you must fax and then mail your signed Stock Power to:

Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

Attn: Susan Miller, Stock Plan Administrator

P.O. Box 723040

Atlanta, GA 31139-0040

(770) 989-3597

 

2. OWNERSHIP RIGHTS. AS OF THE DATE THIS RESTRICTIVE STOCK AWARD IS TRANSFERRED TO YOU, YOU WILL HAVE THE RIGHTS OF OWNERSHIP WITH RESPECT TO THE SHARES, EXCEPT SUCH SHARES CANNOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED UNTIL THE RESTRICTIONS ARE REMOVED, AND THEY ARE SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE, AS DESCRIBED IN THIS AWARD DOCUMENT. YOU ARE ENTITLED TO VOTE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND TO RECEIVE ANY DIVIDENDS PAID ON SUCH SHARES. (YOU SHOULD CONTACT SHARE OWNER RELATIONS AT (770) 989-3796 IF YOU WISH TO HAVE THESE DIVIDENDS APPLIED TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES OF THE COMPANY’S STOCK THROUGH THE COMPANY’S DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN.)

 

3. Vesting . In order for restricted shares of stock to vest, the restrictive legend on the share certificate must be removed. At that time, you will have all the privileges of ownership and the stock certificate(s) will be delivered to you. Restrictions will be removed from one-hundred percent (100%) of this award at the earliest to occur of:

 

  a. January 2, 2005, four years from the date the award was authorized, if you are continuously employed by the Company or and Affiliated Company until that date, or


  b. Your death or disability.

 

4. Effects of Termination on Unvested Restricted Stock. One-hundred percent (100%) of this award will be forfeited if it is not vested, in accordance with item 2, before or upon your termination of employment.

 

5. Definitions. For purposes of this award of restricted stock:

 

  a. “Disability” shall be determined according to the definition of “disability,” in effect at the time of the determination, in the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Employees’ Pension Plan.

 

  b. For purposes of this award, your employment with the Company will not be considered terminated if you become immediately employed by The Coca-Cola Company or any company or business entity in which The Coca-Cola Company or the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the voting stock or capital and the Company agrees to such subsequent employment. Termination from such subsequent employment, however, shall be deemed termination from the Company, with the terms of this Agreement applicable thereto, unless you become immediately reemployed with the Company or another affiliated company.

 

6. Tax Obligations . The information provided in Exhibit 2 summarizes the tax consequences associated with the transfer of restricted stock. As you will wish to consider these tax rules in conjunction with your own financial situation, the Company recommends that you consult your financial advisor about tax rules.

The Company may retain custody of your shares of stock until such payments or arrangements are made to pay, or may deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due you, an amount equal to the amount required by law to be withheld from your income and remitted to the appropriate tax authorities.

EXHIBITS

 

1. 2001 Restricted Stock Award Plan

 

2. Federal Income Tax Consequences, ERISA, Restrictions on Resales of Stock and Incorporation by Reference, Pertaining to Restricted Stock.

ENCLOSURES

 

1. Stock Power

 

2. Section 83(b) Election Form and Instructions


Exhibit E

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES INC.

2004 STOCK AWARD PLAN

(As Amended Effective December 31, 2008)

1. Purpose . The purpose of this 2004 Stock Award Plan (the “Plan”) is to assist Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”), and its Subsidiaries in attracting, retaining, and rewarding high-quality executives, employees, and other persons who provide services to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and the Company’s shareowners, and providing such persons with annual and long-term performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of shareowner value.

2. Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1, above:

(a) “Award” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, and Deferred Stock Units granted under this Plan.

(b) “Beneficiary” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon such Participant’s death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 10(a) . If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(c) “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(d) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the circumstances described below in subparagraphs (i) through (iv):

(i) If any “person”, except for:

the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

a trustee or other entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and

The Coca-Cola Company, but only to the extent of its “current ownership”

is or becomes the “beneficial owner” directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the combined total voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities.

As used in this definition of “change in control”

“person” is used as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended);


“beneficial owner” is used as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended), and

“current ownership” of The Coca-Cola Company means that entity’s direct and indirect beneficial ownership of no more than an aggregate of 168,956,718 shares of the Company’s common stock (including shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, shares of the Company’s common stock), the aggregate number being subject to adjustment for subsequent stock splits or dividends payable in stock that are applicable to all shares of the Company’s common stock.

(ii) If during any period of two consecutive years,

the individuals constituting the Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of the two-year period; and any new Director – except for a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a “change in control” described in (a), (c) or (d) – whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareowners was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved

cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.

(iii) If the shareowners of the Company approve a merger, consolidation or share exchange with any other “person”, other than:

a merger, consolidation or share exchange that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such event continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of either

(A) the surviving entity or

(B) another entity that owns, directly or indirectly, the entire voting interest in the surviving entity (the “parent”))

more than 50% of the voting power of the voting securities of the Company or the surviving entity (or its “parent”) outstanding immediately after such event; or

a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company in which no “person” acquires more than 30% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities;

then, a “change in control” shall have occurred immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or share exchange.


(iv) The shareowners of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(f) “Committee” means not less than two members of the Governance and Compensation Committee of the Board, each of whom shall be (i) a “disinterested director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, unless administration of the Plan by “disinterested directors” is not then required in order for exemptions under Rule 16b-3 to apply to transactions under the Plan, and (ii) an “outside director” as defined under Code Section 162(m), unless the action taken pursuant to the Plan is not required to be taken by “outside directors” in order to qualify for tax deductibility under Code Section 162(m).

(g) “Covered Employee” shall have the same meaning as “Covered Employee” under Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.

(h) “Deferred Stock Unit” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(e), to receive Stock, cash or a combination at the end of a specified deferral period.

(i) “Dividend Equivalents” means an amount credited under a Participant’s Deferred Stock Unit Award, which amount is equal to the dividends paid on the Stock, determined as if the Deferred Stock Unit were shares of Stock on the record date of any such dividend.

(j) “Interest Credit” means an amount credited under a Participant’s Deferred Stock Award, which amount is based on the annual rate equivalent to the weighted average prime lending rate of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta for the relevant calendar year or portion of the calendar year.

(k) “Effective Date” means May 1, 2004, subject to the approval of the shareowners of the Company.

(l) “Eligible Person” means directors, Executive Officers, other officers and employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary, as well as other persons providing key services to the Company or a Subsidiary.

(m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(n) “Executive Officer” means an executive officer of the Company as defined under the Exchange Act.

(o) “Fair Market Value” means the Fair Market Value of Stock, Awards or other property as determined by the Committee or under procedures established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be the average of the high and low market prices at which a share of Stock shall have been sold on the date for which the determination is made, or on the next preceding day if such date was not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Listing reflecting composite trading as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on the trading day.


(p) “Option” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(b), to purchase Stock or other Awards at a specified price during specified time periods.

(q) “Participant” means a person who has been granted an Award under the Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(r) “Performance Award” means an Award, or the right to receive an Award, granted to a Eligible Person under Section 8, which such Award or right shall be subject to the performance criteria specified by the Committee.

(s) “Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6(d), that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(t) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or any similar law or regulation that may be a successor thereto.

(u) “Stock” means shares of common stock, $1 par value, of the Company.

(v) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(c).

(w) “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the voting stock or capital or profits interest at the time of the granting of an Award under this Plan.

3. Administration.

(a) Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee . The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to interpret the provisions of the Plan, select Eligible Persons to become Participants, grant Awards, determine the type, number and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, interpret the Plan and Award agreements and correct defects, supply omissions or reconcile inconsistencies therein, ensure that awards continue to qualify under Rule 16b-3, and make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, its shareowners, Participants, Beneficiaries, transferees under Section 10(a) or other persons claiming rights from or through a Participant.

(b) Limitation of Liability . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they have as directors or as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act in connection with the Plan or any Option granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement (provided such settlement is approved to the extent required by and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company relating to indemnification of directors) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding.


4. Stock Subject to Plan.

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(b), the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 30,900,000; provided, however, that the total number of shares of Stock with respect to Awards of Options and SARs shall not exceed 24,000,000; and provided, further that the total number of shares of Stock with respect to Awards of Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Units shall not exceed 6,900,000. The Stock shall be made available from authorized and unissued shares or from Stock held by the Company in its treasury.

Effective April 24, 2007 and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(b), the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 9,900,000. The Stock shall be made available from authorized and unissued shares or from Stock held by the Company in its treasury.

(b) Availability of Shares Not Delivered Under Awards. Shares of Stock subject to an Award under the Plan that is expired, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a delivery of shares to the Participant will again be available for Awards under the Plan. Stock received in payment upon the exercise of an Option may not be the subject of a subsequent Award.

5. Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations. Awards may be granted under the Plan only to Eligible Persons. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(b), no Eligible Person may be granted Options and SARs under this Plan that, considered together, relate to more than 4,800,000 shares of Stock, and no Eligible Person may be granted Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Units under this Plan that, considered together, relate to more than 1,380,000 shares of Stock.

6. Specific Terms of Awards.

(a) General. Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6.

(i) The Committee also may impose on any Award or the exercise, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section 10(d)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award.

(ii) The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is imposed in the Award agreement, provided, however, that the Committee shall not have the discretion to accelerate or defer payment with respect to any Award that is subject to Code Section 409A if the exercise of such discretion would violate Code Section 409A.

(iii) Any Award or the value of any Award made under this Plan may, subject to any requirements of applicable law or regulation and in the Committee’s sole discretion, be converted into Deferred Stock Units and subject to Section 6(e) below, provided, however, such conversion shall not be permitted with respect to any Award that is subject to Code Section 409A, nor shall such conversion be permitted if such conversion would violate Code Section 409A.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an Option or SAR shall not be granted to an Eligible Person unless the Stock would constitute “service recipient stock” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii) with respect to such Eligible Person.


(b) Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that such exercise price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise. Awards of Options may contain such provisions as the Committee shall determine appropriate, including provisions related to the vesting of the Option, the times at which, or the circumstances under which, an Option may be exercised, and the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid.

(iii) Duration of Options. Awards will contain a provision stating the duration of an Option, which duration may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

(iv) Options Granted to International Participants. Options granted an Eligible Person who is subject to the laws of a country other than the United States of America may contain terms and conditions inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan or may be granted under such supplemental documents, as required or appropriate under such country’s laws.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Right to Payment. A SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise t, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the SAR, which payment may be satisfied by delivery of cash or Stock.

(ii) Other Terms. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any SAR, including but not limited to, the times at which and the circumstances under which a SAR may be exercised, the method of exercise, the method of settlement, the method by which Stock, if any, will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.

(d) Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Grant and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter.

(ii) Right as Shareowner. Except to the extent limited under any Award agreement relating to the Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a shareowner, including the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon (subject to any mandatory reinvestment or other requirement imposed by the Committee).

(iii) Certificates for Stock. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to applicable restrictions, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.


(iv) Dividends and Splits. As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(e) Deferred Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to grant Deferred Stock Units to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Deferred Stock Unit Credit . A Deferred Stock Unit shall be recorded in a bookkeeping reserve maintained by the Company as equivalent to the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the Company.

(ii) Grant and Restrictions. A Deferred Stock Unit shall be subject to such risk of forfeiture and other conditions as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse, or conditions be satisfied, separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant.

(iii) Dividend Equivalents and Interest Credits. As specified in the Award agreement, Dividend Equivalents and/or Interest Credits related to a Deferred Stock Unit may also be credited on behalf of a Participant and/or converted to additional Deferred Stock Units.

(iv) Settlement of Deferred Stock Units and Related Interests. Deferred Stock Units represent the right to receive Stock, cash, or a combination at the end of a specified deferral period, as specified in the Award agreement or pursuant to the Committee’s determination.

7. Certain Other Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided that in no event shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed a period of ten years.

(b) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability. It is the intent of the Company that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt under Rule 16b-3 (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, unless the Participant shall have acknowledged in writing that a transaction pursuant to such provision is to be non-exempt, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.


(c) Cancellation of Awards . Unless the Award agreement specifies otherwise, the Committee may cancel any unexpired, unpaid, or deferred Awards at any time, if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Award agreement and the Plan including the following conditions:

(i) Noncompetition. A Participant shall not render services for any organization or engage directly or indirectly in any business which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or other senior officer designated by the Committee, is or becomes competitive with the Company. For Participants whose employment has terminated, the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer or other senior officer designated by the Committee shall be based on the Participant’s position and responsibilities while employed by the Company, the Participant’s post-employment responsibilities and position with the other organization or business, the extent of past, current and potential competition or conflict between the Company and the other organization or business, the effect on the Company’s shareowners, customers, suppliers and competitors of the Participant assuming the post-employment position and such other considerations as are deemed relevant given the applicable facts and circumstances. A Participant who has terminated employment shall be free, however, to purchase as an investment or otherwise, stock or other securities of such organization or business so long as they are listed upon a recognized securities exchange or traded over-the-counter, and such investment does not represent a greater than five percent equity interest in the organization or business.

(ii) Confidentiality. A Participant shall not, without prior written authorization from the Company, disclose to anyone outside the Company, or use in other than the Company’s business, any confidential information or material relating to the business of the Company that is acquired by the Participant either during or after employment with the Company.

(iii) Intellectual Property. A Participant shall disclose promptly and assign to the Company all right, title, and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Participant during employment by the Company, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company and shall do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in foreign countries.

8. Performance Awards.

(a) Performance Conditions. The right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Section 8(b) in the case of a Performance Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m).

(b) Performance Awards Granted to Covered Employees and Certain Eligible Persons. If the Committee determines that a Performance Award to be granted to an Eligible Person who is or may become a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Code Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(b).


(i) Performance Goals Generally. The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance and associated maximum Award payments with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 8(b). Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder (including Regulation 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto). The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any performance goal or that more than one performance goal must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

(ii) Business Criteria. One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, as defined by the Committee, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified Subsidiaries or business units of the Company (except with respect to the total shareowner return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: (1) Fair Market Value of shares of the Company’s common stock; (2) operating profit; (3) sales volume of the Company’s products; (4) earnings per share; (5) revenues; (6) cash flow; (7) cash flow return on investment; (8) return on assets, return on investment, return on capital, return on equity; (9) economic value added; (10) operating margin; (11) net income; pretax earnings; pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization; pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; (12) any of the above goals as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparator companies.

(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals. Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period, which may overlap with another performance period or periods, of up to ten years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).

(c) Written Determinations. All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award and as to the achievement of performance goals relating to Performance Awards under Section 8(b) shall be made in writing in the case of any Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m). The Committee may not delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards.

(d) Status of Section 8(b) Performance Awards Under Code Section 162(m). It is the intent of the Company that Performance Awards under Section 8(b) granted to persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder (including Regulation 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto) shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, Sections 8(b), (c) and (d), shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. If any provision of the Plan as in effect on the date of adoption or any agreements relating to Performance Awards that are designated as intended to comply with Code Section 162(m) does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.


9. Change in Control. In the event of a “Change in Control,” the following provisions shall apply unless otherwise provided in the Award agreement:

(a) Options and SARs . Any Option or SAR carrying a right to exercise that was not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested as of the time of the Change in Control and shall remain exercisable and vested for the balance of the stated term of such Option or SAR without regard to any termination of employment by the Participant, subject only to applicable restrictions set forth in Section 8(a).

(b) Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Units . The restrictions, deferral of settlement, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock Unit shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested as of the time of the Change in Control, except to the extent of any waiver by the Participant and subject to applicable restrictions set forth in Section 10(a).

(c) Limitations on Company in Event of a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall take or cause to be taken no action, and shall undertake or permit to arise no legal or contractual obligation, that results or would result in any postponement of the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of benefits under any Award or the imposition of any other conditions on such issuance, delivery or payment, to the extent that such postponement or other condition would represent a greater burden on a Participant than existed on the 90th day preceding the Change in Control.

10. General Provisions.

(a) Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10(a), no Award or other right or interest of a Participant under the Plan shall be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant to any party (other than the Company or a Subsidiary), or assigned or transferred by such Participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution upon the death of a Participant, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative.

(i) Transferability of Options . Unless otherwise specified in the Award, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or to an immediate family member of the Participant under such terms and conditions as may be determined, from time to time, by the Committee. An “immediate family member” is defined as the Participant’s spouse, child, grandchild, parent or a trust established for the benefit of such family members. With respect to any Option transferred pursuant to this Section 10(a)(i), any such Option shall be exercisable only by the designated transferee or the designated transferee’s legal representative.

(ii) Transferability of Deferred Stock Units . A Participant may designate one or more Beneficiaries to receive his or her interest under the Plan that is related to Deferred Stock Units in the event of his or her death.

(iii) Beneficiaries and Transferees Subject to Terms of Award . Any Beneficiary or transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant, shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.


(b) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock which may be delivered in connection with Awards granted thereafter, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock by which annual per-person Award limitations are measured under Section 5, (iii) the number and kind of shares of Stock subject to or deliverable in respect of outstanding Awards and (iv) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award and/or make provision for payment of cash or other property in respect of any outstanding Award. Effective February 8, 2007, in the event of a material corporate transaction described therein which results in existing holders of the Company’s common stock holding stock that differ in kind, character or amount from the Company common stock previously held by them, the Committee shall provide such adjustments or substitutions with respect to the plan and to awards granted thereunder as are necessary and appropriate to prevent each holder of outstanding awards from experiencing a significant increase or decrease, solely by reason of such transaction: (a) in the case of stock options or similar awards, in the holder’s then existing spread value (i.e., the difference between the exercise price of the award and the fair market value of the related common stock) and, (b) in the case of restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock units, or similar full value Awards, in the then existing fair market value (disregarding restrictions based on future service) of the holder’s awards. The actions required by the preceding sentence shall in no event be interpreted to result in adjustments or substitutions greater than those needed to provide parity of treatment between the holders of such awards and holders of common stock of the Company, and may include without limitation the adjustments and actions described in Section 10(b) of the Plan.

The Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards (including Performance Awards and performance goals related thereto) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence, as well as acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or any business unit, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations or business conditions or in view of the Committee’s assessment of the business strategy of the Company, any Subsidiary or business unit, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a Participant, and any other circumstances deemed relevant; provided that no such adjustment shall be authorized or made if and to the extent that such authority or the making of such adjustment would cause Performance Awards made under Section 8(b) to otherwise fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.

(c) Taxes. The Company and any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. However, this authority shall not include withholding of taxes above the statutorily required withholding amounts where such excess withholding would result in an earnings charge to the Company under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

(d) Changes to the Plan and Awards. The Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of shareowners or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareowners not later than the annual meeting next following


such Board action if such shareowner approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to the Plan to shareowners for approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award, without the consent of an affected Participant. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in the Plan; provided that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award.

(e) Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or a Subsidiary, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and employees, or (iv) except as provided in Section 6(d)(ii), conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a shareowner of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award.

(f) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or obligation to deliver Stock pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant. The trustee of such trusts may be authorized to dispose of trust assets and reinvest the proceeds in alternative investments, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify and in accordance with applicable law.

(g) Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a forfeiture of an Award with respect to which a Participant paid cash or other consideration, the Participant shall be repaid the amount of such cash or other consideration. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(h) Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award agreement shall be determined in accordance with Georgia law, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.

(i) Code Section 409A . This Plan and the Awards are generally not intended to be subject to Code Section 409A. To the extent this Plan or Awards are subject to Section 409A, the Plan and Awards are intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted and operated accordingly. If this Plan or any Award is subject to Code Section 409A, the Committee reserves the authority to amend this Plan or any Award as necessary to comply with Code Section 409A or to ensure that Code Section 409A does not apply to the Plan or the Award.


Rules For Coca Cola Enterprises Inc.

Deferred Stock Units in France

 

1. Introduction.

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Coca Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”) has established the 2004 Stock Award Plan (the “U.S. Plan”) for the benefit of certain employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including its French subsidiary(ies) of which the Company holds directly or indirectly at least 10% of the share capital (the “French Entities”).

Section 3(a) of the U.S. Plan specifically authorizes the Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) to determine the terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards (including deferred stock units granted in France) as the Committee deems appropriate and to make all other decisions and determinations with respect to the grant of Awards. The Committee has determined that it is appropriate to establish a sub-plan for the purposes of permitting Deferred Stock Units to qualify for favorable French tax and social security treatment. The Committee, therefore, intends to establish a sub-plan of the U.S. Plan for the purpose of granting deferred stock units which qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment in France applicable to shares granted for no consideration under the Sections L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-5 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, to qualifying employees who are resident in France for French tax purposes (the “French Participants”). The terms of the U.S. Plan, as set out in Appendix 1 hereto, shall, subject to the following rules, constitute the Rules for Deferred Stock Units in France under the Coca Cola Enterprises Inc. 2004 Stock Award Plan (the “French DSU Plan”).

Under the French DSU Plan, the qualifying employees will be granted only deferred stock units as defined in Section 2 hereunder. The grant of Deferred Stock Units is authorized under the Article 6(e) of the U.S. Plan. The provisions of Articles 6(b), (c) and (d) of the U.S. Plan permitting the grant of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and Restricted Stock are not applicable to grants made under this French DSU Plan.

 

2. Definitions .

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the U.S. Plan. The terms set out below will have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Deferred Stock Unit .

The term “Deferred Stock Units” shall mean a promise by the Company to a future issuance of a certain number of shares of Stock of the Company without any requirement to any payment, even of the par value of the shares of Stock, granted to the French Participants and subject to specific terms and conditions. Deferred Stock Units granted under this French DSU Plan shall be payable only in shares of Stock.

 

  (b) Grant Date .

The term “Grant Date” shall be the date on which the Committee both (1) designates the French Participant and (2) specifies the terms and conditions of the Deferred Stock Units, including the number of shares of Stock to be issued at a future date following the lapse of restriction (on the Vesting Date as defined below), the conditions for the vesting of the Deferred Stock Units, the conditions for the issuance of the shares of Stock underlying the Deferred Stock Units by the Company, if any, and the conditions of the transferability of the shares of Stocks once issued.


  (c) Vesting Date .

The term “Vesting Date” shall mean the date on which the shares of Stock underlying the Deferred Stock Units are issued to the French Participant. In order to qualify for the French favorable tax and social security regime, such Vesting Date specified by the Committee shall not occur prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date, as required by the vesting period applicable to French qualified restricted stock awards under Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended.

 

  (d) Closed Period .

The term “Closed Period” means:

(i) Ten quotation days preceding and following the disclosure to the public of the consolidated financial statements or the annual statements of the Company;

(ii) The period as from the date the corporate management entities (involved in the governance of the company, such as the Board, Committee, supervisory directorate…) of the Company have been disclosed information which could, if disclosed to the public, significantly impact the quotation of the Share of the Company, until ten quotation days after the day such information is disclosed to the public.

 

3. Entitlement to Participate .

(a) Subject to Section 3(c) below, any French Participant who, on the Grant Date of the Deferred Stock Units and to the extent required under French law, is either employed under the terms and conditions of an employment contract with a French Entity (“ contrat de travail ”) or who is a corporate officer of a French Entity, shall be eligible to receive Deferred Stock Units under the French DSU Plan, provided that he or she also satisfies the eligibility conditions of Section 2(l) of the U.S. Plan.

(b) Deferred Stock Units may not be issued to corporate officers of the French Entities, other than the managing directors ( e.g. , Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, Gérant de Sociétés par actions), unless the corporate officer is an employee of a French Entity as defined by French law.

(c) Deferred Stock Units may not be issued under the French DSU Plan to employees or corporate officers owning more than ten percent (10%) of the Company’s share capital or to individuals other than employees and corporate officers of the French Entities.


4. Conditions of the Deferred Stock Units .

 

  (a) Grant of Deferred Stock Units .

Since Shares of the Company are traded on a regulated market, Deferred Stock Units shall not be granted to French Participants in France during the Closed Period, to the extent such Closed Period are applicable to the Deferred Stock Units under French law.

 

  (b) Vesting of Deferred Stock Units .

The first Vesting Date of the Deferred Stock Units shall not occur prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date and according to the Vesting Date as defined under Section 2 above or other later date that the Committee could provide. However, notwithstanding the above, in the event of the death of a French Participant, all of his or her outstanding Deferred Stock Units shall vest and shares underlying Deferred Stock Units shall be issued as set forth in Section 7 of the French DSU Plan.

 

  (c) Holding of Shares .

The French Participant is not authorized to transfer the shares issued pursuant to the Deferred Stock Units until at least the second anniversary of the Vesting Date or other later date determined by the Committee in compliance with the minimum mandatory holding period provided for by Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, even if the French Participant is no longer an employee or corporate officer of a French Entity.

In addition to the restriction on the sale of the shares of Stock issued to the French Participants in the preceding paragraph, said shares may not be sold during certain closed periods (set forth in Section 8 of this French DSU Plan) to the extent such Closed Periods are applicable to Shares underlying French qualified Deferred Stock Units under French law.

 

  (d) French Participant’s Account .

The Stock issued to the French Participant shall be recorded in an account in the name of the French Participant with the Company or a broker or in such other manner as the Company may otherwise determine in order to ensure compliance with applicable restrictions provided by law.

 

5. Non-transferability of Deferred Stock Units .

Deferred Stock Units may not be transferred to any third party and Stock will only be issued to the French Participant, except in the event of the French Participant’s death.

 

6. Adjustments and Change in Control .

In the event of adjustment or a Change in Control, adjustment to the terms and conditions of the Deferred Stock Units or underlying shares of Stock may be made in accordance with the U.S. Plan and pursuant to applicable French legal and tax rules, unless otherwise provided for by the Committee at its discretion. Adjustments that would violate applicable French rules may result in the disqualification of the Deferred Stock Units for the French favorable tax and social security regime.


7. Death .

In the event of the death of a French Participant, all Deferred Stock Units held by the French Participant at the time of death (whether vested or unvested at the time of death) shall become immediately vested. The Company shall issue the underlying shares of Stock to the French Participant’s heirs, at their request, within six months following the death of the French Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the French Participant’s heirs must comply with the restriction on the sale of shares of Stock set forth in Section 4(b) to the extent as applicable under French rules.

 

8. Dividends Equivalent .

Dividend equivalents shall not accrue or be paid to the French participants.

 

9. Interpretation .

It is intended that Deferred Stock Units granted under the French DSU Plan shall qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment applicable to Deferred Stock Units granted under Sections L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-5 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, and in accordance with the relevant provisions set forth by French tax and social security laws. The terms of the French DSU Plan shall be interpreted accordingly and in accordance with the relevant Guidelines published by French tax and social security administrations and subject to the fulfilment of legal, tax and reporting obligations, if any applicable. However, certain corporate transactions or certain modifications to the Deferred Stock Units may impact the qualification of the Deferred Stock Units and underlying shares of Stock for the favourable regime in France.

 

11. Employment Rights .

The adoption of this French DSU Plan shall not confer upon the French Participants, or any employees of a French Subsidiary, any employment rights and shall not be construed as part of any employment contracts that a French Subsidiary has with its employees.

 

12 Effective Date .

The French DSU Plan is effective as of July 25, 2005.


Exhibit F

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES INC.

2007 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

(As Amended February 15, 2010)

1. Purpose . The purpose of this 2007 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”) is to assist Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries in attracting, retaining, and rewarding high-quality executives, employees, and other persons who provide services to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and the Company’s shareowners, and providing such persons with annual and long-term performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of shareowner value.

2. Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined in Section 1, above:

(a) “Award” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, and Cash Incentive Award granted under this Plan.

(b) “Beneficiary” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits specified under the Plan upon such Participant’s death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section 10(a). If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(c) “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(d) “Cash Incentive Award” means a Performance Award granted to a Participant under Section 6(f).

(e) “Cause” means (i) willful or gross misconduct by a Participant that is materially detrimental to the Company or a Subsidiary, (ii) acts of personal dishonesty or fraud by a Participant toward the Company or a Subsidiary, or (iii) the Participant’s conviction of a felony, except for a conviction related to vicarious liability based solely on his position with the Company or a Subsidiary, provided that the Participant had no involvement in actions leading to such liability or had acted upon the advice of the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s counsel.

(f) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the circumstances described below in subparagraphs (i) through (iv)

(i) If any “person” (except for the Company or any Subsidiary, a trustee or other entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, or The Coca-Cola Company, but only to the extent of its “Current Ownership”) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the combined total voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities.


As used in this definition of Change in Control, “person” is used as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; “beneficial owner” is used as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act; and “Current Ownership” of The Coca-Cola Company means that entity’s direct and indirect beneficial ownership of no more than an aggregate of 168,956,718 shares of the Company’s Stock (including shares of the Company’s Stock issuable upon the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, shares of the Company’s Stock), the aggregate number being subject to adjustment for subsequent stock splits or dividends payable in stock that are applicable to all shares of the Company’s Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, a change in the current ownership of The Coca-Cola Company (an “Ownership Change”) shall have occurred upon that entity’s becoming the beneficial owner of any additional shares of the Company’s Stock, except for

 

  (A) the beneficial ownership of such shares occurring by reason of the adjustments described in the preceding sentence,

 

  (B) the beneficial ownership of shares owned by another entity (not exceeding 0.10 percent of the Company’s then-outstanding Stock) upon that entity’s being acquired by The Coca-Cola Company or a Subsidiary, provided that such shares are disposed of by The Coca-Cola Company or its Subsidiary to an unrelated third party within 30 days of their being acquired, provided, however, that if the disposition has not occurred within the 30-day period, the Ownership Change shall be deemed to have occurred when the beneficial ownership was first acquired; and

 

  (C) the beneficial ownership of the Company’s Stock acquired with the prior consent of the Affiliated Transaction Committee of the Board,

so that upon such Ownership Change, the entire beneficial ownership of The Coca-Cola Company shall be considered in determining whether The Coca-Cola Company is the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities.

(ii) If during any period of two consecutive years, the individuals constituting the Board at the beginning of the two-year period (and any new director, except for a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a Change in Control described in clause (i), (iii) or (iv), whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareowners was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.


(iii) Upon the consummation of a merger, consolidation or share exchange with any other “person,” other than (A) a merger, consolidation or share exchange that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such event continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of either (I) the surviving entity or (II) another entity that owns, directly or indirectly, the entire voting interest in the surviving entity (the “parent”)) more than 50% of the voting power of the voting securities of the Company or the surviving entity (or its parent) outstanding immediately after such event, or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company in which no “person” acquires more than 30% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities.

(iv) If the shareowners of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(h) “Committee” means not less than two members of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee of the Board, each of whom shall be (i) a “disinterested director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, unless administration of the Plan by “disinterested directors” is not then required in order for exemptions under Rule 16b-3 to apply to transactions under the Plan, and (ii) an “outside director” as defined under Code Section 162(m), unless the action taken pursuant to the Plan is not required to be taken by “outside directors” in order to qualify for tax deductibility under Code Section 162(m).

(i) “Covered Employee” shall have the same meaning as “Covered Employee” under Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.

(j) “Dividend Equivalents” means an amount credited under a Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award, which amount is equal to the dividends paid on the Stock, determined as if the Restricted Stock Unit were a share of Stock on the record date of any such dividend.

(k) “Eligible Person” means directors, Executive Officers, other officers and employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary, as well as other persons providing key services to the Company or a Subsidiary.

(l) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(m) “Executive Officer” means an executive officer of the Company as defined under the Exchange Act.

(n) “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of Stock or other property as determined by the Committee or under procedures established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock on the date for which the determination is made, or on the next preceding day if such date was not a trading day, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Listing reflecting composite trading as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on the trading day.


(o) “Good Reason” means (unless otherwise specified in the Award or other relevant agreement) the Participant’s (i) material demotion or material diminution of duties, responsibilities and authority; (ii) material reduction in both base salary and annual incentive opportunities (except for reductions in annual incentive opportunities due to individual performance adjustments); or (iii) assignment to a position requiring relocation of more than 50 miles from the Participant’s primary workplace (i.e., the Company’s corporate headquarters or other location, as applicable), provided that (a) the Participant does not consent to such event, (b) the Participant has given written notice to the Company within 60 days of the date on which the circumstances giving rise to the event initially arise, (c) the Company has one month to remedy the matter, and (d) if the matter is not remedied, the Participant actually separates from service within two years after the initial existence of the circumstances giving rise to the event.

(p) “Interest Credit” means (unless otherwise specified in the Award or other relevant agreement), an amount credited under a Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award, which amount is based on the annual rate equivalent to the weighted average prime lending rate of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta for the relevant calendar year or portion of the calendar year.

(q) “Option” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(b), to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.

(r) “Participant” means a person who has been granted an Award under the Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(s) “Performance Award” means an Award, or the right to receive an Award, granted to an Eligible Person under Section 8, which Award or right shall be subject to the performance criteria specified by the Committee.

(t) “Restricted Stock” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6(d), that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

(u) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(e), to receive Stock, cash or a combination of the foregoing.

(v) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to the Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or any similar law or regulation that may be a successor thereto.

(w) “Stock” means shares of common stock, $1 par value, of the Company.

(x) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted to a Participant under Section 6(c).

(y) “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other business organization in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the voting stock or capital or profits interest at the time of the granting of an Award under this Plan.


3. Administration.

(a) Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee . The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to interpret the provisions of the Plan, select Eligible Persons to become Participants, grant Awards, determine the type, number and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, interpret the Plan and Award agreements and correct defects, supply omissions or reconcile inconsistencies therein, ensure that Awards continue to qualify under Rule 16b-3, and make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Subsidiaries, its shareowners, Participants, Beneficiaries, transferees under Section 10(a) or other persons claiming rights from or through a Participant.

(b) Limitation of Liability . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they have as directors or as members of the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act in connection with the Plan or awards granted thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement (provided such settlement is approved to the extent required by and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company relating to indemnification of directors) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding.

4. Stock Subject to Plan.

(a) Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(b), the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall be 43,000,000. No more than 5,000,000 shares of Stock will be available for incentive stock options within the meaning of Code Section 422. The Stock shall be made available from authorized and unissued shares or from Stock held by the Company in its treasury.

(b) Availability of Shares Not Delivered Under Awards. Shares of Stock subject to an Award under the Plan that is expired, forfeited, settled in cash, withheld in settlement of the Participant’s tax liabilities or otherwise terminated without a delivery of shares to the Participant will again be available for Awards under the Plan. Stock received by the Company in payment upon the exercise of an Option will not be the subject of a subsequent Award.

5. Eligibility; Per-Person Award Limitations . Awards may be granted under the Plan only to Eligible Persons. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10(b), the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to any Eligible Person in any calendar year is 1,000,000 2,000,000 and the maximum number of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be 2,000,000. The maximum value of Cash Incentive Awards that can be earned in respect of any calendar year by any Eligible Person shall be $10,000,000.

6. Specific Terms of Awards.

(a) General. Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6.

(i) The Committee also may impose on any Award or the exercise, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Sections 7(e) and 10(d)), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of employment by the Participant and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award.


(ii) The Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is imposed in the Award agreement, provided, however, that the Committee shall not have the discretion to accelerate or defer payment with respect to any Award that is subject to Code Section 409A if the exercise of such discretion would violate Code Section 409A.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, an Option or SAR shall not be granted to an Eligible Person unless the Stock would constitute “service recipient stock” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii) with respect to such Eligible Person.

(b) Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that such exercise price shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of such Option.

(ii) Time and Method of Exercise. Awards of Options may contain such provisions as the Committee shall determine appropriate, including provisions related to the vesting of the Option, the times at which, or the circumstances under which, an Option may be exercised, and the methods by which such exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid.

(iii) Duration of Options. Awards will contain a provision stating the duration of an Option, which duration may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

(iv) Character of Options . Unless otherwise specified in the Award agreement, any Option issued shall be a non-statutory option.

(v) Options Granted to International Participants. Options granted to an Eligible Person who is subject to the laws of a country other than the United States of America may contain terms and conditions inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan or may be granted under such supplemental documents, as required or appropriate under such country’s laws.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Right to Payment. An SAR shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the SAR, which payment may be satisfied by delivery of cash or Stock.

(ii) Other Terms. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any SAR, including but not limited to, the times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be exercised, the method of exercise, the method of settlement, and the method by which Stock, if any, will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.


(d) Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Persons on the following terms and conditions:

(i) Grant and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), and in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter.

(ii) Right as Shareowner. Except to the extent limited under any Award agreement relating to Restricted Stock, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a shareowner, including the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon (subject to any mandatory reinvestment or other requirement imposed by the Committee).

(iii) Certificates for Stock. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to applicable restrictions, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(iv) Dividends and Splits. As a condition to the grant of an Award of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any cash dividends paid on a share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Restricted Stock or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Stock distributed in connection with a Stock split or Stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Stock or other property has been distributed.

(e) Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Persons, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Restricted Stock Unit Award . A Restricted Stock Unit shall be recorded in a bookkeeping reserve maintained by the Company as equivalent to the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s Stock on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the Company.

(ii) Grant and Restrictions. A Restricted Stock Unit shall be subject to such risk of forfeiture and other conditions as the Committee may impose, which restrictions may lapse, or conditions be satisfied, separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), and in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant.


(iii) Dividend Equivalents and Interest Credits. As specified in the Award agreement, Dividend Equivalents and/or Interest Credits related to a Restricted Stock Unit may also be credited on behalf of a Participant and/or converted to additional Restricted Stock Units.

(iv) Settlement of Restricted Stock Units and Related Interests. Restricted Stock Units represent the right to receive Stock, cash, or a combination at the end of a specified period, as specified in the Award agreement or pursuant to the Committee’s determination.

(f) Cash Incentive Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant Cash Incentive Awards to Participants subject to performance criteria in the manner described in Section 8.

7. Certain Other Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a) Term of Awards. The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee; provided that in no event shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed a period of ten years.

(b) Exemptions from Section 16(b) Liability. It is the intent of the Company that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt under Rule 16b-3 (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, unless the Participant shall have acknowledged in writing that a transaction pursuant to such provision is to be non-exempt, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(c) Cancellation of Awards . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 10(d), unless the Award agreement specifies otherwise, the Committee may cancel any unexpired, unpaid, or deferred Awards at any time, if the Participant is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Award agreement and the Plan.

(d) Repricing . The Committee will not take any action that constitutes “repricing” for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted unless such action is approved by a majority of the shareholders.


8. Performance Awards.

(a) Performance Conditions. The right of a Participant to exercise or receive a grant, settlement or payment of any Award, and the timing of such grant, settlement or payment, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Section 8(b) in the case of a Performance Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m). The Committee may in its discretion remove the performance conditions from a Performance Award other than a Performance Award granted under Section 8(b) to a Covered Employee.

(b) Performance Awards Granted to Covered Employees and Certain Eligible Persons. If the Committee determines that a Performance Award to be granted to an Eligible Person who is or may become a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Code Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 8(b).

(i) Performance Goals Generally. The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance and associated maximum Award payments with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 8(b). Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder (including Regulation Section 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto). The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any performance goal or that more than one performance goal must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants.

(ii) Business Criteria. One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, as defined by the Committee, on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified Subsidiaries or business units of the Company (except with respect to the total shareowner return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: (1) Fair Market Value of shares of the Company’s Stock; (2) operating profit; (3) operating income; (4) sales volume of the Company’s products; (5) earnings per share; (6) revenues; (7) cash flow; (8) cash flow return on investment; (9) return on assets; (10) return on investment; (11) return on capital; (12) return on equity; (13) return on invested capital; (14) economic value added; (15) operating margin; (16) net income; (17) pretax earnings; (18) pretax earnings before interest; (19) depreciation and amortization; (20) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees, and extraordinary or special items; and (21) any of the above goals as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparator companies.

(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals. Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period, which may overlap with another performance period or periods, of up to ten years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).


(c) Written Determinations. All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award and as to the achievement of performance goals relating to Performance Awards under Section 8(b) shall be made in writing in the case of any Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m). The Committee may not delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards.

(d) Status of Section 8(b) Performance Awards Under Code Section 162(m). It is the intent of the Company that Performance Awards under Section 8(b) granted to persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder (including Regulation Section 1.162-27 and successor regulations thereto) shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, Sections 8(b), (c) and (d), shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. If any provision of the Plan as in effect on the date of adoption or any agreements relating to Performance Awards that are designated as intended to comply with Code Section 162(m) does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

9. Change in Control. If within 24 months after a Change in Control a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, the following provisions shall apply unless otherwise provided in the Award agreement:

(a) Options and SARs . Any Option or SAR carrying a right to exercise that was not previously exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested as of the time of termination of employment and shall remain exercisable and vested for the balance of the stated term of such Option or SAR without regard to the termination of employment by the Participant.

(b) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . The restrictions, deferral of settlement, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested as of the time of the termination of employment, except to the extent of any waiver by the Participant.

(c) Limitations on Company in Event of a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall take or cause to be taken no action, and shall undertake or permit to arise no legal or contractual obligation, that results or would result in any postponement of the issuance or delivery of Stock or payment of benefits under any Award or the imposition of any other conditions on such issuance, delivery or payment, to the extent that such postponement or other condition would represent a greater burden on a Participant than existed on the 90th day preceding the Change in Control.

10. General Provisions.

(a) Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10(a), no Award or other right or interest of a Participant under the Plan shall be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant


to any party (other than the Company or a Subsidiary), or assigned or transferred by such Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution upon the death of a Participant, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative.

(i) Transferability of Options . Unless otherwise specified in the Award, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or to an immediate family member of the Participant under such terms and conditions as may be determined, from time to time, by the Committee. An “immediate family member” is defined as the Participant’s spouse, child, grandchild, parent or a trust established for the benefit of such family members. With respect to any Option transferred pursuant to this Section 10(a)(i), any such Option shall be exercisable only by the designated transferee or the designated transferee’s legal representative.

(ii) Transferability of Restricted Stock Units . A Participant may designate one or more Beneficiaries to receive his or her interest under the Plan that is related to Restricted Stock Units in the event of his or her death.

(iii) Beneficiaries and Transferees Subject to Terms of Award . Any Beneficiary or transferee, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant, shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(b) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction or event results in existing holders of Stock holding stock or other securities that differ in kind, character or amount from the Stock previously held by them, the Committee shall provide such adjustments or substitutions with respect to the Plan and to the Awards and to any prior plan and to awards granted thereunder as are necessary and appropriate to prevent each holder of outstanding Awards or awards issued under a prior plan from experiencing a significant increase or decrease, solely by reason of such transaction: (i) in the case of Options or similar Awards, in the holder’s then existing spread value (i.e., the difference between the exercise or grant price of the Award and the fair market value of the related Stock), (ii) in the case of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or similar full-value Awards, in the then existing fair market value (disregarding restrictions based on future service) of the holder’s Awards and, (iii) the number and kind of shares of Stock by which annual per-person Award limitations are measured under Section 5. The actions required by the foregoing shall in no event be interpreted to result in adjustments or substitutions greater than those needed to provide parity of treatment between the holders of such Awards and holders of Stock. The Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards (including Performance Awards and performance goals related thereto) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, events described in the preceding sentence, as well as acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or any business unit, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations or business conditions or in view of the Committee’s assessment of the business strategy of the Company, any Subsidiary or business unit, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a Participant, and any other circumstances deemed


relevant; provided that no such adjustment shall be authorized or made if and to the extent that such authority or the making of such adjustment would cause Performance Awards made under Section 8(b) to otherwise fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.

(c) Taxes. The Company and any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. However, this authority shall not include withholding of taxes above the statutorily required withholding amounts where such excess withholding would result in an earnings charge to the Company under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

(d) Changes to the Plan and Awards. The Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under the Plan without the consent of shareowners or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareowners not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such shareowner approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to the Plan to shareowners for approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any previously granted and outstanding Award, without the consent of an affected Participant. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in the Plan; provided that, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under such Award.

(e) Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or a Subsidiary, (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s employment or service at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants or employees, or (iv) except as provided in Section 6(d)(ii), conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a shareowner of the Company unless and until the Participant is duly issued or transferred shares of Stock in accordance with the terms of an Award.

(f) Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or obligation to deliver Stock pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company; provided that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines. The trustee of such trusts may be authorized to dispose of trust assets and reinvest the proceeds in alternative investments, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify and in accordance with applicable law.


(g) Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a forfeiture of an Award with respect to which a Participant paid cash or other consideration, the Participant shall be repaid the amount of such cash or other consideration. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(h) Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations under the Plan, and any Award agreement shall be determined in accordance with Georgia law, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws, and applicable federal law.

(i) Code Section 409A . This Plan and the Awards are generally not intended to be subject to Code Section 409A. To the extent this Plan or the Awards are subject to Section 409A, the Plan and Awards are intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be interpreted and operated accordingly. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 10(d), if this Plan or any Award is subject to Code Section 409A, the Committee reserves the authority to amend this Plan or any Award as necessary to comply with Code Section 409A or to ensure that Code Section 409A does not apply to the Plan or the Award.


Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

2007 Incentive Award Plan

French Sub-Plan for Restricted Stock Units

 

1. Introduction .

The Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has established the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2007 Incentive Award Plan (the “ U.S. Plan ”) for the benefit of certain employees of the Company and its affiliated companies, including its French subsidiary(ies) (each, a “ French Entity ”), of which the Company holds directly or indirectly at least 10% of the share capital.

Section 3(a) of the U.S. Plan authorizes the Board or a committee designated by the Board (the “ Committee ”) to determine the terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards (including Restricted Stock Units granted in France) as the Committee deems appropriate and to make all other decisions and determinations with respect to the grant of Awards.

The Committee has determined that it is appropriate to establish a sub-plan for the purpose of permitting Restricted Stock Units granted to employees of a French Entity to qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment available for such grants in France. The Committee, therefore, intends to establish a sub-plan of the U.S. Plan for the purpose of granting Restricted Stock Units which qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment in France applicable to shares granted for no consideration under the Sections L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-5 of the French Commercial Code, as amended (“ French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units ”), to qualifying employees in France who are resident in France for French tax purposes and/or subject to the French social security regime (“ French Participants ”).

The terms of the U.S. Plan applicable to Restricted Stock Units, as set out in Appendix 1 hereto, shall, subject to the modifications set forth in this French Sub-Plan for Restricted Stock Units (the “ French RSU Sub-Plan ”), constitute the terms applicable for the grant of Restricted Stock Units to employees in France.

Under the French RSU Sub-Plan, the qualifying employees will be granted Restricted Stock Units only as defined in Section 2(d) below. The provisions of Section 6(b), (c), (d) and (f) of the U.S. Plan permitting the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and cash incentive awards are not applicable to grants made under this French RSU Sub-Plan. The grant of Restricted Stock Units is authorized under Section 6(e) of the U.S. Plan.

 

2. Definitions .

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the U.S. Plan. The terms set out below will have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Closed Period .

The term “ Closed Period ” shall mean a closed period as set forth by Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, which is as follows:

(i) Ten quotation days preceding and following the disclosure to the public of the consolidated financial statements or the annual statements of the Company; or


(ii) The period as from the date the corporate management of the Company (involved in the governance of the company, such as the Board, Committee, supervisory directorate, etc.) has been disclosed information which could, if disclosed to the public, significantly impact the trading price of the Company’s Stock, until ten quotation days after the day such information is disclosed to the public.

 

  (b) Disability .

The term “ Disability ” shall mean disability as determined in categories 2 and 3 under Section L. 341-4 of the French Social Security Code, as amended, and subject to the fulfillment of related conditions.

 

  (c) Grant Date .

The term “ Grant Date ” shall be the date on which the Committee both (1) designates the French Participant, and (2) specifies the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Units, including the number of shares of Stock to be issued at a future date, the conditions for the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the conditions for the issuance of the shares of Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units by the Company, if any, and the conditions for the transferability of the shares of Stock once issued, if any.

 

  (d) Restricted Stock Unit .

The term “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a promise by the Company to issue to the holder of the Restricted Stock Unit at a specified future date at no consideration a certain number of shares of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit granted to a French Participant and to which dividend and voting rights will not apply until shares are issued on the Vesting Date.

 

  (e) Vesting Date .

The term “ Vesting Date ” shall mean the date on which the shares of Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units are issued to the French Participant. Such Vesting Date or Vesting Dates shall be set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees in France (the “ RSU Agreement ”), however, no such date may occur prior to the expiration of a two-year period as calculated from the Grant Date or such other period as is required to comply with the minimum mandatory period applicable to French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units under Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended.

 

3. Entitlement to Participate .

(a) Subject to Section 3(c) below, any French Participant who, on the Grant Date of the Restricted Stock Units and to the extent required under French law, is either employed under the terms and conditions of an employment contract with a French Entity (“ contrat de travail ”) or who serves as the Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, or Gérant de Sociétés par actions of a French Entity, shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be eligible to receive Restricted Stock Units under this French RSU Sub-Plan, provided that he or she also satisfies the eligibility conditions of Sections 2(l) and 5 of the U.S. Plan.


(b) French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units may not be issued to a corporate officer of a French Entity, other than an individual serving as the Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, or Gérant de Sociétés par actions, unless the corporate officer is an employee of a French Entity, as defined by French law.

(c) French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units may not be issued under this French RSU Sub-Plan to employees owning more than ten percent (10%) of the Company’s share capital or to individuals other than French Participants.

 

4. Conditions of the Restricted Stock Units .

 

  (a) Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .

No Restricted Stock Unit shall vest unless the holder of the Restricted Stock Unit is an employee of the Company or any French Entity on the Vesting Date. The first Vesting Date of French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units shall not occur prior to the expiration of a two-year period as calculated from the Grant Date, or such other period as is required to comply with the minimum vesting period applicable to French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units under Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended. However, notwithstanding the above, in the event of the death of a French Participant, all of his or her outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall vest and shares of Stock underlying Restricted Stock Units shall be issued as set forth in Section 8 of the French RSU Sub-Plan.

 

  (b) Holding and Transfer of Shares Issued Upon Conversion of French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units .

The transfer of shares issued pursuant to the French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units may not occur prior to the expiration of a two-year period as calculated from the Vesting Date, or such other period as is required to comply with the minimum mandatory holding period applicable to French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units under Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, or the relevant Sections of the French Tax Code or the French Social Security Code, as amended, even if the French Participant is no longer an employee or corporate officer of a French Entity.

In addition, the shares of Stock issued pursuant to French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units may not be sold during certain Closed Periods as provided for by Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code as amended, and as interpreted by the French administrative guidelines, as long as such Closed Periods are applicable to the sale or transfer of shares of Stock subject to French-qualified Restricted Stock Units.

Further, the Committee may set a holding period for a specific percentage of the shares of Stock underlying the French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units for a French Participant who holds one of the following positions at the Grant Date: Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, or Gérant de Sociétés par actions . Any such restriction will be set forth in the RSU Agreement.

 

  5. French Participant’s Account .

The Stock issued to the French Participant pursuant to the French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units shall be recorded and held in an account in the name of the French Participant with the Company, the transfer agent for the Company’s Stock or a broker or in such other manner as the Company may otherwise determine in order to ensure compliance with applicable French law, including any necessary holding periods.


6. Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock Units .

Notwithstanding Section 10(a) of the U.S. Plan, Restricted Stock Units granted to French Participants may not be transferred to any third party, other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. In addition, the Restricted Stock Units will vest only to the benefit of the French Participants during the lifetime of the French Participants.

 

7. Adjustments and Change in Control .

In the event of Change in Control as set forth in Sections 2(f) and 9 of the U.S. Plan or an adjustment as set forth in Section 10(b) of the U.S. Plan, adjustments to the terms and conditions of the French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units or underlying shares of Stock may be made only in accordance with the U.S. Plan and pursuant to applicable French legal and tax rules. Nevertheless, the Board or the Committee, at its discretion, may decide to make adjustments in the case of a transaction for which adjustments are not authorized under French law, in which case the Restricted Stock Units may no longer qualify for the favorable tax and social security regime in France.

 

8. Death and Disability .

In the event of the death of a French Participant, all Restricted Stock Units held by the French Participant at the time of death shall become immediately transferable to the French Participant’s heirs. The Company shall issue the underlying shares of Stock to the French Participant’s heirs, at their request, if such request occurs, within six months following the death of the French Participant, as provided in the RSU Agreement.

If a French Participant’s employment with the Company or French Entity terminates by reason of his or her death or Disability (as defined herein), the French Participant or the French Participant’s heirs, as applicable, shall not be subject to the restriction on the transfer of Stock set forth in Section 4(b).

 

9. Disqualification of French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units .

If the Restricted Stock Units are otherwise modified or adjusted in a manner in keeping with the terms of the U.S. Plan or as mandated as a matter of law and the modification or adjustment is contrary to the terms and conditions of this French RSU Sub-Plan, the Restricted Stock Units may no longer qualify as French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units. If the Restricted Stock Units no longer qualify as French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units, the Committee may, provided it is authorized to do so under the U.S. Plan, determine to lift, shorten or terminate certain restrictions applicable to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units or the sale of shares of Stock which may have been imposed under this French RSU Sub-Plan or in the RSU Agreement representing the Restricted Stock Units. In the event that any Restricted Stock Units no longer qualify as French-Qualified Restricted Stock Units, the holder of such Restricted Stock Units shall be ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes and/or social security contributions that he or she is legally required to pay in connection with such Restricted Stock Units.

 

10. Interpretation .

It is intended that Restricted Stock Units granted under this French RSU Sub-Plan shall qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment applicable to Restricted Stock Units granted under Sections L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-5 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, and in accordance with the relevant provisions set forth by French tax and social security laws, although the Company does not undertake or represent that such qualified status will be maintained. The terms of this French RSU Sub-Plan shall be interpreted accordingly and in accordance with the relevant guidelines published by French tax and social security administrations and subject to the fulfilment of certain legal, tax and reporting obligations, if applicable.


11. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

Notwithstanding any provision of the U.S. Plan, no dividend equivalents or other payments will be made in respect of the Restricted Stock Units prior to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and the Restricted Stock Units will be settled in shares of Stock only and will not be settled in cash.

 

12. Employment Rights .

The adoption of this French RSU Sub-Plan shall not confer upon the French Participants, or any employees of a French Entity, any employment rights and shall not be construed as part of any employment contracts that a French Entity has with its employees.

 

13. Effective Date .

The French RSU Sub-Plan is effective as of October 23, 2007.


Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

2001 Stock Option Plan

French Sub-Plan for Options

 

1. Introduction .

The Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has established the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “ U.S. Plan ”) for the benefit of certain employees of the Company and its affiliated companies, including its French subsidiary(ies) (each, a “ French Entity ”), of which the Company holds directly or indirectly at least 10% of the share capital.

Section 2 of the U.S. Plan authorizes a compensation committee designated by the Board (the “ Committee ”) to determine the terms and conditions of Options (including Options granted in France) and to establish such rules and regulations for the proper administration of the U.S. Plan as it deems necessary or advisable. Further, Section 4(e) of the U.S. Plan provides for the grant of Options to optionees subject to the laws of a country other than the United States that contain terms and conditions inconsistent with provisions of the U.S. Plan or granted under such supplemental documents, as required or appropriate under such country’s laws.

The Committee has determined that it is appropriate to establish a sub-plan for the purpose of permitting Options granted to employees of a French Entity to qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment available for such grants in France. The Committee, therefore, intends to establish a sub-plan of the U.S. Plan for the purpose of granting Options which qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment in France applicable to stock options granted under Sections L. 225-177 to L. 225-186 of the French Commercial Code, as amended (“ French-Qualified Options ”), to qualifying employees in France who are resident in France for French tax purposes and/or subject to the French social security regime (“ French Participants ”).

The terms of the U.S. Plan applicable to Options, as set out in Appendix 1 hereto, shall, subject to the modifications set forth in this French Sub-Plan for Options (the “ French Option Sub-Plan ”), constitute the terms applicable for the grant of Options to employees in France.

 

2. Definitions .

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the U.S. Plan. The terms set out below will have the following meanings:

 

  (a) Closed Period .

The term “ Closed Period ” shall mean a closed period as set forth by Section L. 225-177 of the French Commercial Code, as amended:

(i) Ten (10) quotation days preceding and following the disclosure to the public of the consolidated financial statements or the annual statements of the Company; or

(ii) The period as from the date the corporate management of the Company (involved in the governance of the company, such as the Board, Committee, supervisory directorate, etc.) has been disclosed information which could, if disclosed to the public, significantly impact the trading price of the Company’s Stock, until ten (10) quotation days after the day such information is disclosed to the public.


  (b) Disability .

The term “ Disability ” shall mean disability as determined in categories 2 and 3 under Section L. 341-4 of the French Social Security Code, as amended, and subject to the fulfillment of related conditions.

 

  (c) Forced Retirement .

The term “ Forced Retirement ” shall mean forced retirement as determined under Section L. 122-14-13 of the French Labor Code and subject to the fulfillment of related conditions.

 

  (d) Grant Date .

The term “ Grant Date ” shall be the date on which the Committee both (1) designates the French Participant, and (2) specifies the terms and conditions of the Options, including the number of Options to be granted, the conditions for the vesting of the Options, the conditions for the exercise of the Options and the conditions for the transferability of the shares of Stock once issued, if any, and the exercise price.

 

  (e) Option .

In addition to the definition used in the U.S. Plan, the term “ Option ” shall mean rights to acquire Stock in the Company repurchased by the Company prior to the date on which the Options become exercisable ( i.e. , purchase Options) or rights to purchase newly issued Stock ( i.e. , subscription Options).

 

  (f) Vesting Date .

The term “ Vesting Date ” shall mean the date on which a French Participant’s right to all or a portion of the shares of Stock subject to an Option granted under the French Option Sub-Plan becomes non-forfeitable. Such Vesting Date or Vesting Dates shall be set forth in the Option Agreement for Employees in France (“ Option Agreement ”) in substantially the form approved by the Committee.

 

3. Closed Period .

French-Qualified Options may not be granted during a Closed Period as set forth by Section L. 225-177 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, to the extent such Closed Periods are applicable to French-Qualified Options granted by the Company. If the Grant Date were to occur during an applicable Closed Period, the Grant Date for Qualified Options shall be the first date following the expiration of the Closed Period which would not be a prohibited Grant Date or the next immediately succeeding trading day if such date was not a trading day.


4. Entitlement to Participate .

(a) Subject to Section 4(c) below, any French Participant who, on the Grant Date of the Options and to the extent required under French law, is either employed under the terms and conditions of an employment contract with a French Entity (“ contrat de travail ”) or who serves as the Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, or Gérant de Sociétés par actions of a French Entity, shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be eligible to receive Options under this French Option Sub-Plan, provided that he or she also satisfies the eligibility conditions of Section 4 of the U.S. Plan.

(b) French-Qualified Options may not be issued to a corporate officer of a French Entity, other than an individual serving as the Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, or Gérant de Sociétés par actions, unless the corporate officer is an employee of a French Entity, as defined by French law.

(c) French-Qualified Options may not be issued under this French Sub-Plan to employees owning more than ten percent (10%) of the Company’s share capital or to individuals other than French Participants.

 

5. Modifications to Grant Terms .

Notwithstanding any provision in the U.S. Plan, the exercise price and number of shares of Stock underlying the Options shall not be modified after the Grant Date, except as provided in Section 8 of this French Option Sub-Plan, or as otherwise authorized by French law. To the extent that modifications are not limited to those described in Section 8 or otherwise authorized by French law, such modification may result in the Options no longer qualifying for favorable income tax and social security treatment under French law.

 

6. Conditions for the Grant and Exercise of the Options and Sale of Shares .

 

  (a) Vesting and Exercisability .

The Options will vest and become exercisable pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S. Plan, the French Option Sub-Plan and under the Option Agreement delivered to each French Participant.

 

  (b) Exercise Price .

The exercise price per share of Stock payable pursuant to Options issued hereunder shall be fixed by the Committee on the date the Option is granted and in no event shall the exercise price per share of Stock be less than the greater of:

(i) with respect to purchase stock options over the Stock, the higher of either 95% of the average of the closing prices of such Stock during the twenty (20) trading days immediately preceding the Grant Date or 95% of the average purchase price paid for such Stock by the Company;

(ii) with respect to subscription stock options over the Stock, 95% of the average of the closing prices of such Stock during the twenty (20) trading days immediately preceding the Grant Date; and

(iii) the minimum exercise price permitted under the U.S. Plan.


  (c) Exercise of an Option .

Upon exercise of an Option, the full exercise price will be paid either in cash, by check or by credit transfer, exclusive of any other method of payment. Under a cashless exercise program, the French Participant may give irrevocable instructions to a broker to properly deliver the exercise price to the Company. No delivery, surrender or attestation to the ownership of previously owned Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price may be used to pay the exercise price.

The Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option may be recorded and held in an account in the name of the French Participant with the Company, the transfer agent for the Company’s stock or a broker or in such other manner as the Company may otherwise determine in order to ensure compliance with applicable law, including any necessary holding periods.

 

  (d) Holding Period .

To obtain the favorable tax and social security treatment in France, the French Participant shall not sell or transfer Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option before the expiration of the applicable holding period for French-Qualified Options set forth by Section 163 bis C of the French Tax Code, as amended, except as provided in this French Option Sub-Plan or as otherwise in keeping with French law. To prevent the French Participant from selling the Stock subject to the Option before the expiration of the applicable holding period, the Committee may, in its discretion, restrict the vesting and/or exercisability of the Option and/or the sale or transfer of shares of Stock until the expiration of the applicable holding period, as set forth in the Option Agreement to be delivered to each French Participant. In any case, the restriction on the sale or transfer of Stock cannot exceed three years as from the date of the exercise of the Options. However, the French Participant may be permitted to sell the Stock subject to the Option before the expiration of the applicable holding period in the case of Forced Retirement, Disability, death or dismissal as defined in Section 91 ter of Exhibit II to the French Tax Code, as amended and as provided for in the Option Agreement to be delivered to the French Participant.

 

  (e) Corporate Officers .

The Committee may impose a specific holding period for the shares of Stock issued at exercise of the Options or a restriction on the exercise of Options for a French Participant who holds one of the following positions at the Grant Date: Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, or Gérant de Sociétés par actions. Any such restriction will be set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

7. Non-Transferability of Options .

Notwithstanding Section 7 of the U.S. Plan, Options granted to French Participants may not be transferred to any third party, other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. In addition, the Options are exercisable only by the French Participant during his or her lifetime.


8. Adjustments and Change in Control .

Notwithstanding any provision in the U.S. Plan, adjustments to the Option exercise price and/or the number of shares of Stock subject to an Option issued hereunder shall be made to preclude the dilution or enlargement of benefits under the Option only in the event of certain transactions by the Company listed under Section L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, a repurchase of Stock by the Company at a price higher than the stock quotation price on the open market, and according to the provisions of Section L. 228-99 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, as well as according to specific decrees.

In the event of Change in Control as set forth in the Option Agreement or an adjustment as set forth in Section 9 of the U.S. Plan, adjustments to the terms and conditions of the French-Qualified Options or underlying shares of Stock may be made only in accordance with the U.S. Plan and pursuant to applicable French legal and tax rules.

Nevertheless, the Board or the Committee, at its discretion, may determine to make adjustments in the case of a transaction for which adjustments are not authorized under French law, in which case the Options may no longer qualify as French-Qualified Options.

 

9. Death .

(a) In the event of the death of a French Participant while he or she is actively employed, all Options held by the French Participant at the time of death shall become immediately vested and may, for the six (6)-month period following the death, be exercised by the French Participant’s heirs. Any Option which remains unexercised shall expire six (6) months following the date of the French Participant’s death. The six (6)-month exercise period will apply without regard to the term of the French-Qualified Option as described in Section 14 of this French Option Sub-Plan. If a French Participant’s employment with the Company or any French Entity of the Company terminates by reason of his or her death, the French Participant’s heirs will not be subject to the restriction on the sale of shares set forth in Section 6(d).

(b) In the event of the death of a French Participant prior to the expiration of the Option term but after the termination of the French Participant’s employment, vested Options may be exercised by the French Participant’s only during the six (6)-month period following the Optionee’s death. The six (6)-month exercise period will apply without regard to the term of the French-Qualified Option as described in Section 14 of this French Option Sub-Plan.

 

10. Disability, Forced Retirement or Dismissal .

(a) If a French Participant’s employment is terminated by reason of Disability, his or her Option will benefit from the favorable treatment of French-Qualified Options, irrespective of the date of sale of the shares of Stock.

(b) If a French Participant’s employment is terminated by reason of his or her Forced Retirement or dismissal as defined by Section 91-ter of Exhibit II to the French Tax Code and as construed by the French Tax Circulars and subject to the fulfillment of related conditions, his or her Option will benefit from the favorable treatment of French-Qualified Options, irrespective of the date of sale of the shares of Stock, only if exercised at least three months prior to the effective date of the Forced Retirement or three months prior to the receipt of the notice of dismissal by the French Participant and as provided for in Option Agreement to be delivered to the French Participant .


11. Disqualification of French-Qualified Options .

If the Options are otherwise modified or adjusted in a manner in keeping with the terms of the U.S. Plan or as mandated as a matter of law and the modification or adjustment is contrary to the terms and conditions of this French Option Sub-Plan, the Options may no longer qualify for the favorable tax and social security regime in France. If the Options no longer qualify as French-Qualified Options, the Committee may, provided it is authorized to do so under the U.S. Plan, determine to lift, shorten or terminate certain restrictions applicable to the vesting of the Options or the sale of shares of Stock which may have been imposed under this French Option Sub-Plan or in the Option Agreement. In the event that any Options no longer qualify as French-Qualified Options, the holder of such Options shall be ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes and/or social security contributions that he or she is legally required to pay in connection with such Options.

 

12. Interpretation .

It is intended that Options granted under this French Option Sub-Plan will qualify for the favorable tax and social security treatment applicable to Options granted under Sections L. 225-177 to L. 225-186 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, and in accordance with the relevant provisions set forth by French tax and social security laws, although the Company does not undertake or represent that such qualified status will be maintained. The terms of this French Option Sub-Plan shall be interpreted accordingly and in accordance with the relevant provisions set forth by French tax and social security laws, the French tax and social security authorities, any relevant guidelines published by French tax and social security authorities and are subject to the fulfilment of certain legal, tax and reporting obligations, if applicable.

 

13. Employment Rights .

The adoption of this French Option Sub-Plan shall not confer upon the French Participants or any employees of a French Entity, any employment rights and shall not be construed as part of any employment contracts that a French Entity has with its employees.

 

14. Term of the Option .

The Option term will be as determined by the Committee at the Grant Date. The Option term will be extended only in the event of the death of a French Participant, but in no event will any French-Qualified Option be exercisable beyond six (6) months following the date of death of the French Participant.

 

15. Amendments .

Subject to the terms of the U.S. Plan, the Committee retains the right to amend or terminate the French Option Sub-Plan at any time. Such amendments would only apply to future grants and would not be retroactive.

 

16. Effective Date .

The French Option Sub-Plan is effective as of October 23, 2007 and is amended as of October 29, 2008.

Exhibit 10.11

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES, INC.

EXECUTIVE PENSION PLAN

(EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 2, 2010)


ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

1.1. Purpose . The purpose of the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Executive Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is to supplement, for a select group of eligible executives of the Company, the retirement benefits accrued under the Coca-Cola Enterprises Employees’ Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”) and to replace amounts that would have accrued under the Pension Plan from October 2, 2010 through December 27, 2010 assuming continued participation in the Pension Plan. This Plan is a continuation of the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Executive Pension Plan, certain liabilities of which were transferred to International CCE Inc. before the closing of the transaction contemplated by the Business Separation and Merger Agreement by and between Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., International CCE Inc., The Coca-Cola Company, and Cobalt Subsidiary LLC dated February 25, 2010 (referred to herein as the “Merger”). After the Merger, International CCE Inc. was renamed Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

1.2. Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective on October 2, 2010

1.3. Termination . The Plan shall terminate on December 27, 2010, and Plan benefits will be paid in a lump sum on or as soon as practicable after such date consistent with the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(ix)(B).

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Administrative Committee means the committee appointed pursuant to Article IV to administer the Plan or such committee’s designee.

Affiliates means all entities treated as a single service recipient or employer with the Company pursuant to Code section 409A.

Beneficiary means (i) the beneficiary designated by the Participant in accordance with the procedures established by the Administrative Committee, (ii) if the Participant has not designated a beneficiary or such beneficiary is no longer living, the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, and (iii) if there is no designated beneficiary or Surviving Spouse, the Participant’s estate. A Participant’s beneficiary designation under the Prior Executive Pension Plan will continue in effect under this Plan unless changed or revoked in accordance with the rules hereunder.

Benefit Service shall have the same meaning as “Benefit Service” under the Pension Plan, shall be determined in the same manner as under the Pension Plan, and shall include (i) service with Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and (ii) service with the Company that would constitute “Benefit Service” under the Pension Plan if such service were performed for Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to any section of the Code includes reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder, and any related administrative guidance, notice, or ruling that amends or supplements such section.


Company means International CCE Inc., Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. as its successor, and any subsequent successor or successors.

Compensation means those amounts included in the definition of “Compensation” under the Pension Plan, including amounts paid (i) by Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and (ii) by the Company that would constitute “Compensation” under the Pension Plan if such amounts were paid by Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and the Participant had continued to be employed by Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. For purposes of this Plan, Compensation shall be determined without regard to the limits of Code Section 401(a)(17), and shall include any amounts deferred by the Participant under the Supplemental MESIP, Supplemental Savings Plan, and any other nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement between Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. and its affiliates or the Company and the Participant, provided such amounts shall be considered only in the year in which they are first deferred and not in any later year, including the year(s) of receipt. Compensation shall not include any amounts paid under a severance plan of the Company or a severance agreement with the Company.

Final Average Earnings shall be determined in the same manner as “Final Average Earnings” under the Pension Plan, provided, however, that Compensation shall be used in making such determination, and Compensation earned in the year in which the Participant Separates from Service with the Company and all Affiliates shall be considered Compensation earned in a complete calendar year.

Normal Retirement Age means age 65.

Participant means an employee of the Company as of October 2, 2010 with respect to whom benefit liabilities under the Prior Executive Pension Plan were transferred to International CCE Inc. in connection with the Merger and who was accruing a benefit under the Prior Executive Pension Plan immediately before October 2, 2010. No other individual shall become a Participant. An individual shall remain a Participant so long as he has any interest remaining under the Plan.

Pension Plan means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Employees’ Pension Plan as in effect on October 2, 2010.

Pension Plan Base Benefit means the retirement benefit the Participant would receive under the Pension Plan excluding any portion of such benefit attributable to (i) a rollover to the Pension Plan from a defined contribution plan, (ii) any “add on” benefits relating to certain merged plans as described in the definition of an “Accrued Benefit” under the Pension Plan, or (iii) any early retirement supplement paid pursuant to Article III.I. (or any successor provision) of the Pension Plan, and determined before any applicable offset to such retirement benefit as described in the definition of an “Accrued Benefit” under the Pension Plan.

Plan means the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Executive Pension Plan.

Plan Year means the short Plan year beginning October 2, 2010 and ending on December 27, 2010.

 

2


Prior Executive Pension Plan means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Executive Pension Plan as in effect on October 2, 2010.

Prior Supplemental Pension Plan means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan as in effect on October 2, 2010.

Related Company shall have the same meaning as “Related Company” under the Pension Plan.

Separation from Service or Separates from Service means a separation from service, within the meaning of Code section 409A, with the Company and all Affiliates, applying the special rules regarding military service and periods of leave treated as continued employment pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(1)(i) and using a 50% threshold for the level of service rather than 20% under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1 (h)(1)(ii).

Social Security Taxable Wage Base means, with respect to any calendar year, the contribution and benefit base in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of the calendar year.

Supplemental MESIP means the Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. Supplemental Matched Employee Savings and Investment Plan as in effect on October 2, 2010.

Supplemental Pension Plan means the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan.

Supplemental Savings Plan means the Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. Supplemental Savings Plan.

Surviving Spouse shall have the same meaning as “Surviving Spouse” under the Pension Plan. As under the Pension Plan, references to a “Surviving Spouse” or “spouse” shall be interpreted to refer to a person of the opposite sex to whom the Participant is legally married, and references to “married” or “unmarried” shall be interpreted to refer to a legal marriage to a person of the opposite sex.

ARTICLE III

BENEFITS

3.1. Calculation of Benefit . A Participant’s benefit under this Plan shall be calculated in the manner described in this Section 3.1 and paid at the time and in the form provided in Section 3.2.

 

  (a) Normal or Late Retirement . A Participant who Separates from Service on or after attainment of his Normal Retirement Age shall be entitled to a benefit calculated based on a life annuity in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (1) over (2) below:

 

  (1) A retirement benefit equal to 1.15% percent of the Participant’s Final Average Earnings plus 0.25% of the Participant’s Final Average Earnings in excess of the Social Security Taxable Wage Base in effect in the year the Participant Separates from Service, multiplied by the Participant’s Benefit Service.

 

3


  (2) The Participant’s Pension Plan Base Benefit.

 

  (b) If a Participant accrued a vested benefit under the Prior Executive Pension Plan during more than one period of employment, then an amount shall be added to clause (2) above that is equal to such prior period vested benefit under the Prior Executive Pension Plan determined in the form of a single life annuity payable at Normal Retirement Age.

 

  (c) Solely for purposes of this Article III, “Benefit Service” shall also include, in calculating the amount under clause (1) and the Pension Plan Base Benefit under clause (2), the number of months of Benefit Service, if any, expressly provided for under a severance agreement with the Company or a severance plan of the Company, or, if no additional Benefit Service is expressly provided for under such severance agreement or plan, the number of full months of the Participant’s compensation that was used to determine the amount paid to the Participant under such severance agreement or plan. The crediting of such additional Benefit Service is contingent on the Participant signing any release or other agreement required by the Company before the date specified by the Company.

 

  (d) If a Participant became vested in his benefit under the Prior Executive Pension Plan pursuant to the provision regarding transfers to a Related Company under Article V of the Prior Executive Pension Plan, the benefit calculated under clause (2) above shall be determined assuming that the Participant is also vested in his or her Pension Plan Base Benefit; however, amounts paid to the Participant by the Related Company shall not be included in Compensation.

 

  (e) Early and Deferred Vested Retirement . A Participant who Separates from Service before he attains Normal Retirement Age shall be entitled to a benefit calculated based on a life annuity in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (1) over (2) below:

 

  (1) The amount determined under Section 3.1(a)(1), reduced by 1.5% for each year, up to five years, by which the Participant’s Separation from Service precedes Normal Retirement Age and by 5% for each year, up to five years, by which the Participant’s Separation from Service precedes age 60. The foregoing reductions shall be applied on a monthly basis.

 

  (2) The Participant’s Pension Plan Base Benefit reduced for commencement before Normal Retirement Age to the later of age 55 or Separation from Service using the early retirement factors specified in the Pension Plan.

 

4


  (f) Death Benefit .

 

  (1) If a Participant dies before Separation from Service, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to a benefit calculated based on the survivor portion of a joint and 50% survivor annuity based on the amount calculated under Section 3.1(a) or Section 3.1(e), as applicable, and converted to such form of payment applying the actuarial factors specified in the Pension Plan. If the Participant’s Beneficiary is not a person (e.g., the Participant’s estate), the death benefit shall be calculated based on the assumption that the Beneficiary is the same age as the Participant.

 

  (2) If a Participant dies after Separation from Service but before payment is made or commences under Section 3.2, or after commencement of installment payments under Section 3.2, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a lump-sum payment upon the Participant’s death equal to the lump-sum payment that was scheduled to be made to the Participant or the present value of the remaining installments that were scheduled to be made to the Participant.

 

  (g) Limitation . The total of the benefits payable under the Plan and the Pension Plan Base Benefit shall not exceed the lump-sum value of three times the applicable limit under Code section 415 as in effect on the date benefit payments commence. The benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy this Section 3.1(g).

3.2. Commencement and Form of Benefit Payment . The benefit calculated under Section 3.1 shall be paid at the time and in the form specified in this Section 3.2.

 

  (a) Commencement . Payments under this Plan shall be made or shall commence upon the first day of the month following the earlier of (i) the Participant’s Separation from Service or (ii) the Participant’s death.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment on account of a Separation from Service that would otherwise be made to a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code section 409A, using the methodology established by the Company for determining specified employees, during the six-month period following the Participant’s Separation from Service shall not be made during such six-month period, and shall instead be made at the end of such six-month period. Any payments that are not scheduled to be made during such six-month period shall be made at the time originally scheduled.

 

  (b)

Form upon Separation from Service . In the event of a Participant’s Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit shall be paid in the form described in this Section 3.2(b). The Participant’s benefit shall be paid in the form of a lump sum or ten equal annual installments depending on the lump-sum value of his benefit. The lump-sum value of a Participant’s benefit shall be determined as of his commencement date based on the Participant’s benefit

 

5


 

calculated under Section 3.1(a) or (b), as applicable, converted into an actuarially equivalent lump sum. If the lump-sum value is less than $250,000, the benefit shall be paid in the form of a single lump-sum payment. If the lump-sum value is equal to or greater than $250,000, the benefit shall be paid in ten equal annual installments. The first such installment shall be made upon the Participant’s commencement date under Section 3.2(a), and each succeeding installment shall be made on July 1 of each calendar year following the year of the Participant’s Separation from Service (accordingly, if the six-month delay described in Section 3.2(a) applies, two payments could be made in the year following the year of the Participant’s Separation from Service). For purposes of Code section 409A, payments made in the form of installments shall be treated as a single payment made on the date of the first installment payment.

 

  (c) Lump Sum Election . In the case of a Participant who elected during 2008 in the manner permitted by the Administrative Committee of the Prior Executive Pension Plan to have his benefit paid in a lump sum regardless of the lump-sum value of the benefit, the benefit shall be paid in a lump sum, determined as described in this Section 3.2(b).

 

  (d) Form upon Death . In the event of a Participant’s death, any benefit payable under Section 3.1(f)(1) shall be paid in the form of an actuarially equivalent lump sum, and any benefit payable under Section 3.1(f)(2) shall be paid in a lump sum as described in such Section.

 

  (e) Benefit Calculations . The actuarially equivalent lump sum described in this Section 3.2 shall be determined on the basis of reasonable interest and mortality assumptions determined by the Administrative Committee. The ten equal annual installments payable under this Section 3.2 shall be determined based on the lump-sum value with a reasonable interest adjustment to account for the longer payment period as determined by the Administrative Committee. In the event that an installment or lump-sum payment is delayed for six months pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or is not paid immediately following the applicable event described in Section 3.2(a), the delayed payment shall be credited with reasonable interest, as determined by the Administrative Committee, to reflect the delay in payment.

3.3. Minimum Benefit for Former Participants in Supplemental Pension Plan . A Participant who participated in the Prior Supplemental Pension Plan whose benefit thereunder was transferred to the Prior Executive Pension Plan pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Prior Supplemental Pension Plan as a result of becoming eligible to participate in the Prior Executive Pension Plan shall be entitled to a minimum benefit under this Plan equal to such Participant’s benefit calculated under Section 3.1 of the Prior Supplemental Pension Plan as of the date he ceased to be an eligible employee thereunder. Such transferred benefit shall be calculated based on the reduction factors provided in the Supplemental Pension Plan for purposes of determining whether it exceeds the benefit provided under the generally applicable Plan formula, and if the transferred benefit exceeds such Plan benefit, it shall be converted to a lump sum or installments, as applicable, using the interest rate and mortality table applicable under the Supplemental Pension Plan.

 

6


3.4. Benefit Accrual and Payment Following Separation from Service . After a Participant has Separated from Service, the Participant shall not accrue any additional benefits under this Plan, regardless of whether the Participant receives ongoing severance payments. Furthermore, the Participant’s rehire by the Company or an Affiliate shall not affect the time or form of payment of the Participant’s benefit payable under the Plan with respect to any prior period of employment.

3.5. Vesting . A Participant shall be fully vested in his benefit at all times.

ARTICLE IV

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Administrative Committee . The Plan shall be administered by an Administrative Committee appointed by the Company.

4.2. Administrative Committee Action . Action of the Administrative Committee may be taken with or without a meeting of its members, provided, however, that any action shall be taken only upon the vote or other affirmative expression of a majority of committee members qualified to vote with respect to such action. If a member of the Administrative Committee is a Participant, he shall not participate in any decision that solely affects his own benefits under the Plan.

4.3. Rights and Duties . The Administrative Committee shall administer the Plan and shall have all powers and discretion necessary to accomplish that purpose, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  (a) to construe, interpret, and administer the terms and intent of the Plan with its decisions to be final and binding on all parties;

 

  (b) to make all determinations required by the Plan, and to maintain all necessary records of the Plan;

 

  (c) to compute and certify to the Company the amount of benefits payable to Participants or Beneficiaries, and to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are to be paid; and

 

  (d) to designate a subcommittee, individual, or individuals to exercise any authority of the Administrative Committee under this Plan.

4.4. Compensation, Indemnity, and Liability . The Administrative Committee shall serve as such without bond and without compensation for services hereunder. All expenses of the Plan and the Administrative Committee shall be paid by the Company. No member of the Administrative Committee shall be liable for any act or omission of any other member or any act or omission on his own part, except his own willful misconduct. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Administrative Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and expenses arising out of his membership on the Administrative Committee, except for expenses or liabilities arising out of his own willful misconduct.

 

7


4.5. Taxes . If all or any portion of a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit under this Plan shall become subject to any income, employment, estate, inheritance, or other tax that the Company shall be required to pay or withhold, the Company shall have the full power and authority to withhold and pay such tax out of any monies or other property credited to such Participant or Beneficiary at the time the benefits under this Plan are distributable.

ARTICLE V

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

Claims for benefits and appeals of claim determinations under the Plan shall be processed in the manner set forth under the claims and appeals procedures set forth in the Pension Plan, provided that for this purpose all references in the Pension Plan to the “Committee” under the Pension Plan shall be read as references to the Administrative Committee.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

6.1. Amendment . The Company or Administrative Committee shall each have the right to amend the Plan in whole or in part at any time, provided, however, that no amendment shall reduce the benefits accrued on behalf of any Participant as of the effective date of such amendment. Any amendment shall be in writing and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company or a member of the Administrative Committee.

6.2. Termination of the Plan . The Company reserves the right to discontinue and terminate the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, in accordance with and subject to Code section 409A. In the event of termination of the Plan, the benefits accrued under the Plan on behalf of any Participant, as of the effective date of such termination, shall not be reduced and shall be distributed at a time and in the manner determined by the Administrative Committee, subject to the limitations of Code section 409A.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1. Limitation on Participant’s Rights . Participation in this Plan shall not give any Participant the right to be retained in the Company’s employ or any rights or interest in this Plan or any assets of the Company other than as herein provided. The Company reserves the right to terminate the employment of any Participant without any liability for any claim against the Company under this Plan, except to the extent provided herein.

7.2. Benefits Unfunded . The benefits provided by this Plan shall be unfunded. All amounts payable under the Plan to Participants or Beneficiaries shall be paid from the general assets of the Company, and nothing contained herein shall require the Company to set aside or hold in trust any amounts or assets for the purpose of paying benefits. Any funds of the Company available to pay benefits under the Plan shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Company and may be used for any purpose by the Company. Participants and Beneficiaries shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to their benefits under the Plan or any other obligation of the Company to pay benefits pursuant hereto.

 

8


Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Company may at any time transfer assets to a trust for purposes of paying all or any part of its obligations under this Plan. To the extent that assets are held in a trust when a Participant’s benefits under the Plan become payable, the Administrative Committee may direct the trustee to pay such benefits to the Participant from the assets of the trust.

7.3. Other Plans . This Plan shall not affect the right of any Participant to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans that are maintained by the Company, unless the terms of such other employee benefit plan or plans specifically provide otherwise.

7.4. Governing Law . This Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects in accordance with applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereunder. If any provisions of this instrument shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue to be fully effective.

7.5. Section 409A Compliance . This Plan is intended to comply with Code section 409A, and shall be interpreted and operated in accordance with such intent. Nothing in the Plan shall provide a basis for any person to take action against the Company based on matters covered by Code section 409A, including the tax treatment of amounts accrued under the Plan, and the Company shall not under any circumstances have any liability to any Participant or Beneficiary for any taxes, penalties, or interest due on amounts paid or payable under the Plan, including taxes, penalties, or interest imposed under Code section 409A.

7.6. Gender, Number, and Headings . In this Plan, whenever the context so indicates, the singular or plural number and the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall be deemed to include the other. Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

Successors and Assigns; Nonalienation of Benefits . This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, provided, however, that the benefits of a Participant hereunder shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to any benefits payable hereunder shall be void, including, without limitation, any assignment or alienation in connection with a separation, divorce, child support or similar arrangement.

 

9

Exhibit 10.23

DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Director Indemnification Agreement, dated as of February ___, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), is made by and between Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and _____________________ (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS:

A. Section 141 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that the business and affairs of a corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors.

B. By virtue of the managerial prerogatives vested in the directors of a Delaware corporation, directors act as fiduciaries of the corporation and its stockholders.

C. Thus, it is critically important to the Company and its stockholders that the Company be able to attract and retain the most capable persons reasonably available to serve as directors of the Company.

D. In recognition of the need for corporations to be able to induce capable and responsible persons to accept positions in corporate management, Delaware law authorizes (and in some instances requires) corporations to indemnify their directors and officers, and further authorizes corporations to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of their directors and officers.

E. The Delaware courts have recognized that indemnification by a corporation serves the dual policies of (1) allowing corporate officials to resist unjustified lawsuits, secure in the knowledge that, if vindicated, the corporation will bear the expense of litigation, and (2) encouraging capable women and men to serve as corporate directors and officers, secure in the knowledge that the corporation will absorb the costs of defending their honesty and integrity.

F. The number of lawsuits challenging the judgment and actions of directors of Delaware corporations, the costs of defending those lawsuits and the threat to directors’ personal assets have all materially increased over the past several years, chilling the willingness of capable women and men to undertake the responsibilities imposed on corporate directors.

G. Recent federal legislation and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the national securities exchanges have exposed such directors to new and substantially broadened civil liabilities.

H. Under Delaware law, a director’s right to be reimbursed for the costs of defense of criminal actions, whether such claims are asserted under state or federal law, does not depend upon the merits of the claims asserted against the director and is separate and distinct from any right to indemnification the director may be able to establish.

I. Indemnitee is, or will be, a director of the Company and his or her willingness to serve in such capacity is predicated, in substantial part, upon the Company’s willingness to indemnify him or her in accordance with the principles reflected above, to the fullest extent


permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, and upon the other undertakings set forth in this Agreement.

J. Therefore, in recognition of the need to provide Indemnitee with substantial protection against personal liability, in order to procure Indemnitee’s continued service as a director of the Company and to enhance Indemnitee’s ability to serve the Company in an effective manner, and in order to provide such protection pursuant to express contract rights (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (collectively, the “ Constituent Documents ”), any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) or any change-in-control or business combination transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement and for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

K. In light of the considerations referred to in the preceding recitals, it is the Company’s intention and desire that the provisions of this Agreement be construed liberally, subject to their express terms, to maximize the protections to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement with initial capital letters:

(a) “ Change in Control ” shall have occurred at such time, if any, as Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of Directors. For purpose of this Section 1(a), “Incumbent Directors” means the individuals who, as of the date hereof, are Directors of the Company and any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, or appointment, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the then Incumbent Directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination); provided, however , that an individual shall not be an Incumbent Director if such individual’s election or appointment to the Board occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (as described in Rule 14a-12(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to the election or removal of Directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board.

(b) “ Claim ” means (i) any threatened, asserted, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, investigative or other, and whether made pursuant to federal, state or other law; and (ii) any inquiry or investigation, whether made, instituted or conducted, by the Company or any other Person, including without limitation any federal, state or other governmental entity, that Indemnitee determines might lead to the institution of any such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company intends indemnity to be provided hereunder in respect of acts or failure to act prior to, on or after the date hereof.

 

2


(c) “ Controlled Affiliate ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of an entity or enterprise, whether through the ownership of voting securities, through other voting rights, by contract or otherwise; provided that direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership of capital stock or other interests in an entity or enterprise entitling the holder to cast 15% or more of the total number of votes generally entitled to be cast in the election of directors (or persons performing comparable functions) of such entity or enterprise shall be deemed to constitute control for purposes of this definition.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Claim in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Expenses ” means attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs and expenses paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in (including on appeal), any Claim.

(f) “ Indemnifiable Claim ” means any Claim based upon, arising out of or resulting from (i) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company, (ii) any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in respect of any business, transaction, communication, filing, disclosure or other activity of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence, or (iii) Indemnitee’s status as a current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a current or former director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of the Company or any other entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of this sentence or any actual, alleged or suspected act or failure to act by Indemnitee in connection with any obligation or restriction imposed upon Indemnitee by reason of such status. In addition to any service at the actual request of the Company, for purposes of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving or to have served at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, agent, trustee or other fiduciary of another entity or enterprise if Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, agent, trustee or other fiduciary of such entity or enterprise and (A) such entity or enterprise is or at the time of such service was a Controlled Affiliate, (B) such entity or enterprise is or at the time of such service was an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or a Controlled Affiliate, or (C) the Company or a Controlled Affiliate (by action of the Board, any committee thereof or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) (other than as the CEO him or herself)) caused or authorized Indemnitee to be nominated, elected, appointed, designated, employed, engaged or selected to serve in such capacity.

(g) “ Indemnifiable Losses ” means any and all Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim; provided, however, that Indemnifiable Losses shall not include Losses incurred by Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Claim (or any matter or

 

3


issue therein) as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Indemnifiable Claim was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses as the court shall deem proper.

(h) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company) or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other named (or, as to a threatened matter, reasonably likely to be named) party to the Indemnifiable Claim giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(i) “ Losses ” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other) and amounts paid or payable in settlement, including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any of the foregoing.

(j) “ Person ” means any individual, entity, or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) “ Standard of Conduct ” means the standard for conduct by Indemnitee that is a condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from an Indemnifiable Claim. The Standard of Conduct is (i) good faith and reasonable belief by Indemnitee that his or her action was in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, or (ii) any other applicable standard of conduct that may hereafter be substituted under Section 145(a) or (b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any successor to such provision(s).

2. Indemnification Obligation. Subject only to Section 7 and to the proviso in this Section, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted or required by the laws of the State of Delaware in effect on the date hereof or as such laws may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted indemnification, against any and all Indemnifiable Claims and Indemnifiable Losses; provided , however , that, except as provided in Sections 4 and 20, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless the Company has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Claim. The Company acknowledges that the foregoing obligation is substantially broader than that now provided by applicable law and the Company’s Constituent Documents and intends that it be interpreted consistently with this Section and the recitals to this Agreement.

 

4


3. Advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee shall have the right to advancement by the Company prior to the final disposition of any Indemnifiable Claim of any and all Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines in good faith are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee and as to which Indemnitee’s counsel provides supporting documentation. Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof, Indemnitee’s right to such advancement is not subject to the satisfaction of any Standard of Conduct. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within five business days after any request by Indemnitee that is accompanied by supporting documentation for specific Expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, the Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses; provided that Indemnitee shall repay, without interest any amounts actually advanced to Indemnitee that, at the final disposition of the Indemnifiable Claim to which the advance related, were in excess of amounts paid or payable by Indemnitee in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim. In connection with any such payment, advancement or reimbursement, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall execute and deliver to the Company an undertaking, which need not be secured and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay any amounts paid, advanced or reimbursed by the Company in respect of Expenses relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Indemnifiable Claim in respect of which it shall have been determined, following the final disposition of such Indemnifiable Claim and in accordance with Section 7, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.

4. Indemnification for Additional Expenses. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such request accompanied by supporting documentation for specific Expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, any and all Expenses paid or incurred by Indemnitee or which Indemnitee determines in good faith are reasonably likely to be paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Claim made, instituted or conducted by Indemnitee for (a) indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under any provision of this Agreement, or under any other agreement or provision of the Constituent Documents now or hereafter in effect relating to Indemnifiable Claims, and/or (b) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless in each case of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, reimbursement, advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided , however , that Indemnitee shall return, without interest, any such advance of Expenses (or portion thereof) which remains unspent at the final disposition of the Claim to which the advance related.

5. Partial Indemnity. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Indemnifiable Loss but not for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6. Procedure for Notification. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement in respect of an Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including a brief description (based upon information then

 

5


available to Indemnitee) of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss. If, at the time of the receipt of such request, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect under which coverage for such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss is potentially available, the Company shall give prompt written notice of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss to the applicable insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall provide to Indemnitee a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers and, upon Indemnitee’s request, copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery thereof by the Company. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company of any Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss shall not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that, the Company did not otherwise learn of such Indemnifiable Claim or Indemnifiable Loss and such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights or insurance coverage.

7. Determination of Right to Indemnification.

(a) To the extent that Indemnitee shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or any portion thereof or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including without limitation dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from such Indemnifiable Claim in accordance with Section 2 and no Standard of Conduct Determination (as defined in Section 7(b)) shall be required.

(b) To the extent that the provisions of Section 7(a) are inapplicable to an Indemnifiable Claim that shall have been finally disposed of, any determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct (a “ Standard of Conduct Determination ”) shall be made as follows: (i) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, or if a Change in Control shall have occurred but Indemnitee shall have requested that the Standard of Conduct Determination be made pursuant to this clause (i), (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum of the Board, (B) if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by a majority vote of a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of all Disinterested Directors, or (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and Indemnitee shall not have requested that the Standard of Conduct Determination be made pursuant to clause (i), by Independent Counsel in a written opinion addressed to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall cooperate with reasonable requests of the individual or firm making such Standard of Conduct Determination, including providing to such Person documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination without incurring any unreimbursed cost in connection therewith. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall reimburse Indemnitee for, or advance to Indemnitee, within five business days of such request accompanied by supporting documentation for specific costs and expenses to be reimbursed or advanced, any and all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such Standard of Conduct Determination.

 

6


(c) The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to cause any Standard of Conduct Determination required under Section 7(b) to be made as promptly as practicable. If (i) the Person empowered or selected under Section 7 to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall not have made a determination within 30 calendar days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Company of the final disposition of the applicable Indemnifiable Claim (the date of such receipt being the “ Notification Date ”) and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, that is permitted under the provisions of Section 7(e) to make such determination, and (ii) Indemnitee shall have fulfilled his or her obligations set forth in the second sentence of Section 7(b), then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct; provided that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 calendar days, if the Person making such determination in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluation or documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(d) If (i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Section 7(a), (ii) no determination of whether Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct under Delaware law is a legally required condition precedent to indemnification of Indemnitee hereunder against any Indemnifiable Losses, or (iii) Indemnitee has been determined or deemed pursuant to Section 7(b) or (c) to have satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct, then the Company shall pay to Indemnitee, within five business days after the later of (x) the Notification Date in respect of the Indemnifiable Claim or portion thereof to which such Indemnifiable Losses are related, out of which such Indemnifiable Losses arose or from which such Indemnifiable Losses resulted and (y) the earliest date on which the applicable criterion specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall have been satisfied, an amount equal to the amount of such Indemnifiable Losses. Nothing herein is intended to mean or imply that the Company is intending to use Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law to dispense with a requirement that Indemnitee meet the applicable Standard of Conduct where it is otherwise required by such statute.

(e) If a Standard of Conduct Determination is required to be, but has not been, made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b)(i), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board or a Board Committee, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Standard of Conduct Determination is required to be, or to have been, made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b)(ii), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either case, Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, may, within five business days after receiving written notice of selection from the other, deliver to the other a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not satisfy the criteria set forth in the definition of “Independent Counsel” in Section 1(h), and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is properly and timely made and substantiated, (i) the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit and (ii) the non-objecting party may, at its option, select an alternative Independent Counsel and give written notice to the other party advising such other

 

7


party of the identity of the alternative Independent Counsel so selected, in which case the provisions of the two immediately preceding sentences and clause (i) of this sentence shall apply to such subsequent selection and notice. If applicable, the provisions of clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to successive alternative selections. If no Independent Counsel that is permitted under the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) to make the Standard of Conduct Determination shall have been selected within 30 calendar days after the Company gives its initial notice pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 7(e) or Indemnitee gives its initial notice pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 7(e), as the case may be, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person or firm selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person or firm with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person or firm so appointed will act as Independent Counsel. In all events, the Company shall pay all of the actual and reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel incurred in connection with the Independent Counsel’s determination pursuant to Section 7(b).

8. Presumption of Entitlement. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in making any Standard of Conduct Determination, the Person making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable Standard of Conduct, and the Company may overcome such presumption only by its adducing clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. Any Standard of Conduct Determination that is adverse to Indemnitee may be challenged by the Indemnitee in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. No determination by the Company (including by its directors or any Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not satisfied any applicable Standard of Conduct shall be a defense to any Claim by Indemnitee for indemnification or reimbursement or advance payment of Expenses by the Company hereunder or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any applicable Standard of Conduct.

9. No Other Presumption. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any applicable Standard of Conduct or that indemnification hereunder is otherwise not permitted.

10. Non-Exclusivity. The rights of Indemnitee hereunder will be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Constituent Documents, or the substantive laws of the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation, any other contract or otherwise (collectively, “ Other Indemnity Provisions ”); provided , however , that (a) to the extent that Indemnitee otherwise would have any greater right to indemnification under any Other Indemnity Provision, Indemnitee will without further action be deemed to have such greater right hereunder, and (b) to the extent that any change is made to any Other Indemnity Provision which permits any greater right to indemnification than that provided under this Agreement as of the date hereof, Indemnitee will be deemed to have such greater right hereunder. The Company may not, without the consent of Indemnitee, adopt any amendment to any of the Constituent Documents the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any Other Indemnity Provision.

 

8


11. Liability Insurance and Funding. For the duration of Indemnitee’s service as a director and/or officer of the Company and for not less than five years thereafter, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the scope and amount of coverage available relative to the cost thereof) to cause to be maintained in effect policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing coverage for Indemnitee that is at least as favorable in scope and amount to that provided by the Company’s current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Upon request, the Company shall provide Indemnitee or his or her counsel with a copy of all directors’ and officers’ liability insurance applications, binders, policies, declarations, endorsements and other related materials. In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance obtained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors and officers most favorably insured by such policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company may, but shall not be required to, create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means, including without limitation a letter of credit, to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy its obligations to indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) in renewing or seeking to renew any insurance hereunder, the Company will not be required to expend more than 3.0 times the premium amount of the immediately preceding policy period (equitably adjusted if necessary to reflect differences in policy periods).

12. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the related rights of recovery of Indemnitee against other Persons (other than Indemnitee’s successors), including any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(f). Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required to evidence such rights (all of Indemnitee’s reasonable Expenses, including attorneys’ fees and charges, related thereto to be reimbursed by or, at the option of Indemnitee, advanced by the Company).

13. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee in respect of any Indemnifiable Losses to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise already actually received payment (net of Expenses incurred in connection therewith) under any insurance policy, the Constituent Documents and Other Indemnity Provisions or otherwise (including from any entity or enterprise referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Indemnifiable Claim” in Section 1(f)) in respect of such Indemnifiable Losses otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

14. Defense of Claims. Subject to the provisions of applicable policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Indemnifiable Claim or to assume or lead the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided that if Indemnitee determines, after consultation with counsel selected by Indemnitee, that (a) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict, (b) the named parties in any such Indemnifiable Claim (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and Indemnitee and Indemnitee shall conclude that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, (c) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, or (d) Indemnitee has interests in the claim or underlying subject matter that are different from or in addition to those of other Persons against whom the

 

9


Claim has been made or might reasonably be expected to be made, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Indemnifiable Claim for all indemnitees in Indemnitee’s circumstances) at the Company’s expense. The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Indemnifiable Claim which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnifiable Claim. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.

15. Successors, Binding Agreement and Survival.

(a) The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor to the Company, including without limitation any Person acquiring directly or indirectly all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor will thereafter be deemed the “ Company ” for purposes of this Agreement), but shall not otherwise be assignable or delegable by the Company.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Indemnitee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, legatees and other successors.

(c) This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder except as expressly provided in Sections 15(a) and 15(b). Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by the Indemnitee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 15(c), the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall survive and continue even though Indemnitee may have terminated his or her service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, member, manager, trustee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity or enterprise, whether or not for profit, as to which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

10


16. Notices. For all purposes of this Agreement, all communications, including without limitation notices, consents, requests or approvals, required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when hand delivered or dispatched by electronic facsimile transmission (with receipt thereof orally confirmed), or one business day after having been sent for next-day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company (to the attention of the Secretary of the Company) and to Indemnitee at the applicable address shown on the signature page hereto, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of changes of address will be effective only upon receipt.

17. Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement, waive all procedural objections to suit in that jurisdiction, including without limitation objections as to venue or inconvenience, agree that service in any such action may be made by notice given in accordance with Section 16 and also agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware.

18. Validity. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any provision hereof to any Person or circumstance is held invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other Person or circumstance shall not be affected, and the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal shall be reformed to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to make it enforceable, valid or legal. In the event that any court or other adjudicative body shall decline to reform any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, the parties thereto shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to replace the provision so held to be invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal with one or more alternative provisions that effectuate the purpose and intent of the original provisions of this Agreement as fully as possible without being invalid, unenforceable or otherwise illegal.

19. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Indemnitee and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, expressed or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party that are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

20. Legal Fees and Expenses. It is the intent of the Company that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees and or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. Accordingly, without limiting the generality or effect of any other

 

11


provision hereof, if it should reasonably appear to Indemnitee that the Company has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other Person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to improperly deny, or to improperly recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, the Company irrevocably authorizes the Indemnitee from time to time to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, at the expense of the Company as hereafter provided, to advise and represent Indemnitee in connection with any such interpretation, enforcement or defense, including without limitation the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company or any director, officer, stockholder or other Person affiliated with the Company, in any jurisdiction. Without limiting the generality or effect of any other provision hereof or respect to whether Indemnitee prevails, in whole or in part, in connection with any of the foregoing, the Company will pay and be solely financially responsible for any and all attorneys’ and related fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any of the foregoing.

21. Certain Interpretive Matters. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (1) “it” or “its” or words of any gender include each other gender, (2) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, (3) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, (4) the terms “Article,” “Section,” “Annex” or “Exhibit” refer to the specified Article, Section, Annex or Exhibit of or to this Agreement, (5) the terms “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” (whether or not so expressed), and (6) the word “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number will refer to calendar days unless business days are specified and whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Agreement during a certain period of time or by a particular date that ends or occurs on a non-business day, then such period or date will be extended until the immediately following business day. As used herein, “business day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a United States federal holiday.

22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Constituent Documents constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Any prior agreements or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to indemnification are hereby terminated and of no further force or effect.

23. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Indemnitee has executed and the Company has caused its duly authorized representative to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

INDEMNITEE
     
Name:    

 

13

EXHIBIT 12

 

COCA-COLA ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(In millions, except ratios)

 

     Year-ended December 31,

 
     2010

     2009

     2008

     2007

     2006

 

Computation of Earnings:

                                            

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 746       $ 727       $ 629       $ 568       $ 458   

Add:

                                            

Interest expense

     66         86         118         138         132   

Amortization of debt premium/discount and expenses

                     6         11         6   

Interest portion of rent expense

     27         25         31         29         30   
    


  


  


  


  


Earnings as Adjusted

   $ 839       $ 838       $ 784       $ 746       $ 626   
    


  


  


  


  


Computation of Fixed Charges:

                                            

Interest expense

   $ 66       $ 86       $ 118       $ 138       $ 132   

Capitalized interest

                     1         1         1   

Amortization of debt premium/discount and expenses

                     6         11         6   

Interest portion of rent expense

     27         25         31         29         30   
    


  


  


  


  


Fixed charges

   $ 93       $ 111       $ 156       $ 179       $ 169   
    


  


  


  


  


Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (A)

     9.01         7.52         5.04         4.16         3.70   
    


  


  


  


  


 

(A)  

Ratios were calculated prior to rounding to millions.

E XHIBIT 21

C OCA -C OLA E NTERPRISES , I NC .

S IGNIFICANT S UBSIDIARIES

A S OF D ECEMBER  31, 2010

 

F OREIGN E NTITIES

  

J URISDICTION

   O WNERSHIP

Coca-Cola Enterprises Belgium BVBA

  

Belguim

   Bottling Holdings
(Netherlands) BV

Coca-Cola Entreprise SAS

  

France

   Bottling Holding
France

Amalgamated Beverages Great Britain Limited (“ABGB”)

  

Great Britain

   CCE GB

Bottling Great Britain Limited (“BGB”)

  

Great Britain

   CCE LUX

Coca-Cola Enterprises Great Britain Limited (“CCE GB”)

  

Great Britain

   BGB

Coca-Cola Enterprises Limited

  

Great Britain

   ABGB

Bottling Holdings Investment (Luxembourg) SARL (“BHIL”)

  

Luxembourg

   CCEHL

Bottling Holdings (Luxembourg) SARL (“BHL”)

  

Luxembourg

   BHIL

CCE Holdings (Luxembourg) Commandite (“CCEHL”)

  

Luxembourg

   CCE

Coca-Cola Enterprises Luxembourg SARL (“CCE LUX”)

  

Luxembourg

   BHL

D OMESTIC  E NTITIES

  

C OUNTRY

  

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc (“CCE”)

  

Delaware

   N/A

BHI Finance LLC

  

Delaware

   CCE

Exhibit 23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.:

 

   

Registration Statement No. 333-167067 on Form S-4, dated August 25, 2010,

 

   

Registration Statement No. 333-169733 on Form S-8, dated October 4, 2010,

 

   

Registration Statement No. 333-167067 on Form S-8, dated October 4, 2010, and

 

   

Registration Statement No. 333-170322 on Form S-3, dated November 3, 2010;

 

of our reports dated February 11, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia

February 11, 2011

Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Jan Bennink, Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Jan Bennink

Jan Bennink

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Calvin Darden, Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Calvin Darden

Calvin Darden

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, L. Phillip Humann, Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ L. Phillip Humann

L. Phillip Humann

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Orrin H. Ingram, II, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Orrin H. Ingram, II

Orrin H. Ingram, II

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Donna A. James, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Donna A. James

Donna A. James

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Thomas H. Johnson, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Thomas H. Johnson

Thomas H. Johnson

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Suzanne B. Labarge, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Suzanne B. Labarge

Suzanne B. Labarge

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Véronique Morali, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Véronique Morali

Véronique Morali

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Garry Watts, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Garry Watts

Garry Watts

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Curtis R. Welling, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Curtis R. Welling

Curtis R. Welling
Director,
Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that I, Phoebe A. Wood, a Director of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby appoint William W. Douglas III, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, John R. Parker, Jr., Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company, and William T. Plybon, Secretary of the Company, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorney for me and in my name in any and all capacities for the purpose of executing on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11 th day of February, 2011.

 

    /s/ Phoebe A. Wood

Phoebe A. Wood

Director,

Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

E XHIBIT 31.1

302 C ERTIFICATION

O F C HIEF E XECUTIVE O FFICER

I, John F. Brock, Chief Executive Officer of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15f and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 11, 2011

 

/s/ John F. Brock

John F. Brock
Chief Executive Officer
Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

E XHIBIT 31.2

302 C ERTIFICATION

O F C HIEF F INANCIAL O FFICER

I, William W. Douglas III, Chief Financial Officer of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc., certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15f and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 11, 2011

 

/s/ William W. Douglas III

William W. Douglas III
Chief Financial Officer
Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc.

E XHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2010 (the “Report”), I, John F. Brock, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) to my knowledge, the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ John F. Brock

John F. Brock

Chief Executive Officer

February 11, 2011

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and will be retained by Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2010 (the “Report”), I, William W. Douglas III, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) to my knowledge, the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ William W. Douglas III

William W. Douglas III

Chief Financial Officer

February 11, 2011

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and will be retained by Coca-Cola Enterprises, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.